Initial Environmental Examination

Project Number: 50301-003 Loan Number: 3851 November 2020

SRI: Second Integrated Road Investment Program – Tranche 2 Improvement, Rehabilitation and Maintenance of - Road (A002) from William Junction to Junction - Rathmalana Mirihana Road (B389) - Kotte Bope Road (B240) from to - Puttlam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & to Kochchikade Bridge

Prepared by the Road Development Authority, Ministry of Highways for the Asian Development Bank.

This Initial Environmental Examination Report is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Ministry of Highways

SECOND INTEGRATED ROAD INVESTMENT PROGRAM

Providing Services for Preparation of Environmental, Social Safeguard Documents for Improvement Rehabilitation and Maintenance of

1. Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction 2. Peliyagoda Puttlam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge 3. Rathmalana Mirihana Road (B389) 4. Kotte Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Godagama

Initial Environmental Examination Report

Final Report

November 2020

Prepared by SMEC in Association with RDC & MHEC

On behalf of Road Development Authority Ministry of Highways

Submitted to

Asian Development Bank

Initial Environmental Examination

Document Status: Final Report Date: November 2020

Survey and Preliminary Engineering (SAPE) works for Second Integrated Road Investment Program

Rehabilitation and improvement of: 1. –Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction (from 8+320 km to 13+350 km)

2. Peliyagoda– Road (A003) from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout (0+000 km to 0+600 km) and from Dandugama to Kochchikade (19+000 km to 37+600 km)

3. Rathmalana–Mirihana Road (B389) from Maliban Junction to Bakery Junction (from 0+000 km to 2+200 km)

4. Kotte–Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Godagama (from 5+000 km to 16+800 km)

Prepared by SMEC in Association with RDC & MHEC for the Road Development Authority,

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB - Asian Development Bank AMSL - Above Mean Sea Level BIQ - Basic Information Questionnaire BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand CEA - Central Environmental Authority DS - Divisional Secretary EA - Executing Agency EHS - Environment, Health & Safety EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment EMP - Environmental Management Plan EMoP - Environmental Monitoring Plan EPL - Environmental Protection License FFPO - Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance FS - Feasibility Study GHG - Greenhouse Gas GN - Grama Niladhari GoSL - Government of Sri Lanka GRC - Grievance Redress Committee GRM - Grievance Redress Mechanism GSMB - Geological Survey and Mines Bureau H&S - Health and Safety H&SP - Health and Safety Plan IA - Implementing Agency IEE - Initial Environmental Examination IFC - International Finance Corporation iRoad 2 - Second Integrated Road Investment Program IUCN - International Union for Conservation of Nature MEN - Ministry of Environment MOH&RD - Ministry of Highways & Road Development MSL - Mean Sea Level NEA - National Environmental Act

I

NGO - Non-Governmental Organization NWSDB - National Water Supply and Drainage Board O&M - Operation and Maintenance PAA - Project Approving Agency PD - Project Director PIC - Project Implementation Consultants PIU - Project Implementation Unit PPE - Personal Protective Equipment RDA - Road Development Authority REA - Rapid Environmental Assessment RoW - Right of Way SAPE - Survey and Preliminary Engineering SPS - ADB Safeguard policy statement 2009

II

TABLE OF CONTENT TABLE OF CONTENT ...... IV ANNEXES ...... VI APPENDICES ...... VII LIST OF FIGURES ...... IX LIST OF TABLES ...... X EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... XII 1. INTRODUCTION ...... 1 A. Background...... 1 B. Objectives of the proposed project ...... 1 C. Objectives of the Initial Environmental Examination ...... 2 D. Outline of the Assessment ...... 3 E. Approach, Methodology, and Personnel Involved ...... 3 2 POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ...... 6 A. Applicable Laws, Regulations, Standards, and Requirements ...... 6 A1 National Environmental Act and other applicable regulation ...... 6 A2 Project-relevant International Agreements and Conventions ...... 14 B. ADB Policy on Environmental & Social safeguards ...... 16 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...... 18 A. Location of the project ...... 18 B. Category of the project ...... 20 C. Need for the Project ...... 20 D. Analysis of Alternatives ...... 27 D1 No Project Alternative ...... 27 D2 With Project Alternative ...... 27 E. Magnitude of Operations ...... 28 E1 Proposed improvement ...... 28 E2 Project activities ...... 29 E3 Extraction of Construction Material ...... 31 4 DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENT ...... 33 A. Existing land use along the road ...... 33 A1 Land Use ...... 33 A2 Existing condition of the carriageways and the pavements ...... 36

IV

A3 Existing condition of culverts and bridges ...... 37 B. Physical Environment ...... 37 B1 Climate, land use, terrain and soil ...... 37 B2 Hydrology ...... 40 B3 Water Quality ...... 46 B4 Air Quality ...... 49 B5 Noise Levels ...... 50 C. Ecological Environment ...... 53 C1 General description of the project area ...... 53 C2 Major Habitat Types ...... 53 C3 Environment condition of individual roads/sections ...... 55 C4 Flora and Fauna of the project area ...... 56 D. Socio-Economic Environment ...... 58 5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 66 A. Identification of Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation of such Impacts ..... 66 B. Impacts during Pre-construction phase and Mitigation ...... 66 B1 Route selection and alternatives ...... 66 B2 Acquisition of Encroached Land/Temporary Structures ...... 66 B3 Relocating Utility Supply Lines ...... 67 B4 Mobilization of resources and selection of sites for temporary usage...... 68 B5 Natural hazards aggravated by the project and impacts to the road due to natural hazards ...... 69 B6 Ecological Impacts during the pre-construction phase ...... 70 C. Impacts during Construction phase and Mitigation ...... 70 C1 Physical Impacts and Mitigation ...... 70 C2 Ecological Impacts and Mitigation ...... 76 C3 Socio-economic Impacts and Mitigation ...... 78 C4 Other Impacts and Mitigation ...... 80 D. Impacts during Operational Phase and Mitigation ...... 81 D1 Physical Impacts and Mitigation ...... 81 D2 Ecological Impacts and Mitigation ...... 83 E. Positive Impacts of the Project ...... 83

V

E1 Socio-economic benefits ...... 83 6 CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION (IMPACT AND MITIGATION) ...... 84 A. Model predicted CO2 emission levels ...... 85 B. Mitigation measures for floods ...... 85 7 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 86 A. Institutional Arrangements ...... 86 B. Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring ...... 86 B1 Environment Management Plan (EMP) ...... 86 B2 Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) ...... 87 C. Grievance Redress Mechanism ...... 87 8 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE ...... 90 A. Public Consultation ...... 90 B. Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) ...... 90 B1 Summary of the issue discussed ...... 90 C. Disclosure of information ...... 92 9 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 93 10 ANNEXES ...... 95

ANNEXES

1. Map of the four roads and connectivity to other major roads 2. Proposed Cross Sections of the rehabilitated roads 3. Locations where water samples were collected for quality analysis 4. Locations where noise levels were measured

VI

APPENDICES Appendix 1.1: Rapid Environmental Assessment (A002) Appendix 1.2: Rapid Environmental Assessment (A003) Appendix 1.3: Rapid Environmental Assessment (B389) Appendix 1.4: Rapid Environmental Assessment (B240)

Appendix 2.1: Environmental Checklist (A002) Appendix 2.2: Environmental Checklist (A003) Appendix 2.3: Environmental Checklist (B389) Appendix 2.4: Environmental Checklist (B240)

Appendix 3.1: Photographs of the Existing Condition of the Road and land use (A002) Appendix 3.2: Photographs of the Existing Condition of the Road and land use (A003) Appendix 3.3: Photographs of the Existing Condition of the Road and land use (B389) Appendix 3.4: Photographs of the Existing Condition of the Road and land use (B240)

Appendix 4.1: List of Road-side Trees (A002) Appendix 4.2: List of Road-side Trees (A003) Appendix 4.3: List of Road-side Trees (B389) Appendix 4.4: List of Road-side Trees (B240)

Appendix 5.1: List of Road-side Utility Poles (A002) Appendix 5.2: List of Road-side Utility Poles (A003) Appendix 5.3: List of Road-side Utility Poles (B389) Appendix 5.4: List of Road-side Utility Poles (B240)

Appendix 6: List of Bridges and Culverts along the Roads

Appendix 7.1: List of Flora Species observed in the study area Appendix 7.2: List of Fauna Species observed in the study area

Appendix 8.1: Environmental Management Plan – Pre-Construction Phase Appendix 8.2: Environmental Management Plan – Construction Phase Appendix 8.3: Environmental Management Plan – Operational Phase VII

Appendix 9.1: Environmental Monitoring Plan Appendix 9.2: Environmental Monitoring Checklist – Pre-Construction Phase Appendix 9.3: Environmental Monitoring Checklist – Construction Phase Appendix 9.4: Environmental Monitoring Checklist – Operational Phase

Appendix 10.1: List of Temporary Structures that need shifting Appendix 10.2: List of Social Institutions located along the four roads

Appendix 11: Flood Locations for Package 1

Appendix 12: Recording and monitoring the procedures adopted by the contractors to ensure health and safety to prevent spreading of COVID-19

VIII

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 3-1: Location Map of Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction 22 Figure 3-2: Location Map of Peliyagoda Puttalam Road Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge (A003) ...... 23 Figure 3-3: Location Map of Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout (A003)...... 24 Figure 3-4: Location Map of Rathmalana Mirihana Road (B389) ...... 25 Figure 3-5: Location Map of Kotte Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Godagama ...... 26 Figure 4-1 : Existing land use along the A002 road ...... 33 Figure 4-2: Existing land use along the A003 road ...... 34 Figure 4-3: Existing land use along the B389 road ...... 35 Figure 4-4: Existing Land Use along the B240 Road ...... 35 Figure 4-5: Monthly histograms of 75% rainfall probability for AEZ of WL3 ...... 38 Figure 4-6: Monthly average rainfall and temperature variation over the year in Colombo and suburbs (Source: Climate Data Org.) ...... 40 Figure 4-7: Location Map of candidate road sections with their hydrological setting (with 500 m Buffer(Base Map: 1:50,000 Topographical Maps, Survey Department, Sri Lanka) ...... 42 Figure 4-8: Location Map of candidate road A003 sections with Locations of Drainage Crossings ...... 43 Figure 4-9: Location Map of Candidate Roads A002 and B389 with Flood Sections and Locations of Drainage Crossings ...... 44 Figure 4-10:Location Map of Candidate Road B240 with Flood Sections and Locations of Drainage Crossings ...... 45 Figure 4-11: Air Quality Index for PM2.5 for Colombo on 24th (Friday) and 25th (Saturday) July 2020 ...... 49 Figure 7-1: Summary of GRM procedures (Source: EARF: SRI: Integrated Road Investment Program submitted by the RDA to the ADB, May 2014) ...... 89 Figure 8-1: Photographs taken during the Focus Group Discussions ...... 92

IX

LIST OF TABLES Table 2-1. Laws and regulations applicable for the project activities ...... 9 Table 2-2: Project-related international agreements to which Sri Lanka is a party ...... 14 Table 3-1: The administrative location of the A002 Road ...... 18 Table 3-2: The administrative location of the A003 Road ...... 19 Table 3-3: The administrative location of the B389 Road ...... 19 Table 3-4: The administrative location of the B240 Road ...... 20 Table 3-5: Typical interventions proposed in iRoad 2 Western Province contract ...... 29 Table 3-6: Estimated quantities of material required for Package 1 roads ...... 32 Table 4-1 : The conditions of the roads ...... 36 Table 4-2: Climatic characteristics of candidate roads ...... 38 Table 4-3: GPS coordinates and related other information of some surface water sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in -Mt. Lavinia ...... 46 Table 4-4: GPS coordinates and related other information of Groundwater sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia area ...... 46 Table 4-5: Surface water quality measurements at surface water sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia area ...... 47 Table 4-6: Groundwater quality measurements at selected groundwater sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia area ...... 47 Table 4-7: Some surface water sampling locations closer to A003 road in District ...... 48 Table 4-8: Results of a groundwater sample collected from an existing well located in Kurana in the vicinity of A003 road in ...... 48 Table 4-9: National ambient air quality standards Parameter ...... 50 Table 4-10: Measured ambient noise levels (day-time)(date of sampling: 21/01/2018) ...... 50 Table 4-11: Past records of Noise level monitoring on A003 road ...... 51 Table 4-12: Noise sensitive Receptors along the four roads ...... 52 Table 4-13: Summary of the plant species recorded during the survey ...... 56 Table 4-14: Summary of the faunal species recorded during the survey ...... 57 Table 4-15: The population in DSDs with Gender segregation ...... 58 Table 4-16: Population with Ethnic Diversity ...... 59 Table 4-17: Education levels of the population in project influential area ...... 59 Table 4-18: Employment categories of the people in 7 DSDs ...... 60 Table 4-19: Employment categories ...... 60

X

Table 4-20: Source of Electricity ...... 61 Table 4-21: Source of Water ...... 62 Table 4-22: Type of Sanitary system available ...... 62 Table 4-23: Religious Place/ Archeological Places in the vicinity of the roads (within 100m)63 Table 4-24: Percentage ranges show the situation of households interviewed ...... 64 Table 4-25: Households income in the GNDs relevant to the roads ...... 65 Table 5-1: Temporary structures within 2 m of either side of the existing RoW for each of the four roads ...... 66 Table 5-2: Utility Poles within 2 m of the RoW for each of the four roads ...... 67 Table 6-1: Input parameters for TEEMP model for roads in WP...... 84

Table 6-2: CO2 emission for Project & induced traffic and Project without induced traffic with compared to BAU ...... 85 Table 8-1: Summary of the FGDs Venue, dates and participants ...... 90

XI

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1. Background I. The absence of proper all-weather road connectivity is a severe problem in Sri Lanka’s rural and developed areas, preventing communities from accessing socioeconomic centers and limiting the mobility in the cities. Poor road infrastructure and poor repairing acts as a blockage for the mobility socioeconomic centers in the cities and limiting the economic growth. Western Province of Sri Lanka faces these problems and it limits the mobility between those cities. The country partnership strategy, 2018–2022 of the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for Sri Lanka aims to address the significant constraints to improving quality of growth and is closely aligned with the government’s priorities. The country partnership strategy reconfirms continued ADB assistance for developing the transport sector, including rural roads, which are critical for rural development in providing access to markets, health, education, and administrative services. II. The Second Integrated Road Investment Program(iRoad 2) supports the government’s sector objective to improve the mobility by providing more efficient connectivity between Sri Lanka’s communities and socioeconomic centers. The immediate outcome will be increased transport efficiency on project roads. III. Four national road sections in Western Province have been selected to be rehabilitated and maintained as Package 1 of additional roads in WP under iRoad 2. The roads under Western Province (Package 1) are as follows; i. A002: Colombo – Wellawaya Road (From Galle Road from William Junction to Maliban Junction) – 5.03 km ii. A003: Peliyagoda – Puttalam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout (0+000 km) to Nawaloka Roundabout (0+600 km) and Dandugama (19+000 km) to Kochchikade Bridge (37+600 km) – 19.2 km iii. B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (From Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction) – 2.2 km iv. B240: Kotte – Bope Road (From Malabe to Godagama) – 11km IV. None of the project roads that are reported in this study pass through reserved forest or national parks, sanctuaries, or habitats of protected species, and none disturb any cultural heritage or monuments of cultural or historical importance. However, it is a condition of the Contract Agreement that all bidding documents contain the location- specific environmental management plans, environmental monitoring plans, and road- specific environmental code of practice checklists, from which respective contractors prepared road-specific environmental management plans. The following four roads have been proposed to rehabilitate and maintain under the Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2). (i) Rehabilitation and Improvement of Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction V. This section of A002 Road which is 5.03 km in length, connects William Junction ( 6°51'49.51"N 79°51'48.70"E) on A002 trunk road (Colombo-Galle-- Wellawaya road) and Maliban junction (6°49'10.35"N 79°52'24.90"E) on A002 trunk road (Colombo-Galle-Hambantota-Wellawaya road).

XII

(ii) Rehabilitation and Improvement of Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road (A003) from (Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and from (Dandugama to Kochchikade) VI. The two sections of A003 road, which are 19.2 km in total length, connects Peliyagoda Roundabout (6°57'24.14"N 79°52'57.92"E) on A003 trunk road (Peliyagoda–Puttalam road) and Nawaloka Roundabout (6°57'38.34"N 79°52'51.43"E) on A003 which is 0.6 km in length and Dandugama (7° 6'35.96"N 79°52'57.75"E) on A003 trunk road (Peliyagoda–Puttalam road) and Kochchikade Bridge (7°16'13.00"N 79°51'49.32"E) on A003 trunk road which is 18.6 km. (iii) Rehabilitation and Improvement of Rathmalana–Mirihana Road (B389) from Maliban junction to Bakery Junction VII. This section of B389 road which is 2.2 km in length, connects Maliban Junction ( 6°49'10.35"N 79°52'24.90"E) on A002 trunk road (Galle road) and Bakeriya junction (6°49'55.98"N 79°53'8.09"E ) on B389 trunk road (Rathmalana – Mirihana road). (iv) Rehabilitation and Improvement of Kotte–Bope Road (B240) from Malabe Junction to Godagama VIII. This section of B240 road which is 11 km in length, connects Malabe Junction (6°54'14.29"N 79°57'18.08"E) on B 263 trunk road (Malabe–Kaduwela road) and Godagama (6°51'6.05"N 80° 1'57.78"E) on A004 trunk road (Colombo–– Wellawaya– road). 2. Policy, legal, and administrative framework IX. The National Environmental Act (NEA) No. 47 of 1980 is the key legislation of the country for matters pertaining to environmental safeguards. The environmental clearance process is implemented through the designated Project Approving Agency (PAA) as prescribed by the Minister under section 23 Y of the NEA. The procedure that should be followed for obtaining environmental clearance is described under section 23CC and 32 of the NEA. While the NEA is the key environmental legislation under GOSL there are a number of 8 other environmental laws and regulations that are also applicable to the investment program. 3. Category of the project X. Each of the four project roads will be initially screened to understand the nature and significance of anticipated environmental impacts by completing an Environmental Checklist (EC) provided in Appendix 2. Based on the findings of these individual checklists per project road, one Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklist (Appendix 1) required by the ADB SPS (2009) will be prepared. Most sensitive issues identified in each EC will be recorded in the REA checklist. As this program will have no category A projects, all the four project roads under this investment program will fall under category B, as highlighted by the Environmental Assessment and Review Framework (EARF), SRI: Second Integrated Road Investment Program (June 2017). 4. Need for the Project XI. The main purpose of the proposed project is to facilitate increased mobility of traffic by improving the connectivity and access through A002 Road (between William junction and Maliban junction), through B389 Road (between Maliban Junction and Bakeriya junction on B389), through B240 road which connects A004 Road (at Godagama) and B263 Road (at Malabe) and through A003 Road (from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and (from Dandugama to Kochchikade) which link up trunk roads in the National Road network in Sri Lanka. By providing such improved connectivity between these road sections, the access for establishing most essential social and economic centres in identified locations and giving access to primary

XIII

community centres and villages within the Rathmalana, Dehiwala, Kaduwela, , Divisional Secretariat Divisions (DSDs) in the , and Katana and Divisional Secretariat Divisions (DSDs) in the Gampaha District will be vastly improved. 5. Magnitude of Operations XII. The project comprises of rehabilitation and improvement works of four class A and B National roads (A002, A003, B240 and B389), where the work will be carried out for two (2) years and maintained for another five (5) years. These roads have been proposed to rehabilitate and upgrade to standard two-lane and four lane configurations. The project will not involve the acquisition of additional lands, and all improvement activities will be restricted to the existing ROW. Both 4-Lane and 2-Lane road sections in selected road segments will be rehabilitated under this project. 5.1 Project activities XIII. The scope of work proposed under the iRoad 2 Western Province include clearing and grubbing; roadway excavation; channel excavation; excavation and backfill of structures; embankment construction; sub bases, capping layers, and bases; shoulder construction, asphalt overlay; roadside and leadaway drains; cleaning, desilting, and repairing of culverts. 6. Existing Environment 6.1 Land Use XIV. The A002 road, From William Junction to Maliban Junction runs through mainly the busiest areas of Colombo suburbs including Dehiwala, Mount Lavinia and . This Section is mainly occupied by Commercial Buildings. Commercial Buildings vary from Small scale Commercial Buildings to Large Scale companies and are located along the above-mentioned road section. This road section has a length of 5.03 km. XV. The section of A003 road (Peliyagoda-Puttalam Road) from Peliyagoda Roundabout (0+000 km) to Nawaloka Roundabout (0+600 km) and Dandugama (19+000 km) to Kochchikade (37+600 km) is the second road section cosidered under the Development of Package 1 of Western Province roads. This road provides access to Bandaranayake International Airport and many other small-scale companies and industries. XVI. The section of B389 road falls through commercial clusters in Ratmalana and this road serves mainly for the Ratmalana Airport and several large-scale companies like Maliban, Sellist, etc. About 1 km out of 2.2 km in the selected section of the road runs through the Ratmalana Airport area. Some scattered areas of households are situated among the selected road section, but the road is mainly occupied by the Commercial buildings. XVII. The selected section of B240 road (Kotte–Bope road) from Malabe town to Godagama Junction on A004 road connects major cities like Malabe, Arangala, and Godagama area. Malabe, Athurugiriya and Godagama areas are occupied by mainly commercial buildings and other sections of the road occupied by households, Small scale commercial sectors, Paddy fields and Marshy Lands on both sides of the road. 6.2 Existing condition of the carriageways, pavements, culverts and bridges XVIII. The existing carriageway of the four roads varies from 9.0 m to 15.0 m in width within the corridors that generally have adequate width to support some widening where required. For the four roads, existing bridges were found to be in satisfactory condition from a structural point of view by the field evidence collected (note that this assessment has since been checked visually only, and detailed structural assessments are needed). A visual inspection showed that most of the existing culverts were deemed

XIV

to be hydraulically and structurally satisfactory, but many of them were found to be silted and partially blocked. 6.3 Physical Environment 6.3.1 Climate, land use, terrain and soil: XIX. Based on major climatic zones of the country, the candidate road sections of A002/ B389/B240/A003 Roads fall within the area classified as Wet Zone where the annual average rainfall is between 2,000 mm and 2,500 mm. However, the tail-end of the candidate road section of A003 from Negombo to Kochchikade Bridge falls within the Intermediate Zone where the annual average rainfall is between 1,500 mm and 2,000 mm. Agro-ecological Zone is WL3. The proposed candidate road sections of A002/B389/B240/A003 Roads are situated in Colombo and Gampaha Districts in the Wester Province, lie within the lowermost peneplain.

6.3.2 Water Resources XX. The candidate road, Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction falls within Bolgoda Basin and other minor Coastal basins. The section From Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout of the candidate road, Peliyagoda Puttlam Road (A003), is located within 200 m proximity of while the section Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge is located in Attanagalu Oya/Stream (crosses the river main channel) and Maha Oya River basins. Further, the section of A003 Road from to Negombo runs parallel and within 100 m ~ 500 m distance from the environmentally and hydrologically sensitive Negombo Lagoon which is very shallow coastal water body located on the west coast of Sri Lanka and provides habitat for rich biodiversity in the associated wetland areas. The candidate road Rathmalana - Mirihana Road (B389) is located within Bolgoda Basin, Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction is partly in Bolgoda and other Coastal basins, while Kotte - Bope Road (B240) from Malabe to Godagama is situated in Kelani River Basin. 6.3.3 Water Quality XXI. The water quality of the canals and rainwater drainage essentially follows that of the activities that take place within the watershed and the catchment, which are direct implications of solid waste and wastewater discharges from households, commercial and industrial entities. 6.3.4 Air Quality and Noise XXII. The Air Quality Index (AQI) for PM2.5 is continuously measured in the Colombo area by the US Embassy in Sri Lanka, which has consistently recorded AQI values of 0–50 (which corresponds to breakpoint value of 0.0–15.4 µm3) or AQI values of 51–100 (which corresponds to breakpoint value of 15.5–40.4 µm3), which indicates either good or moderate level of health concern. Similar values can be expected in the project area, as the vehicular movement, extent, and nature of paved areas and air-borne dust levels are more or less similar to Colombo. However, AQI values of 101–150 (which corresponds to breakpoint value of 65.5–150.4µm3) also has been observed occasionally, which indicates air quality levels unhealthy for sensitive groups. Such scenarios also can be expected in the project areas, especially during days on which winds are low, humid and cloudy.A considerable number of vehicles pass these roads mainly during the daytime. Therefore, the noise levels, which were 50 – 65 dB(A) may be higher than the permissible levels during busy hours. Night-time levels were also measured, and the levels were somewhat suppressed (ranged from 40 – 49 dB(A) compared to those of daytime due to the lesser number of vehicles in the road. 6.3.5 Floods

XV

XXIII. Colombo and Gampaha Districts in the Wet Zone of the country where the candidate road sections are located were affected recently due to extreme weather events in 2010, 2014, 2016 and 2017 and recurrent floods in low-lying valleys are observed a result of seasonal monsoonal storms. Low lying areas of Seeduwa/Ambalanmulla in Attanagalu Oya basin along A003 Dandugama to Kochchikade Road, Malambe, , Athurugiriya and Panagoda sections in Kelani river basin along B240 Kotte to Bope Road, and Kandawala and Atthidiya sections in Bolgoda basin along B389 Ratmalana to Mirihana Road are reported to be intermittently inundated during some of the past years and other similar flood events. 6.4 Ecological Environment XXIV. The road section of A002 (5.03km) and B 389 (2.2km) runs through highly urban environment whereas A003 (19.2km) and B240 (11km) runs mainly through urban and sub urban environment. Biogeographically, the proposed roads/ sections located within the low country wet zone region and floristically this area falls within Northern Wet Lowlands Floristic Zone. A tropical wet evergreen forest is the main type of forest distribute within the low country wet zone, but natural vegetation does not distribute within the selected areas of roads. The existing habitats beside the roads/sections based on the floral distribution can be identified as two main types: terrestrial and aquatic. Both aquatic and terrestrial habitats can be observed in A003 and B240 while A002 and B 389 include only terrestrial habitats. XXV. Terrestrial habitats within the project areas include Home gardens and residences, Business & government premises, Roadside vegetation and Cultivated lands. Aquatic habitats include Water bodies (Inland water bodies, streams, irrigation canals, marshy areas etc.) and associated vegetation. XXVI. The species diversity and the richness are considerably low within home gardens which located within urban areas compare to same habitats in semi urban environment. Guava (Psidium guava), Mango (Mangifera indica), Banana (Musa x paradisiaca), Amberella (Spondis dulcis), Papaw (Carica papaya), Pihimbiya (Filicium decipiens), Kottan (Terminalia catappa), Araliya (Plumeria obtuse), Jam (Muntingia calabura) etc., are frequently found trees in home garden habitats. XXVII. Some trees located close to the edges of the road and others distributed within reservation area up to fences of road side properties. Trees belonging to different species Mangifera indica (Amba), Terminalia catappa (Kottamba), Macaranga peltata (Kanda), Filicium decipiens (Pihibiya), Polyalthia longifolia (Vilo), Cassia fistula (Ehela), Samanea saman (Para-mara), Swietenia mahagoni (Mahogani), Ficus racemosa (Attikka), Ficus religiosa (Bo), Magul Karanda (Pongamia pinnata), Tabebuia rosea (Tabebuia), Ficus benjamina (Elu nuga) etc., are located commonly beside the roads. 6.5 Flora and Fauna of the project area XXVIII. A total number of plants 116 and 134 species recorded respectively from the different habitats of A003: Peliyagoda - Puttlam Road and B240: Kotte – Bope Road. Altogether 35 and 42 species of plants recorded from Home gardens and commercial environment of two road sections; A002: Galle road and B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana road respectively from the field survey. Few species of Endemic and Threatened plants recorded from the existing habitats of selected roads included planted species within home gardens and other premises. XXIX. A total of 93 and 113 species of fauna were recorded respectively from the surrounding environment with different habitats of A003: Peliyagoda –Puttlam Road and B240: Kotte – Bope Road. In addition, from the commercial environment of A002: Galle road, and B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana road, 41 and 39 species of fauna recorded during the field survey. A single species of Endemic mammal, Semnopithecus vetulus

XVI

(Purple-faced leaf monkey) was recorded from the A003: Peliyagoda Puttlam Road while two species of Endemic reptiles Lankascincus fallax (Common Lanka skink) and Dendrelaphis bifrenalis (Boulenger’s bronze-back) recorded from B240: Kotte – Bope road during the study with few species belonging to threatened categories. 6.6 Socio-Economic Environment XXX. Population in Road Relevant DSDs: Population in selected 7 DSDs are recoded as 1,189,180, The selected road sections for improvements of A 002 (William junction to Maliban junction), A 003 (Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road from (Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and from Dandugama to Kochchikade), B 389 (Rathmalana– Mirihana Road from Maliban junction to Bakery Junction and B 240 (Kotte–Bope Road from Malabe Junction to Godagama connects Dehiwala, Homagama, kaduwela, Katana, , Negombo, and Rathmalana DS Divisions influencing 52 number of GND Division. XXXI. The ethnic diversity of population in DSDs: Nearly 88% of the population in 7 DSDs is Sinhalese. The Muslim population is next to Sinhalese, and it is 6% of total population. The population under Tamil and others is 5% and 1% respectively. XXXII. Education levels of DSDs population: Information on education in 7 DSDs shows a considerable higher level (than the national average) among the population. The percentage with no formal education ranges from 1% to 3% among 7 DSDs. The percentage of the population with G.C.E (A/L) qualification ranges from 11% to 23%. The percentage obtained degrees’ ranges from 5% to 35%. XXXIII. Employment of the population in DSDs: Private sector employment is the main livelihood activities of the people in the project related 7 DSDs. Apart from those, the persons within employable ages are involved in other income generation activities. The highest percentages of people are involved Private sector employment. XXXIV. Infrastructure Facilities: All the households have electricity facilities in considering entire sample households. All these DSD, almost all the households have obtained electricity from the national grid. Between 79% to 100% of sample households in road relevant DSD areas have access to pipe born water provided by the National Water Supply & Drainage Board (NWS&DB). Tube wells and Shallow wells are the main sources of drinking water in household’s percentage between 0% to 19% among 7 DSD. All Houses (100%) have access to sanitary latrine facilities. Between 6% to 14% of the households in all the project relevant DS divisions have water sealed latrines in their households (water sealed latrines include flush type latrines as well). XXXV. The project relevant Grama Niladhari Divisions (GNDs): These roads runs across 52 GNDs. The total number of families in road relevant GNDs is 311,609 comprising of 1,189,180 populations. The people in the GNDs can be defined as the population in the road corridor. Between 60% to 98% of the people are Sinhalese. The percentage of Tamil population in between 1%-16%, and the Muslim population in between 0%- 21%. XXXVI. Employment: Majority of the families in the project area (GNDs) are employed in the private sector. XXXVII. Income levels of the households in project related GNDs: The data on income levels are available only in some GND offices. According to the observations of the field data collection team of the Social Assessment survey, the data available on income levels in GND offices is not so accurate. The data on income levels are recorded based on the figures provided by the householders of the families. 7. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Proposed Mitigation Measures 7.1 Impacts during Pre-construction phase and Mitigation

XVII

XXXVIII. The mitigation measures adopted during design or pre-construction phases are of preventive in nature with two basic objectives: • Avoiding costly mitigation measures, and • Increasing awareness among the stakeholders for environmental management of road construction, rehabilitation and operation. 7.1.1 Route selection and alternatives XXXIX. The project involves rehabilitation of four existing roads, and therefore no alternative routes are considered. 7.1.2 Impacts on Encroached Land/Temporary Structures XL. The proposed rehabilitation work along the four roads will not involve widening the existing RoW. All the interventions will be carried out within the existing ROW. Therefore, there will be no land acquisition. However, the proposed construction activities may affect parts of 15 structures that are projecting towards the existing ROW. These structures shall be shifted away from the new road reservation. 7.1.3 Shifting of Utility Supply Lines XLI. There are utility supply lines, such as electricity and telecommunication lines, that are located within the existing Row. Some of these utility supply lines which are located close to the existing road pavement edge need to be shifted during pre-construction phase. XLII. Advance notice to the public shall be given, with the details of the time and the duration of the utility disruption to minimize public inconvenience and employing well- trained/experienced operators to reduce accidental risk/damage to public utilities, proper coordination with respective line agencies shall be carried out by RDA for the shifting of these lines. 7.1.4 Flood Impacts to be mitigated during design stages XLIII. Climate change in a global perspective has brought about a change in rainfall pattern and especially the intensities of rainfall. Therefore, special attention shall be paid to road side drainage and cross drainage in designing of the improvements for these roads. Structures such as culverts and bridges with small spans will be constructed along with roadside drains (either earth or concrete based on the requirement) to facilitate the existing flow regime as well as future discharge volumes as predicted by drainage analysis during level one designs. All hydraulic structures constructed on these roads will be of reinforced concrete. All undersized culverts (especially 0.6 m and 0.9 m diameter Hume Pipe Culverts) should be replaced with cross drainage structures of adequate sizes.

Number of flood-prone Road Chainages locations A002 - 0

A003 19+000 - 19+300 1

0+000 - 0+100 B389 2 0+780 – 1+120

XVIII

Number of flood-prone Road Chainages locations 8+000 - 8+500 8+800 - 8+950 B240 4 12+200 - 12+500 13+700 - 13+850

7.1.5 Ecological Impacts during the pre-construction phase XLIV. During pre-construction stage some trees close to road edges must be removed or pruned within existing RoW and the fences beside the roads belonging to different categories, fruits, ornamental, shading and valued timber species etc. In addition, removal of trees and land clearing will be undertaken for temporary facilities from identified locations mainly for stockpiles of aggregates, yards for machinery & equipment, vehicle parking and construction of labour camps etc. Trees beside the roads and above lands including roadside vegetation provide roosting, resting and forgoing habitats for the different species of fauna. 7.2 Construction phase 7.2.1 Anticipated impacts due to land preparation activities XLV. During the construction period, especially during, excavation and dredging a large amount of debris or wreckage will be generated. If this debris is not properly disposed of significant negative impacts are anticipated on public health and safety and scenic beauty of the project area. If spoil material and vegetation collected during land preparation, construction and demolition waste and other types of waste are accumulated alongside the road, it will cause public inconvenience by dust dispersion, reduced visual quality, and safety and health hazard. Other waste related issues may arise from, (i) municipal solid waste generated from labour camps and offices, and (ii) wastewater that is generated at labour camps and storage yards. XLVI. The contractor shall make every effort to handle and manage waste generated from the construction/labour camps without causing a nuisance to the neighborhood. MSW shall be properly collected in bins provided with lids and handed over to the garbage collection trucks of the LA. Garbage bins be provided to all worker camps, and construction sites, site inspections by Public Health Inspector (PHI) in the area shall be facilitated. Proper collection and disposal of waste will ensure avoidance of negative environmental and social impacts, apart from ecological impacts, public health and negative impacts on scenic beauty Proper collection and disposal of waste will ensure avoidance of negative environmental and social impacts, apart from ecological impacts, public health and negative impacts on scenic beauty. Proper sanitation and sewerage facilities (drinking water, urinals, toilets and washrooms) shall be provided to all site offices and construction/labour camps. Selection of the location for labour camps shall be approved by the Engineer and comply with guidelines/recommendations issued by CEA and LAs. To avoid waste generation and sanitation problems from labour camps, the majority of skilled and unskilled workers shall be selected from the project influence area. 7.2.2 Road-side landscape XLVII. All debris, piles of unwanted earth, spoil materials, temporally structures shall be cleared away from the roadsides and from other workplaces and disposed at locations designated or acceptable to the PIC. Road landscape activities have to be done as per either detailed design, or typical design guidelines are given as part of the bid documents. Road furniture items are provided as per the design given in the bid documents.

XIX

7.2.3 Impacts on natural flow and existing drainage pattern and hydrology XLVIII. The rehabilitation or reconstruction of culverts (as indicated in Appendix 6) may require temporarily diversion of streams, disturbing the natural drainage pattern and it may lead to creating flooding conditions in adjacent areas. Improperly stored construction materials can also block natural drainage pattern. Leveling, filling, excavations and formation of temporarily or permanently raised embankments in the RoW may block natural flow patterns and cause localized flooding effects in the immediate downstream.The contractor shall take all measures necessary and as directed by the PIC to keep all drainage paths and drains clear at all times. Temporary storage of material will be made only in approved sites by the PIC where natural drainage is not disturbed. All wastes will be disposed at locations approved by the Local Authority. If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by contractor’s activities, the contractor shall provide suitable means to prevent loss of access to any land or property and prevent damage to land and property. 7.2.4 Impacts on Water Quality XLIX. Soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation can occur any time during the rainy season due to construction activities such as material extraction and storage, land clearing, cut and fill operation, construction or reconstruction of new culverts, causeways, and construction of earth and line drains. L. There are no any wetland habitats near these road sections Only the shrubs and bushes will be cut. The cut material during the excavation of drainage canals will be used as fill material at the site. Fills shall be compacted as soon as they are laid to an appropriate degree of compaction. Erosion control practices shall be implemented during construction to limit turbidity and silt transport off the site premises. Temporary barriers such as soil mounds, temporary drains, silt traps will be considered to control soil washing away to the streams. Suitable local drainage facilities shall be established properly to drain water in the construction areas. 7.2.5 Effect on the local road network and disruption to traffic LI. Transportation through local roads, which are mainly national and provincial council roads and busy both during day and night will cause inconveniences to other road users and households living in these areas. LII. The contractor shall be provided with any restrictions related to sizes and lengths of vehicles, allowable axial loads, speed limits, no entry zones and time limits (near schools). The contractor’s written consent abiding him to follow these restrictions shall be mandatory. If construction vehicles are likely to cause damage to public roads, provision shall be made for their repair and restoration as part of the contract. Proper signage and advance notice to road users and roadside communities about the schedule of construction activities, provision of safe and convenient passage to the vehicles and passengers especially during construction of culverts, bridges and causeways, implement traffic management plans in construction areas according to the traffic rules and regulations if necessary in close coordination with local communities/authorities and local police by the contractor. 7.2.6 Impacts due to Noise and Vibration, Dust and Air Quality due to construction LIII. Dust, noise, and vibrations generated from the project activities will impact the roadside communities and people who inhabit around material extraction sites and other haulage roads. If the work is carried out in dry season dust emission is likely to be significant. The release of air pollutants from vehicular movements, blasting and dust generated from clearing, grubbing, excavating, backfilling, dumping, mixing concrete, transportation of materials, storage of soil and metal piles, etc. can be taken place in

XX

the surroundings due to the wind.Vibration during compaction works could easily damage structures close to the roads. LIV. All the neighbors will be informed of noise generating activities, times of operation, duration, etc. The maximum permissible noise levels at boundaries of the land in which the sources of noise is located for construction activities are 75dB (A) Leq and 50 dB (A) Leq during daytime and nighttime respectively (Daytime: 6.00 am – 7.00 pm, night time: from 7.00 pm – 6.00 am). However, the contractor shall limit working time for activities that create noise from 6.00 am to 6.00 pm. Enforcing speed limits to the vehicles is necessary to control dust emissions during transportation of construction materials. Dust can also be controlled by providing of dust barriers to sensitive public locations (such as schools and houses located very close to the road), spraying of water to quarry sites, construction sites, roads which will be used for the transportation of construction materials at regular intervals. Tarpaulin covering is mandatory on trucks/lorries which are used for transporting materials, and all construction materials (sand, gravel, metal, cement) shall be stored with proper covering LV. The contractor shall conduct a pre-crack survey on all structures along the road on a corridor agreed with PIC. Any complaint from public on development of cracks due to construction works shall be investigated keeping the crack survey records as reference source. If it is concluded that crack damages were caused due to the construction works then the contractor shall rectify the damages through a third-party insurance or by repairing the damage on their own cost. 7.2.7 Extraction, Transportation, and Storage of Construction Materials LVI. Construction materials especially sand, gravel, and aggregates for the project activities are available within the close proximity of the project area. Large-scale extraction of such materials can have negative impacts on the environment, notably noise, air, water, soil pollution and reduction of scenic beauty along with causing damage to ecosystems. Sand mining causes bank erosion, lowering of river bed levels, destruction of riverine ecosystems. LVII. Selection of material suppliers who have proper EPLs will ensure proper environmental safeguards in material extraction. Extraction of construction materials shall only be from the approved mines and quarries by GSMB. Environmental requirements and guidelines issued by the CEA, GSMB, and LAs shall be followed with respect to locating material extraction sites and other operations including rehabilitation of the extraction sites at the end of their use. If new material extraction sites need to be located, those shall exclude places which are close to the sensitive public locations (schools, religious places, hospitals) and environmentally sensitive areas. 7.2.8 Ecological Impacts due to loss / destruction / fragmentation of habitats LVIII. During construction stage, soil erosion, water and air pollution, noise and vibration could be expected at the levels of low, medium and high; therefore, negative impact on both flora and fauna in aquatic and terrestrial habitats is anticipated. However, the exact impact could be varying and depending on the construction plan. Since this is rehabilitation and improvement project of the existing road, most of the anticipated biological impacts are minor and can be mitigated with the appropriate mitigation action. However, with the mitigation measure in place, the ecological impact should be minimal, as road mainly runs through urban and sub urban environment. LIX. Construction activities of roads have widespread effect on aquatic habitats. Generation of excess soil from construction related activities, clearing, grubbing, excavation etc. and soil erosion will lead to sedimentation and siltation of water bodies around project roads during construction stage due to heavy rains. This will create impact to aquatic vegetation and faunal species in the way that reduction of photosynthesis, food

XXI

availability for aquatic fauna and impact to the respiratory organs of animal and quality of water. LX. All construction vehicles, machineries and equipment shall be used in good condition, service and regularly maintenance in compliance with National Emission Standards. Project activities which are potential to have high noise, vibration and dust specially during the construction phase should essentially be limited to acceptable levels. Preform all construction activities with appropriate construction methods or equipment’s that will cause lowest level of ground vibration impacts, especially near residences and ecological sensitive areas. Monitoring is essential during construction phase especially during vibration intensive activities are in place and if the ambient levels are far higher than the stipulated limits measures should be undertaken to avoid or minimize the impacts. Since environment sensitive areas and protected habitats are not located beside the proposed road sections, ecological disturbance from the workforce and due to operation of labour camps will not be expected from the construction stage. However, open dumping of garbage at labour camps could be increase threats of mosquitoes, flies and the spread of rats and crows. 7.2.9 Social impacts and mitigation LXI. Establishment of labour camps: The nature of the proposed project may not require large-scale labour camps to be established in the road area. Majority of the labours work in the construction sites may come from the local area itself, rather than for Colombo Wellawaya Road (A002) and therefore, there will be no need to provide them with accommodation facilities. However, if the needemerges to establish labour camps, they shall be established in suitable locations away from the houses, business establishments and other sensitive institutions such as schools, religious centers, etc. LXII. Distruption to traffic/transportation: This is the most possible and obvious negative impact during construction. All 4 roads are heavily used by public buses, other public vehicles and mostly Private Vehicle and they will have serious disturbances. The traffic-related disturbances will create specific impacts to the business establishments in the townships located along the roads. Management of construction sites would be the most effective and pragmatic solution to the traffic problem. One side of the road may be used for construction at a time while the other side is kept for the road users. Regular/continuous arrangements to manage the traffic near construction sites shall be implemented methodically. Most of the road construction contractors are well experience in these aspects due to their long-term exposure to similar projects on road improvements. LXIII. Impacts to roadside structures: These structures are being used by members of the local community to sell vegetables, fruits, and some other items to the road users. The socio-economic study team interviewed all the owners of these structures, and they are in agreement to shift the structures if the need arises. LXIV. Impact due to obstruction to access: Access to the houses, business establishments, institutions and by-roads will be disturbed during the construction period. The contractors shall be instructed by the PIC to explore all the possibilities to minimize such disturbances based on the specific situation of the road. The contractor shall be instructed by the PIC to support to the affected persons to establish temporary access to reach their houses, business locations, institution or by-road. Steel plates can be used to create temporary access. 7.2.10 Safety of Workers and Public LXV. During construction, workers will be exposed to various risks and hazards. Potential impacts to health are respiration and eye diseases due to exposure to dust, the risk of accident during work. Extraction of construction materials, loading, transportation & unloading, construction of, culverts, bridges, causeways, surfacing, roadway

XXII

excavation, removal of roadside structures, public utilities, use of hazardous substances (such as bituminous products) are the main causes associated with accidental risk. LXVI. Workers will be provided with first aid and health facilities. First aid training will be provided to field staff and social mobilizers and the foreman. The contractor shall organize awareness programs about the personal safety of the workers and the general public in the area with proper briefing and training on safety precautions, their responsibilities for the safety of themselves and others. Awareness programmes shall be conducted for the workforce on spread and containment of COVID 19, and on good health and hygienic practices and for workers who return home, and the precautionary measures they should be taking. LXVII. The Contractor or site supervisor may consult the PHI of the sub-project area before mobilization, and obtain his/her opinion/advice. Contact the PHI and record his/her opinion on site organization and health & safety plans to prevent spread of pandemic such as COVID-19, and safeguard general health of the workers. LXVIII. The safety of the public will be ensured by using relevant measures as mentioned in below, i. The places with deep excavations and hazardous activities will be noticed and such places shall be barricaded to guide public away from such sites. ii. Spraying of water will be done during the construction period in order to minimize the dust generation. 7.3 Operational Phase 7.3.1 Impacts on Water Resources and Hydrology LXIX. Improvements to the road drainage will result in improved stormwater flows and reduce the tendency of blockages to occur in roadside drains. Risks to the public health caused by such stagnant water bodies by acting as disease vector breeding places will be reduced. By designing the drains to withstand appropriate storm events will reduce the risk of an operational failure of the drainage system and regular maintenance will further reduce the chances of failure. LXX. Regular maintenance of all drainage related structures and monitoring especially prior to/in the aftermath of major storm events/monsoonal seasons by the RDA/Local authority will be required to ensure proper functioning of the drainage structures and to avoid blockage to the channels, culverts, roadside drains, tail/ lead away canals due to siltation, debris accumulation, nuisance vegetation growth, etc. 7.3.2 Pedestrian and Commuter safety LXXI. Inadequate provisions of road safety measures like no provisions of signals and lack of enforcement of traffic rules during operation period may invite accidents. Rehabilitation of the roads will provide easy access to the area, however, will increase the number of vehicles and their speed due to the improved condition of roads. LXXII. Enforcement of speed limits, traffic rules and regulations and Installation of the warning signs, regulatory signs and information signs. Applying appropriate road safety measures with the help of 3-Es; i.e., Engineering, Enforcement, and Education is needed. 7.3.3 Noise, Air and Water Pollution LXXIII. During the operation period, the noise level will increase due to the increased movement of vehicles. It is a general habit that the motorists tend to drive faster when the road condition is good. However, this will cause higher noise levels. Movement of three-wheelers and motorcycles are relatively higher than other vehicles, and these

XXIII

two types of vehicles emit more noise than bigger vehicles. Higher levels of noise will be a disturbance to the household, especially for vulnerable persons such as babies, children and elderly. Schools, religious places, and offices will also be disturbed by such high levels of noise and vibration. LXXIV. Community and road user awareness program will be organized to enhance public understanding on proper maintenance of roadside drains and importance of proper MSW and wastewater disposal. Maintenance of green corridors and their beneficial impact on air and noise pollution control. Speed limits shall be strictly enforced together with restriction in the use of horns shall be restricted near mosques, hospital, schools and densely populated settlements. 7.3.4 Ecological Impacts and Mitigation LXXV. There are some domestic animals frequently approaching the roads during the nights. This will result in the increasing number of animal accidents and disturb their natural movement.Since animal crossing were not recorded beside these road sections anticipated impact will not be significant.Also these roads are not located near any ecological sensitive sites, the movement of such fauna is recorded to be minimum. Thus, this impact is not significant. 7.3.5 Socio-economic Impacts and Mitigation LXXVI. The proposed as mitigation measures are improvements to these roads would bring a contribution to the local economy, especially for the agriculture community. Availability of roads without dust and mud during dry and rainy seasons. Possible enhancement of time efficiency of transportation and the potential increase in property value. 8. Climate Change Adoption and Net Carbon Emissions LXXVII. The proposed improvement to existing road pavements will bring a reduction in CO2 emission even with a growth of traffic. However, this analysis is based on the assumption that the roughness of improved road surface will be maintained during the project life. Therefore, it is important that the road maintenance program is maintained throughout the project span (i.e. during operational stage). The total length of roads to be improved in this project is around 38 km and based on the minimum (1.9 T/km/year) and maximum (5.3 T/km/year) net change in CO2 emissions or CO2 savings of the proposed investment program in WP will be between 80 and 250 Tons/year. 9. Institutional Arrangements LXXVIII. The Ministry of Highways is the Executing Agency (EA) and RDA is the Implementing Agency and within RDA there is a Project Implementation Unit (PIU) for coordinating the iRoad 2 programme. This PIU will be responsible for implementing the project and managing detailed design and supervision of the construction works and ensuring that all environmental safeguard requirements in accordance with this IEER are met. The PIU is headed by a full time Project Director (PD) and supported by a team of engineers from RDA. Safeguard team of PIU, PIC and the contractor is primarily responsible for safeguards compliance of all activities carried out for rehabilitation and maintenance of the four candidate roads. 10. Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring 10.1 Environment Management Plan (EMP) LXXIX. The EARF as well as the Environmental Safeguards Manual of RDA, outlines the requirements for an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which is presented as a matrix developed based on best practices for environmental management. This EMP covers all impacts and mitigation measures identified within the project. However, contractor will be responsible for preparation of Site-Specific Environmental Management Action Plan (SSEMAP) based on the EMP given in this IEER. SSEMAP

XXIV

shall include site specific impacts related to site specific construction activities and relevant mitigation measures proposed to the particular locations to minimize relevant impacts. SSEMAP will be supported by site plans in which proposed mitigation measures are presented. Separate SSEMAPs will be prepared for each of the four roads. All costs for implementing the mitigation measures must be included in the Bill of Quantities (BOQ) by the contractor as implementation of the SSEMAP will be the responsibility of the contractor and the PIC will oversee the effectiveness of the implementation with the assistance of the PIU. In addition, in compliance with the EARF, ESDD is also responsible for monitoring of implementation of the SSEMAP bi annually. ESDD also assists PIU in meeting safeguards compliance and will conduct training sessions to the safeguards staff of the contractor on safeguards considerations of iRoad 2. Contractors who implement iRoad 2 Western Province package will be responsible to keep the road in operational condition for a period of 5 years after rehabilitation. Therefore, the EMP has been modified accordingly paying more attention on the environmental impacts and mitigation measures during the operational stage together with rehabilitation stage. 10.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) LXXX. Environmental monitoring is required to make sure that the anticipated adverse impacts are kept minimal with the implementation of mitigation measures as and when required. The monitoring objectives are therefore focused on the mitigation of likely impacts. The EMoP will be a useful tool to monitor the implementation of mitigation measures included to the EMP. Monitoring of the quality of water, air, and noise during the construction stage is a responsibility of the contractor by the approved Government Agency. All the monitoring activities such as site supervision, removal of trees, material extraction, verification of permits, etc. by the contractor will be supervised by the PICs. The environmental monitoring report prepared annually by PIC will be submitted to the PIU. This report shall include the results of environmental monitoring based on the construction activities carried out and this report shall be uploaded in to ADB as well as iRoad 2 web page. 11. Grievance Redress Mechanism LXXXI. In compliance with the EARF, grievances will be addressed at three levels depending on the nature and significance of the grievances or complaints. The first will be at the grass roots level where complaints will be directly received and addressed by the contractor, PIC or PIU representative on site. Grievances which are simple but still cannot be addressed at the grass roots level will be addressed at the Grama Niladhari (GN) level. More complex grievances which cannot be addressed at the GN level will be addressed at the Divisional Secretariat (DS) level. Different avenues shall be opened to receive suggestions, requests and complaints from public. 12. Public Consultation LXXXII. Public consultations were carried out covering all 7 DSDs falling under the road influenced areas for Package 1. The methods used for public consultations includes one on one interviews with above 50 road users and 7 Focus Group Discussions (FGDs). The main aim of these consultations was to obtain the perception of the community about the project (4 candidate roads), any environmental and social problems prevailing in the project area. It shall be noted that during these interviews equal focus was paid to male and female members. 13. Disclosure of information LXXXIII. According to the requirements of the ADB SPS, for Environment Category B project roads the respective draft IEE will be disclosed before the Management Review Meeting (MRM) or equivalent meeting or approval of the respective project if there is no MRM. Signboards with project information including details on nature of

XXV

construction works, road length, construction period, the name of the contractor, contract sum and contact information for reporting complaints or grievances will be posted in three languages (Sinhala, Tamil, and English). In addition, an information flyer could be distributed among residents who live along the route providing information on how they could assist the project. For the national iRoad 2 Western Province roads, there will be sign boards on the period of works and contact information for reporting complaints or grievances in three languages. LXXXIV. During project implementation, annual environmental monitoring reports will be prepared for the entire iRoad 2 Western Province package of iRoad 2 and submitted to ADB for disclosure on the ADB website. 14. Conclusion and Recommendations LXXXV. The proposed road rehabilitation and construction activities (on A002, A003, B389 and B240 roads) are restricted to the existing RoW and road reservation boundary lines. There is no need for land acquisition or resettlement of households. Anticipated positive socio-economic impacts of the project include reduction of transport costs and vehicle operation cost due to better road conditions and reduced travel time, an increase in income-generating activities, enhancement of road safety, less noise and air emissions due to improved road condition, reduced soil erosion and improved water quality due to better drainage facilities, etc. LXXXVI. Negative environmental impacts, which are mostly restricted to the construction stage, include extraction of construction materials, transportation, and storage of material, disposal of debris, deterioration of water quality, elevated levels of dust and particulate matter in the air, fumes and smoke and noise and vibration. Temporary blockage or alteration of surface runoff is the other anticipated impacts during the construction of bridges, culverts, and causeways. Realignment of services such as electricity, telecommunication, and water lines would cause inconveniences to the residents. These impacts can mostly be mitigated by following good construction practices and careful planning. The fauna and flora observed are common species that are found in rural and suburban areas. Only a few endemic and threatened species were recorded at the project site. None of the recorded endemic species are restricted to the project area. Therefore, the project will not have major adverse impacts on the habitats or fauna and flora in the proposed project areas. LXXXVII. A long-term maintenance program is essential for sustaining road in good condition. Thus periodic inspection, assessments, and proper maintenance strategies shall be implemented during operation stage. It is recommended that the design team shall be properly coordinated with future schedules regarding infrastructure development of line agencies to minimize structural damages to the road. LXXXVIII. A proper Grievance Redress Mechanism shall be established to receive and resolve any public complaints regarding the project interventions and impacts. An Environmental Monitoring Plan shall be established to assess and evaluate the effectiveness of the mitigation strategies as outlined in the Environmental Management Plan. According to the analysis of existing baseline data and prediction of impacts, the proposed road rehabilitation, and construction activities fall under Environmental Category B based on the ADB Guidelines. Thus, a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the project is not required. Concerning the National Environmental Act, No.47 of 1980, Amendment, No.56 of 1988, and subsequent amendments, the project does not fall under the Prescribed Project Category.

XXVI

1. INTRODUCTION A. Background 1. The absence of proper all-weather road connectivity is a severe problem in Sri Lanka’s rural & developed areas, preventing communities from accessing socioeconomic centers and limiting the mobility in the cities. Poor road infrastructure and poor maintenance negatively affects the mobility of people and goods in the cities and limiting the economic growth. Western Province of Sri Lanka face these problems and it limits the mobility between those cities. The country partnership strategy, 2018–2022 of the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for Sri Lanka aims to address the significant constraints to improving quality of growth and is closely aligned with the government’s priorities. The country partnership strategy reconfirms continued ADB assistance for developing the transport sector, including rural roads, which are critical for rural development in providing access to markets, health, education, and administrative services. 2. The Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2) supports the government’s sector objective to improve the mobility by providing more efficient connectivity between Sri Lanka’s communities and socioeconomic centers. The immediate outcome will be increased transport efficiency on project roads. 3. The iRoad 2 Program is identified as one of the critical components in the development of the road network to support and facilitate the activities in the enhancement of the economic and social status of the people living in many provinces in Sri Lanka. Accordingly, it has received top priority in the development programs of the Government of Sri Lanka (GOSL), and funds are being provided by the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The iRoad 2 program is a novel concept introduced recently into the country by the ADB. 4. Four national road sections in Western Province have been selected to be rehabilitated and maintained as Package 1 of additional roads in WP under iRoad 2. The roads under Western Province (Package 1) are as follows: i. A002: Galle Road from William Junction to Maliban Junction – 5.03 km ii. A003: Peliyagoda – Puttalam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout (0+000 km) to Nawaloka Roundabout (0+600 km) and Dandugama (19+000 km) to Kochchikade (37+600 km) – 19.2 km iii. B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (From Maliban Junction to Bakery Junction) – 2.2 km iv. B240: Kotte – Bope Road (From Malabe to Godagama) – 11km 5. In line with the Environment Assessment Review Framework (EARF) developed for iRoad 2 programme a Rapid Environmental Assessments (REA) were carried out for each of the candidate road sections (See Appendix 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4), and the project is classified as category B on environmental aspects. Therefore, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is needed to be carried out for these four candidate roads. 6. This document presents the findings of the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) conducted for the four roads mentioned above. This IEE report discusses possible impacts (beneficial and adverse) that would arise due to the proposed development and maintenance work of selected road sections. B. Objectives of the proposed project 7. Objectives of this project are: • Facilitate to increase mobility by improving the connectivity and access through A002 Road (between William junction and Maliban junction), through B389 Road (between Maliban Junction and Bakeriya junction on B389), through B240 road which connects A004 Road (at Godagama) and B263 Road (at Malabe) and through A003 Road (from

1

Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and (from Dandugama to Kochchikade) which link up trunk roads in the National Road network in Sri Lanka. • Alleviation of traffic congestion by smoothening the traffic movements in Colombo Metropolitan Region. • To improve the pedestrian facilities, walkability and pedestrian safety • To enhance the mobility in all weather conditions by improving the drainage conditions along the road • Ensure the safety of vehicles and other road users by improving pavement condition and proper geometric standards 8. To achieve these objectives, the roads identified under the iRoad 2 programme will be improved with the following: • Improve the existing roads with proper geometric features • Resurfacing the existing pavement with Asphalt Concrete (AC) if the present surface is weak • Improve the horizontal alignment at selected locations to reduce acute curves to provide safe driving conditions • Widen, repair or reconstruct damaged culverts and bridges and construct new culverts at locations where required • Remove any irregularities that are on the existing vertical profile, thereby improve the vehicle operating speeds while ensuring the safety of road users 9. The following secondary objectives are also expected: • Savings in Vehicle Operating Costs (VOC’s) taking into account the speed and travel time in the with- and without-project situations including the potential distance differential, surface quality, road congestion, etc. • Benefits and costs for diverted traffic would be calculated differently as a percentage compared to the regular traffic. • Savings of road maintenance costs • Savings of travel time for passengers and goods in transit • Reduction in the number as well as the severity of accidents and the related costs, although traffic safety assessment was not part of this evaluation.

C. Objectives of the Initial Environmental Examination 10. The project comprises of carrying out of rehabilitation and improvement works along two A-Class national roads (A002 and A003) and two B-class national roads (B389 and B240) where the work will be carried out for two (2) years and maintained for another five (5) years. The Environmental Assessments for these four roads are carried out as a requirement of the ADB Safeguard requirements outlined in the EARF1 prepared for the iRoad 2. The scope of the study was determined by the specifications given by the ADB for conducting an Initial Environment Examination (IEE), which are outlined below:

1Environmental Assessment and Review Framework, SRI: Integrated Road Investment Program, May 2014

2

• Field data collection regarding physical, social, economic and environmental background of the project area. • Public consultation with affected people and other relevant authorities. • Preparation of Basic Information Questionnaire (BIQ). • Preparation of Rapid Environment Assessment (REA) Checklists for ADB categorization • Assessment of potential environmental impacts and development of preventive and/or mitigation measures for significant impacts. • Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Environmental Monitoring Plans (EMoP). • Preparation of institutional requirements and Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM). • Preparation of consolidated Initial Environment Examination (IEE) report. D. Outline of the Assessment 11. This Environmental Assessment report provides general policies, guidelines, and procedures to be integrated into the implementation of all components under the Road Project Preparatory Facility. In preparing this document, following procedure has been adopted, in addition to requirements as specified in the EARF2 prepared for iRoad 2: • Safeguard Policy Framework of ADB3 has been reviewed to identify environmental safeguard requirements and Policy of the ADB • The Environmental assessment processes as outlined in the OM Section F1/OP (2013)4 and Environmental Assessment Guidelines5 have been reviewed to determine the environmental category of the proposed project, and the procedure to be adopted for conducting Environmental Assessments. • Relevant environmental regulations, guidelines, and Policies of Sri Lanka have been reviewed. • The review also included consultations with the associated technical personnel to identify the components of the proposed project activities. • The assessment made an effort in identifying potential environmental impacts and proposed strategies to mitigate the potential adverse environmental impacts due to project activities 12. The assessment outlines environmental screening procedures, assessment methodologies, environmental management (mitigation, monitoring, and documentation), and reporting for actions proposed under the Project, and to specify institutional structure and mechanism to carryout compliance to the environmental management plan. E. Approach, Methodology, and Personnel Involved

2Environmental Assessment and Review Framework, SRI: Integrated Road Investment Program, May 2014

3 Safeguard Policy Statement, Asian Development Bank, June 2009.

4 Operations Manual Bank Policies (BP), Asian Development Bank, 2013

5 Environmental Assessment Guidelines, Asian Development Bank, 2003

3

13. The approach and methodology in conducting the present study are listed below: i. Liaise with the team of engineers working on the project to develop the understanding of the scope of expected engineering activities that will take place at the site as well as any sites outside by discussing the physical interventions finally proposed to be carried out at the site, construction methodologies, and equipment to be used, pre-construction activities, etc. ii. Carry out the Screening using the REA Checklists (See Appendix 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4), included in the EARF6. The study corridor used for the study is a 50m width section along the existing road. iii. Carry out a Rapid Assessment to decide on the significant impacts and then to carry out the Environmental Assessment based on the TOR specified in the EARF. iv. Establish the general baseline conditions of the physical environment, which include a survey of invasive species to identify the potential flora species that can be introduced using borrow material. v. Carry out a scoping of environmental issues that may arise as a result of project activities: physical, biological/ecological and social impacts. This scoping will also focus on key stakeholders, mainly the CEA, RDA, PRDA, NBRO, Department of Wildlife Conservation and Forest Department, etc. vi. Prepare a comprehensive Environmental Management Plans (EMP) for each Road, describing the proposed mitigation measures for each impact identified and the phase in which it shall be carried out, appropriate institutional arrangement to implement the proposed measures, reporting procedures and estimated costs for implementing mitigation measures to manage the onsite as well as off-site environmental impacts. vii. Prepare a comprehensive Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) for each Road, with specifying monitoring indicators to measure the performance of each mitigation measure, monitoring mechanisms and frequency to support EMP. Environmental Monitoring Plan will be therefore separately prepared. viii. Identify the clearances/approvals needed by the project before its implementation. ix. Make conclusions and recommendations to the client on the environmental viability of the project based on the findings. 14. To meet the requirements of ADB, the IEE report follows the TOR given in the EARF prepared for the Integrated Road Investment Program. The structure of the IEE report is organized as follows: • Introduction: Provides identification of the project and the project proponent, and an explanation of the Objectives of the proposed project. It also presents the Approach and the Methodology adopted by the IEE • Policy, Legal, and Administrative Framework: This section summarizes the national and local legal and institutional framework within which the environmental assessment is carried out. It also identifies project-relevant international environmental agreements to which the country is a party. This chapter shall include: Applicable Laws, Regulations, Standards and Requirements, ADB Policy on Environmental & Social safeguards • Description of the Project: In accordance with the ADB SPS (2009) and EA Guidelines (2003), this section provides the detailed description of the project, need of the project,

6Environmental Assessment and Review Framework, SRI: Integrated Road Investment Program, May 2014

4

project location, and magnitude of the operation, the environmental category of the project and implementation schedule. • Description of the Environment: Provides a description of the current environment of the project area. The summary is based on available documentation, statistical data, and meetings with government authorities, APs, field surveys, and investigations. • Screening of the Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures: Provides an assessment of potential impacts of the proposed road development in light of the existing conditions together with recommended actions to prevent and/or otherwise to mitigate unavoidable impacts. • Information Disclosure, Consultation, and Participation: Information on public participatory workshops and consultations with experts and local administrative officers is presented in this section. • Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM): This section describes the grievance redress framework (both informal and formal channels), setting out the time frame and mechanisms for resolving complaints about environmental performance. • Institutional Requirements and Environmental Management Plan: This section deals with the set of mitigation and management measures to be taken during project implementation to avoid, reduce, mitigate, or compensate for adverse environmental impacts. It also includes management plans and actions. Provides a description of responsible parties to implement, administration and supervision of the project and the procedure to address concerns, complaints, and grievances of the affected population. • Conclusion and Recommendations: Findings of the study and recommendations which are finalized by the consultant are stated here with the analysis of currently available data. Conclusions section Outlines of the result of the IEE and justification. 15. This IEE report has been prepared by a team of consultants representing SMEC in Association with RDC & MHEC., led by Prof. Jagath Manatunge (Chartered Civil Engineer, Environmental Engineer) as the team leader together with Mr. K. Jinapala (Sociologist), Dr. Bandara Digana (Ecologist) and Dr. Lalith Rajapakshe (Hydrologist) .Some information related to Socio-economic environment for this IEER has been extracted from the Social Impact Assessment Report, which had been prepared by Mr. K. Jinapala and his team. The consultants of the report acknowledge the support of the staff at SMEC in Association with RDC & MHEC. For their help and making available some information to compile this report. Also, the Consultants also wish to acknowledge the kind assistance of the Director and the Engineers attached to the iRoad 2 Project, Road Development Authority for their support during the field visits and for providing information of the project interventions.

5

2 POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. Applicable Laws, Regulations, Standards, and Requirements A1 National Environmental Act and other applicable regulation

1. Environmental Protection and Management 16. The commitment and responsibility of the Sri Lankan government and its citizens to environmental protection is enshrined in the country’s constitution (GoSL 19787). Chapter VI (Directive Principles of State Policy and Fundamental Duties), Sections 27 (14) and 28 (f) declares that: “The State shall protect, preserve and improve the environment for the benefit of the community” and “it is the duty of every person in Sri Lanka to protect nature and conserve its riches.” 17. The Central Environmental Authority (CEA) was created in 1982 as the government regulatory and enforcement agency for environmental matters. This was followed by the establishment of a cabinet-level Ministry of Environment in 1990, which became the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources (MENR) in 2001 and developed the National Environment Policy (NEP) in 2003. The environmental protection mandate passed to a new Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment in January 2015, with the mission to “manage the environment and natural resources to ensure national commitment for sustainable development for the benefit of the present and future generation.” 18. The basic legislation governing protection and management of the environment is the National Environmental Act (NEA) No 47 of 1980, and its subsequent amendments, No 56 of 1988 and No 53 of 2000. The NEA includes two main regulatory provisions through which the environmental impacts of development are assessed, mitigated and managed: i. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) procedure for major development projects - regulations published in Government Gazette Extraordinary No 772/72 of 24 June 1993 and in subsequent amendments; ii. The Environmental Protection License (EPL) procedure for the control of pollution - regulations published in Government Gazette Extraordinary No 1533/16 of 25 January 2008.

2. Environmental Impact Assessment 19. The provision for EIA is contained in Part IV C of the NEA, which requires the submission of an IEE or EIA report in respect of certain “prescribed projects.” These are specified in Gazette Extraordinary No 772/22 of 24 June 1993 and include the following: i. Construction of national and provincial highways involving a length exceeding 10 kilometers (Note: the proposed project does not belong to this category) ii. Projects that fall within sensitive areas as defined in the National Environmental (Procedure for approval of projects) Regulations, No.1 of 1993. 20. The EIA process is implemented through designated Project Approving Agencies (PAA), which are line ministries and agencies with responsibility and jurisdiction over the project. The appropriate PAA is determined by CEA by the following (unranked) criteria (with the proviso that the project proponent cannot also act as the PAA): • The agency with jurisdiction over the largest area;

7 Government of Sri Lanka (1978, as amended): The Constitution of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka (Revised Edition 2015), 221 pp. (http://www.parliament.lk/files/pdf/constitution.pdf)

6

• The agency with jurisdiction over diverse or unique ecosystems; • The agency within whose jurisdiction the environmental impacts (resource depletion) are likely to be the greatest; or • The agency having statutory authority to license or otherwise approve the prescribed project. 21. The EIA process involves the following steps: i. The proponent submits to the PAA preliminary information on the project in the form of a Basic Information Questionnaire (BIQ) provided by CEA; ii. The PAA screens the project by the information provided, and informs the proponent within six days whether an EIA or IEE is required8; iii. The PAA then determines the scope of the study, taking into account the views of CEA, and relevant state agencies and the public if appropriate. The PAA devises ToR specifying the nature and content of the IEE or EIA report, and provides these to the proponent in writing within 14 (IEE) or 30 (EIA) days of receipt of the preliminary information; iv. If the PAA considers that the preliminary information provided by the proponent is sufficient for the purpose of an IEE report, the PAA proceeds as in (vi) below; v. The proponent conducts the studies necessary to fulfill the ToR (or engages consultants to do so) and submits the number of copies of the final IEE or EIA report as may be required by the PAA. vi. The PAA conducts a technical review of the report, within 21 days for an IEE and 30 days for an EIA. vii. An EIA report is also subject to public review. In this case, the PAA submits a copy of the EIA report to CEA, and by the publication of a notice in the Gazette and one daily national newspaper in Sinhala, Tamil and English languages, invites the public to inspect the report and make written comments. viii. The public forward any comments to the PAA within 30 working days and these are forwarded by the PAA to the project proponent. The proponent responds to the PAA in writing regarding all comments, within six days of completion of the public inspection. ix. After the technical review (IEE/EIA), and within six days of receipt of the proponent’s response to public comments on an EIA, the PAA either: a) grants approval for implementation of the project, subject to certain conditions; or b) refuses approval for project implementation, giving reasons for the decision. x. Within 30 days of granting approval, the PAA submits to CEA a report containing a plan to monitor project implementation, which is then implemented after approval.

3. Environmental Protection License (EPL) 22. The Environmental Protection License (EPL) scheme was introduced under the NEA in order to: prevent or minimize the release of discharges and emissions from industrial activities in compliance with national discharge and emission standards; provide guidance to industry on methods of pollution control; and encourage the use of new pollution abatement technologies, such as cleaner production, waste minimization, etc.

8An EIA is required for prescribed projects that involve complex environmental issues; and an IEE is required for projects that do not have complex environmental issues.

7

23. In Gazette Extraordinary 1533/16 of 25 January 2008, industries are classified into three categories (A, B or C) depending on their pollution potential. Part A comprises 80 high polluting industries, such as: Asphalt processing plants, Concrete batching plants having a production capacity of 50 or more cubic meters per day, Mechanized mining activities with multi bore hole blasting or single bore hole blasting activities with production capacity having 600 or more cubic meters per month, Hostels and similar dwelling places where occupancy level is exceeding 200 or more, Any industry where 200 or more workers per shift are employed, etc. Part B includes 33 medium level polluting activities, such as Hostels and similar dwelling places where occupancy level or 25 or more boarders and less than 200 borders, Concrete batching plants having a capacity less than 50 cubic meters per day, Single borehole blasting with industrial mining activities using explosives, having a production capacity of less than 600 cubic meters per month, Granite crushing (Metal crushing) industries having a total production capacity of less than 25 cubic meters per day excluding manual crushing operations using hand tools.; garages for vehicle repair and maintenance; etc. Part C includes 25 low polluting activities, such as vehicle filling stations; Mechanized cement blocks manufacturing industries; hotels and guest houses with 5-20 rooms; etc. 24. Licenses may also be required for some activities conducted on site during the construction period, including concrete batching, stone crushing, vehicle repair/maintenance and the accommodation camp for workers. These activities are classified as Part A or Part B, depending on their capacity or output. Part A and B licenses are obtained from the relevant Provincial or District Offices of the CEA.

4. A permit from the Geological Survey and Mines Bureau 25. The Mines and Mineral Act No 33 of 1992 requires that mining and exploitation of minerals in Sri Lanka are licensed by the Geological Survey and Mines Bureau (GSMB). This applies to earth and quarry materials excavated for use in construction, for which a permit must be obtained from the GSMB9, by the project proponent or contractor.

5. Archaeological Impact Assessment 26. The Antiquities (Amendment) Act No 24 of 1998, and the implementing regulations published in Gazette Extraordinary No 1152/14 of 4 October 2000 require that an Archaeological Impact Assessment is conducted about every proposed development project with a land area of over 0.25 ha. The purpose of the assessment is to examine whether there are antiquities in the land, to determine the impact of the proposed development and to provide alternative measures if necessary. 27. The Government’s Department of Archaeology (DOA) specifies the projects for which their written permission shall be obtained before implementation, and these include: (1.a) To develop transport systems: (a) to construct national or provincial roads (4) Excavations exceeding 500 m in length for laying pipes and conduits for drainage, water, gas, electricity and telephone facilities; (6.a) To quarrying and blasting stones to leach stone, gravel, minerals, or soil: (a) To identify reserves the exceed 0.25 ha on the crust of the land in the inner part of the country and do mining

9 For GSMB Licensing procedure, see: http://www.gsmb.gov.lk/web/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id= 100&Itemid=68&lang=en

8

6. Labour Laws and Occupational Health and Safety 28. Sri Lankan legislation includes some laws, acts, and regulations designed to prevent the exploitation of workers and to protect their health and safety in the workplace (construction sites and operating facilities). These instruments are identified in the tender documents, and the contractor will be required to comply with all those listed and any others that may be applicable. It is not possible to review this legislation here, so the following sources are recommended for further information: Department of Labour10; Salary.lk11; National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health12; and for an international perspective, the World Bank’s guidelines on Occupational and Community Health and Safety13.

7. Other Relevant Environmental Regulations, Guidelines and Policies of Sri Lanka 29. The present Constitution of Sri Lanka came into operation in 1978 and also provides the basic principles of environmental protection and preservation through Chapter 4, Section 27, and Item 14; “The State shall protect, preserve and improve the environment for the benefit of the community.” Based on above principles, Government of Sri Lanka has laid down various Acts including National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980, to ensure environmental perseverance and protection. Table 2-1. Laws and regulations applicable for the project activities

Applicability to Laws and Regulations Provisions and Main Content proposed project The NEA is a framework National Environmental Act, environmental statue that makes No. 47 of 1980 provision for the protection, National Environmental management and enhancement Following Regulations (Amendment) Act, No. 56 of of the environment, for the related to NEA is 1988 regulation, maintenance and applicable to all project control of the quality of the National Environmental components. (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of environment, and for the 2000 and other prevention and control of Amendments pollution by implementing the subproject. National Environment (Noise Control) Regulations 1996. Noise levels shall be Gazette Notification Number Regulates maximum allowable strictly monitored for 924/12 dated 23rd May noise levels for construction conformity, especially 1996. activities during subproject during excavations and activities National Environmental backfilling. (Vehicle Horns) Regulations, No. 1 of 2011 National Environmental This regulates the discharge and Any effluent discharges (Protection & Quality) deposit of any kind of waste or and waste discharges Regulations, Gazette emission into the environment. (scheduled waste) shall

10http://www.labourdept.gov.lk/index.php?option=com_content&id=65&Itemid=59&lang=en&limitstart=1

11http://www.salary.lk/home/labour-law

12http://www.niosh.gov.lk/

13http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/9aef2880488559a983acd36a6515bb18/2%2BOccupational%2BHealth %2Band%2BSafety.pdf?MOD=AJPERES

9

Applicability to Laws and Regulations Provisions and Main Content proposed project Notification No. 1534/18 conform to the dated 01.02.2008. Standards. Certain project-related activities may need an The activities for which EPL such as asphalt Environmental Protection The prescribed activities for processing plant, License (EPL) is required: which a license is required are concrete batching Gazette Notification No. set forth. plants, treatment plants, 1533/16 dated 25.01.2008 sewerage networks, mechanized mining activities etc. National Environment (Air Emissions, Fuel & Vehicle This sets out the Vehicular All the project vehicles, Importation Standards) Exhaust Emission limits for machinery and Amended Regulations, No. 1 every motor vehicle in use in equipment shall of 2003. Gazette Notification Sri Lanka. conform to the emission Number 1295/11 dated 30th standards. June 2003. National Environment Ambient air quality shall (Ambient Air Quality) be established prior to Regulation 1994 and Establishes permissible ambient construction and be Amendment of Gazette air quality standards during monitored during Notification Number 1562/22 proposed project activities construction especially dated 15th August 2008. activities involving earthwork.

The Act provides a framework Permission of shall be for planning, design, obtained from RDA, construction, maintenance and PRDA, and LAs for National Thoroughfares Act, public roads. Section 26 rehabilitation and No. 40 of 2008 prohibits any government closure of roads. Motor Traffic (Speed Limits) department or local authority Speed limits of all Regulations, No. 1 of 2012 carry out any services on a road, public road or a national vehicles shall conform highway without proper to speed limit permissions regulations. Motor Traffic Act, No. 14 of All the project vehicles 1995, Amended by Act, No. shall conform the 05 of 1998 Establishes a regulatory provisions of the Act The Motor Traffic framework for ownership, and shall not exceed the (Construction of Vehicles) transfer and use of vehicles dimensions specified, Regulations 1983 as within Sri Lanka and defines the especially heavy amended in the Gazette dimensions of any motor vehicle vehicles which transport Extraordinary No. 1842/32 of equipment, machinery 29.01.2014 and materials. Fauna and Flora Protection Provide for the protection and Rehabilitation and Ordinance, 1937 (Chapter conservation of the fauna and construction work of the 469); Fauna and Flora flora and their habitats; for the roads, quarrying and Protection (Amendment) Act, conservation of the biodiversity borrowing activities he No. 49 of 1993 and Fauna and to provide for matters roads, machinery and 10

Applicability to Laws and Regulations Provisions and Main Content proposed project and Flora Protection connected there with or materials yards, can (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of incidental there to. have negative impacts 2009) on flora and fauna. No commercially and/or Felling of Trees Control Act, This Act sought to prohibit and ecologically valuable No. 09 of 1951 as Amended control the felling of specified tree species will be cut by Act No. 30 of 1953 trees. without proper approvals. Geological Survey and Mines Bureau (GSMB) Act Regulates the exploration for No. 33 of 1992 minerals, mining, transportation, Removal of Sand processing, trading in export of Regulations, No. 1 of 2007 mineral products and usage of Regulation for Prohibition of quarries and sand mines in the These are applicable for use of Equipment for country. material suppliers for project activities. exploration, mining and To provide the control of extraction of Sand & Gems, explosions and regulations of Gazette Notification Number matters connected with 1454/4 dated 17th July 2006 explosive activities. Explosive Act, No. 36 of 1976 Regulates dumping municipal solid waste along sides of any National Environmental MSW that arise during national highway or at any place (Municipal Solid Waste) the project activities has other than places designated for to be properly collected, Regulations, such purpose by the relevant stored and disposed. No. 1 of 2009 local authority during proposed project activities Approval from Water Resources Board is needed for use of Water Resources Board Act, Control, regulation and groundwater No. 29 of 1964, Amendment development (including the resources for project No.42 of 1999 and conservation and utilization) of activities (if any). Amendments made on the water resources; the Approvals from 2017.03.16 by Gazette prevention of the pollution of Irrigation Notification No.2010/23) rivers, streams and other water Department/ resources; the formulation of Irrigation Act, No. 23 of 1983 Provincial Irrigation national policies relating to the Department/Agrarian Agrarian Services Act, No. control and use of the water Services Department 58 of 1979 resources. are needed for use of surface water resources for project activities (if any)

Soil Conservation Act, No. An act to make provisions for the Approvals from 25 of 1951 Amended in 24 of enhancement and substances of Natural Resource 1996 productive capacity of the soil, to Management Centre restore degraded land for the are needed if any

11

Applicability to Laws and Regulations Provisions and Main Content proposed project prevention and mitigation of soil borrow areas or any erosion, for the conservation of other project soil resources and protection of activities lead to soil land against damage by floods, erosion. salinity, alkalinity and drought and to provide for matters connected there with or incidental there to. An ordinance for the protection Approvals and of areas subjected to damage consents from the from floods. This includes Irrigation Flood Protection Ordinance, declaration of flood areas, Department, Agrarian No. 4 of 1924 and No 22 of preparation of schemes for flood Services Department 1955 protection and other rules and are needed if project regulations regarding flood in activities lead to the country. flooding. Crown Land Ordinance Act No. 1947 Land Settlement Ordinance, No. 20 of 1931; Land Development Ordinance, No. Approvals and 19 of 1935 as amended by consents are needed land development from Commissioner (amendment) Act, No. 16 of General of Lands, The act dealing with allocation 1969, No.27 of 1981, No, 22 District Secretary, and control of Crown lands In Sri of 1998, No, 22 of 1995; Divisional Secretary Lanka for private and State Land Ordinance, No. or any other government activities. 08 of 1947; Land Acquisition government Act, No. 09 of 1950; State institutions for Land (Recovery of acquisition/lease of possession and divesting of lands State Land) Act, No. 07 of 1979; Land Grants (Special Provisions) Act, No. 43 of 1979; Title Registration Act, No. 21 of 1998 This require that an Archaeological Impact Assessment (AIA) to be Approval of the conducted about every Department of The Antiquities (Amendment) proposed development project Archaeology is Act No 24 of 1998, and with a land area of over 0.25 ha. needed (after regulations published in The purpose of the assessment conducting an Gazette Extraordinary No is to examine whether there are Archaeological 1152/14 of 4 October 2000 antiquities in the land, to Impact Assessment determine the impact of the (AIA). proposed development and to provide alternative measures if necessary.

12

Applicability to Laws and Regulations Provisions and Main Content proposed project These outlines the procedures in approval of building plans, Approvals for building approval of drainage plans, drainage management plans, etc., and management plans, regulations for disposal of and disposal of municipal solid waste. In municipal solid waste addition to environmental are needed. Municipal Council Ordinance clearance, obtaining Trade Trade license and No. 29 of 1947, the Urban license and Machinery Permits, Machinery Permits Councils Ordinance No. 61 involvement of MOH/PHI in shall be obtained of 1939 and the Pradeshiya matters related to public health prior to Sabha Act No. 15 of 1987 and other approvals from the commencement of local authorities for site any operations. clearance; and consent from all relevant Pradeshiya Sabhas, Approvals of the Provincial Councils, and MOH/PHI in matters Divisional Secretaries shall be related to public obtained before construction health are needed. begins. Compliance required during pre-construction, Sri Lankan legislation includes construction and some laws, acts, and regulations decommissioning stages Labour Laws and designed to prevent the Occupational Health and exploitation of workers and to The following sources Safety protect their health and safety in provide further the workplace (construction sites information: Department Legislation in Sri Lanka and operating facilities). The of Labour; National relating to Industrial, project proponent and all the Institute of Occupational Employment and Labour subordinates including sub- Safety and Health; and relations included in the contractors will be required to for an international Labour Code of Sri Lanka comply with all such laws and perspective, the IFC provisions that may be guidelines on applicable. Occupational and Community Health and Safety.

30. Some of above legislations may not necessarily or directly be relevant to the road sector. The National Environmental Act No.47 of 1980, amendment No.56 of 1988, and subsequent amendments provide a framework environmental statute for any components that are implemented under the proposed project. National Environmental (Protection & Quality) Regulations, No. 01 of 1990 provides standards for discharging effluents into the inland surface water during proposed project activities. National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations (1994) establishes permissible ambient air quality standards during proposed project activities, and National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 of 1996 regulates maximum allowable noise levels during construction activities and during operations of proposed project activities.

13

A2 Project-relevant International Agreements and Conventions 31. The main method available under international law for countries to work together on global environmental issues is the multilateral environmental agreement (MEA). MEAs are agreements between states which may include obligations varying from more general principles about a particular environmental issue, through to definitive actions to be taken to achieve an environmental objective. Sri Lanka has acceded to or ratified around 40 Multilateral Environmental Agreements and those that are relevant to this project are shown in Table 2-2. Table 2-2: Project-related international agreements to which Sri Lanka is a party Ratification Agreement Objectives Date Atmosphere Vienna Convention for 15 Protection of the Ozone Layer through the Protection of the December international cooperation in the areas of scientific Ozone Layer (1985) 1989 research, monitoring and information exchange Montreal Protocol on 12 Reduction and the eventual elimination of the Substances That December consumption and production of Un- Deplete the Ozone Layer 1989 anthropogenic Ozone Depleting Substances (1987) United Nations Stabilization of greenhouse gas (GHG) 23 Framework Convention concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that November on Climate Change would prevent dangerous anthropogenic 1993 (UNFCCC-1992) interference with the climatic systems The Annex 1 parties (Developed Countries) to 3 October reduce their collective emissions of greenhouse Kyoto Protocol (1997) 2002 gases by at least 5% of the 1990 level by the period 2008 –2012 Biodiversity and Cultural Heritage To maintain and increase international International Plant cooperation in controlling pests and diseases of 12 February Protection Convention plants and plant products, and in preventing their 1952 (1951) introduction and spread across national boundaries Plant Protection 27 February To prevent the introduction into and spread Agreement for Asia and 1956 within the region of destructive plants Pacific Region (1956) To establish an effective system of collective Convention concerning protection of the cultural and natural heritage of the protection of the 6 June 1980 outstanding universal value organized on a World Cultural and permanent basis and by modern scientific Natural Heritage (1972) methods CITES - Convention on To protect certain endangered species from International Trade in being over-exploited by adopting a system of Endangered Species of 4 May 1979 import/export permits, for regarding the Wild Fauna & Flora procedure (1973) To protect those species of wild animals which Convention on the 6 June 1990 Conservation of migrate across or outside national boundaries

14

Ratification Agreement Objectives Date Migratory Species (1979) The Convention on This is the intergovernmental treaty that provides 15 October Wetlands (Ramsar the framework for the conservation and wise use 1990 Convention) (1971) of wetlands and their resources. Conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out Convention on Biological 23 March of the utilization of genetic resources, including Diversity (CBD-1992) 1994 appropriate access to genetic resources and by appropriate transfer of relevant technologies and appropriate funding The UNESCO World 06 June Convention concerning the protection of the Heritage Convention 1980 World Cultural and Natural Heritage (1972) Land To combat desertification and to mitigate the effects of drought in countries experiencing United Nations 09 severe droughts and/ or desertification with the Convention to Combat December final aim being to prevent land degradation in the Desertification (UNCCD- 1998 hyper-arid, arid, and semi-arid, dry subhumid 1994) areas in the countries that are parties of the Convention Chemicals To reduce transboundary movements of hazardous waste; to dispose of hazardous and other waste as close as possible to the source; to Basel Convention on the minimize the generation of hazardous waste; to Control of Trans- prohibit shipments of hazardous waste to 28 August boundary Movements of countries lacking the legal, administrative and 1992 Hazardous Wastes and technical capacity to manage & dispose of them Their Disposal (1989) in an environmentally sound manner; to assist developing countries in environmentally sound management of the hazardous waste they generate To promote shared responsibility and cooperative efforts in the international trade of certain hazardous chemicals, to protect human Rotterdam Convention 19 January health and the environment; to contribute to the (1998) 2006 environmentally sound use of those hazardous chemicals by facilitating information exchange, providing for a national decision-making process on their import/export Stockholm Convention 22 To protect human health and the environment on Persistent Organic December from persistent organic pollutants (POPs) Pollutants (POPs) (2001) 2005

15

B. ADB Policy on Environmental & Social safeguards 32. ADB’s Environment Policy requires that environmental issues are considered in all aspects of the Bank’s operations. The detailed requirements are defined in the Safeguard Policy Statement (2009), which builds upon the three previous policies on the environment, involuntary resettlement, and indigenous peoples, and brings them into a consolidated policy framework that enhances their effectiveness and relevance. The SPS affirms that ADB considers environmental and social sustainability as a cornerstone of economic growth and poverty reduction in Asia and the Pacific and is committed to ensuring the social and environmental sustainability of the projects it supports. 33. In this context, safeguards are operational policies that seek to avoid or reduce to acceptable levels adverse environmental and social impacts, including protecting the rights of those likely to be affected or marginalized by the development process. The objectives of ADB’s safeguards are to: i. avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible; ii. minimize, mitigate and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people where avoidance is not possible; and iii. help borrowers/clients strengthen their safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks. 34. The Safeguard Policy Statement applies to all projects or components financed, administered or otherwise supported by ADB, regardless of whether ADB is the funder; and ADB will not finance projects that do not comply with the SPS and the host country’s social and environmental laws and regulations. 35. Environmental safeguards are triggered if a project is likely to have potential environmental risks and impacts, and the objectives are to ensure the environmental soundness and sustainability of projects and support the integration of environmental considerations into the project decision-making process. The principal tool for achieving these aims is an environmental assessment, which is a process of environmental analysis and planning to avoid or reduce the environmental impacts associated with a project. The nature of the assessment required depends on the significance of the environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project; the sensitivity, scale, nature, and magnitude of its potential impacts; and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. 36. Screening and Categorization: ADB screens a project in the preparation stage to (i) reflect the significance of potential impacts or risks that the project might present; (ii) identify the level of assessment and institutional resources required for the safeguard process; and (iii) determine the requirements for public disclosure. Screening reviews basic information on project design and operation, the proposed project site/s, and the general environmental/social features, and is aided by ADB’s Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklists. By the significance of the potential environmental impacts and risks, projects are assigned into one of the following four categories: i. Category A: projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse or unprecedented, and which may affect an area larger than the location subject to physical works. An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required. ii. Category B: projects with potential adverse impacts that are less significant than those of Category A. Impacts are site-specific, few are irreversible, and in most cases, impacts can be mitigated more readily than those for Category A projects. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required.

16

iii. Category C: projects likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required, although environmental implications are reviewed. iv. Category FI: projects where ADB funds are invested in or through a Financial Intermediary (FI). ADB conducts safeguard due diligence of the FI’s portfolio and requires an appropriate environmental and social management system (ESMS) in place, to address environmental or social risks. 37. Environmental Assessment conducted under the SPS is governed by a series of policy principles, which define the scale, content, and approach to the study. The specific requirements of the Environment Safeguard Policy are given in Appendix 1 of the SPS; and the Annex to Appendix 1 provides an outline of an EIA report, which includes guidance on the overall layout and the content of each section. Guidance on the practical approach to conducting the environmental assessment is provided in the Environment Safeguards Good Practice Sourcebook (ADB, 2012). EIA and IEE studies follow the same general approach as prescribed in these documents; and the SPS states that the level of detail and comprehensiveness of the study shall be commensurate with the significance of environmental impacts and risks, so an IEE may have a narrower scope. These documents were all consulted extensively in conducting this study and preparing this report. 38. Public Consultation: The SPS requires the borrower/client to carry out meaningful consultation with affected people and other stakeholders to facilitate their informed participation. This should: (i) begin early during project preparation and continue throughout the project cycle; (ii) provide timely disclosure of adequate, relevant and understandable information; (iii) be free of intimidation and coercion; (iv) be gender inclusive and responsive, and tailored to the needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable groups; and (v) enable incorporation of all relevant views into decision-making, including project design, impact mitigation, and sharing of project benefits and opportunities. The SPS specifies that for a Category A project, at least two consultation exercises are needed: the first at the early stage of EIA fieldwork; and the second when the draft EIA is available. The results of the consultation process are documented in the environmental assessment report. 39. Information Disclosure: The SPS requires the borrower to make relevant environmental information available to affected people and other stakeholders promptly, in an accessible place and in an understandable form and language(s). This normally involves providing the draft, and final IEE/EIA reports in public buildings in the study area, but for complex studies, brochures, leaflets, etc. can also be used, along with non-written communication methods if any stakeholders are illiterate. ADB also requires the borrower to provide the following for dissemination to a wider audience via the ADB website: i. The final EIA or IEE; ii. New or updated EIA/IEE, supplementary reports and/or corrective action plans, if prepared during project implementation; iii. Environmental monitoring reports, also during project implementation. iv. In the case of a Category A project, the draft EIA (including the draft EMP) must be provided at least 120 days before ADB Board consideration.

17

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT A. Location of the project 40. The following four roads have been proposed to be rehabilitated and maintained under the Integrated Road Investment Program – iRoad 2 Western Province package. 1. Rehabilitation and Improvement of Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction 41. This section of A002 Road which is 5.03 km in length, connects Williom Junction ( 6°51'49.51"N 79°51'48.70"E) on A002 trunk road (Colombo-Galle-Hambantota-Wellawaya road) and Maliban junction (6°49'10.35"N 79°52'24.90"E) on A002 trunk road (Colombo-Galle- Hambantota-Wellawaya road). Table 3-1: The administrative location of the A002 Road

Province District DS Division GN Division Kawdana West, Watarappala, Rathmalana Wathumulla, Western Province Colombo Piriwena,Attidiya South Galwala, Dehiwala East, Dehiwala Jayathilaka, Karagampitiya,

42. The location map of the road is shown in Figure 3.1 and Annex 1. 2. Rehabilitation and Improvement of Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road (A003) from (Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and from (Dandugama to Kochchikade) 43. The two sections of A003 road, which are 19.2 km in total length, connects Peliyagoda Roundabout (6°57'24.14"N 79°52'57.92"E) on A003 trunk road (Peliyagoda–Puttalam road) and Nawaloka Roundabout (6°57'38.34"N 79°52'51.43"E) on A003 which is 0.6 km in length and Dandugama (7° 6'35.96"N 79°52'57.75"E) on A003 trunk road (Peliyagoda–Puttalam road) and Kochchikade Bridge (7°16'13.00"N 79°51'49.32"E) on A003 trunk road which is 18.6 km.

18

Table 3-2: The administrative location of the A003 Road

Province District DS Division GN Division Kelaniya DS Peliyagoda Gangabada East Manaveriya, Welihena North, Kurana Katunayaka Central, Kurana Katunayaka North, Kurana Katunayaka South, Katunayaka North, Katunayaka South, Katana DS North, Liyanagemulla South, Mookalangamuwa West, Bandarawatta West, Dambaduraya, Western Province Gampaha Alawathupitiya, Udammita Sout Kochchikade, Daluwakotuwa East, Kattuwa, Dalupotha East,Dalupotha, Hunupitiya, Negombo DS Periyamulla, Angurukaramulla, Udayarthoppuwa, Balawalana, Kuruna West, Kuruna East,

44. The location map of the road is shown in Figure 3.2, Figure 3.3 and Annex 1 3. Rehabilitation and Improvement of Rathmalana–Mirihana Road (B389) from Maliban junction to Bakery Junction 45. This section of B389 road which is 2.2 km in length, connects Maliban Junction ( 6°49'10.35"N 79°52'24.90"E) on A002 trunk road (Galle road) and Bakeriya junction (6°49'55.98"N 79°53'8.09"E ) on B389 trunk road (Rathmalana – Mirihana road). Table 3-3: The administrative location of the B389 Road

Province District DS Division GN Division Kandawala Western province Colombo Rathmalana Aththidiya South Aththidiya North

46. The location map of the road is shown in Figure 3.4 and Annex 1

19

4. Rehabilitation and Improvement of Kotte–Bope Road (B240) from Malabe Junction to Godagama 47. This section of B240 road which is 11 km in length, connects Malabe Junction (6°54'14.29"N 79°57'18.08"E) on B 263 trunk road (Malabe–Kaduwela road) and Godagama (6°51'6.05"N 80° 1'57.78"E) on A004 trunk road (Colombo–Ratnapura–Wellawaya–Batticaloa road). Table 3-4: The administrative location of the B240 Road Province District DS Division GN Division Malabe West, Hokandara North,Arangala, Hokandara East, Kaduwela DS Pore, Boralugoda, Thaldiyawala, Western Province Colombo Athurugiriya, Habarakada South Habarakada watta, Panagoda East, Homagama DS Panagoda Town,

Panagoda West, Godagama North

48. The location map of the road is shown in Figure 3.5 and Annex 1

B. Category of the project 49. Overall, the iRoad 2 program is categorized as an Environmental category B project. The Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) of the present study reconfirms this categorization for this sub-project, too, which includes the four-road rehabilitation and maintenance projects– See Appendix 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 for the REAs completed for each road section. Therefore, an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required for this sub- project of iRoad 2 Western Province, to be conducted before the commencement of interventions. C. Need for the Project 50. The western Province, consisting of Colombo, Gampaha and Districts, is the most socio-economically developed part in Sri Lanka. It contributes more than fifty percent to the Gross Domestic Product. Western Province is the most densely populated province of Sri Lanka, which is 3,593 km2 in extent, is home to the country’s legislative capital Sri Jayewardenepura. It is also home to the country’s commercial hub, Colombo. It is also one of the key provinces which is targeted to implement major development projects in order to facilitate economic and social infrastructure development of the country. 51. The Government of Sri Lanka is implementing the Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2) to improve the connectivity between rural communities and socioeconomic centers by improving the transport efficiency on selected national, provincial, and local roads. In order to achieve this objective, it is important to develop the rural road network coupled with the improvement of the National Road Network. Therefore, operating a sustainable trunk road network at least in fair condition is very important. In line with that view, rehabilitation and

20

improvement of the selected candidate road sections which directly connects Sri Lanka’s commercial hub is vital.

21

Figure 3-1: Location Map of Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction

22

Figure 3-2: Location Map of Peliyagoda Puttalam Road Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge (A003)

23

Figure 3-3: Location Map of Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout (A003)

24

Figure 3-4: Location Map of Rathmalana Mirihana Road (B389)

25

Figure 3-5: Location Map of Kotte Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Godagama

26

52. The main purpose of the proposed project is to facilitate increased mobility of traffic by improving the connectivity and access through A002 Road (between William junction and Maliban junction), through B389 Road (between Maliban Junction and Bakeriya junction on B389), through B240 road which connects A004 Road (at Godagama) and B263 Road (at Malabe) and through A003 Road (from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and (from Dandugama to Kochchikade) which link up trunk roads in the National Road network in Sri Lanka. By providing such improved connectivity between these road sections, the access for establishing most essential social and economic centres in identified locations and giving access to primary community centres and villages within the Rathmalana, Dehiwala, Kaduwela, Homagama, Divisional Secretariat Divisions (DSDs) in the Colombo District, and Katana, Kelaniya and Negombo Divisional Secretariat Divisions (DSDs) in the Gampaha District will be vastly improved. D. Analysis of Alternatives D1 No Project Alternative 53. The present sub-standard conditions of the four roads will worsen with the increased traffic flow with time if the selected four roads are not be rehabilitated without further delay and maintained. The efficiency of transportation between the two A-class Roads and two B-class Roads proposed for rehabilitation, will be severely hampered without the project. Moreover, the safety of road users will continue to be at risky levels with structural damages which are very common along the four road stretches. These four roads, which traverse through Urban communities, will not support socio-economic development of the area as it disturbs livelihood activities of the project area, especially minimizing the mobility of the roads. ‘No project alternative’, therefore, is not a feasible solution with respect to mobility of the road and socio- economic development of these seven divisional secretary areas of the Western Province. D2 With Project Alternative 54. The project proposes to rehabilitate A002 (Galle Road) from William Junction to Maliban Junction – 5.03 km, A003 (Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road) from Peliyagoda Roundabout (0+000 km) to Nawaloka Roundabout (0+600 km) and Dandugama (19+000 km) to Kochchikade Bridge (37+600 km) – 19.2 km, B389 (Rathmalana–Mirihana Road) From Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction – 2.2 km and B240 (Kotte – Bope Road) From Malabe to Godagama – 11km). Under the proposed development hard shoulders, roadside drains and parking facilities will be provided, where necessary. There are sections of these four roads which are subjected to seasonal flooding, and special consideration will be paid for such sections which are prone to inundation. Improvements of roadside drainage facilities will be enhanced the quality of road by reducing the existing inundations in the area. Also, necessary mitigation measures will be incorporated into the design to prevent such natural occurrences which will disturb the flow of traffic from time to time during inclement weather. Also, the improvements and rehabilitation works will provide safe driving conditions and road safety for other road users such as cyclists, motorcyclists, and pedestrians. School children and other people using public transport can benefit from the provision of bus bays and bus shelters improving the safety and comfort. The unemployed people living in the subproject area will have the construction-related job opportunities during project implementation, and subsequently, they will have employment opportunities in the expanded commercial/industrial sectors. Development of the roads will provide better transport facilities for the people to access markets. The land value will also be increased due to the proposed road project. 55. The main purpose of iRoad 2 program is to improve the mobility between communities having potential of economic growth with socio-economic centres. Therefore, the proposed rehabilitation and maintenance, will positively contribute to the enhancement of transport efficiency in the two A-class roads and two B-Class roads and better transport efficiency will be a catalyst for regional development and the socio-economic well-being of the people living

27

along the four road project areas in the Western Province and ultimately for the economic development of the country. E. Magnitude of Operations E1 Proposed improvement 56. The project comprises of carrying out of rehabilitation and improvement works along two A-class national roads (A002 and A003) and two B-class national roads (B389 and B240) as iRoad 2 Western Province where the work will be carried out for two (2) years and maintained for another five (5) years. The rehabilitation of A002 Road (from William Junction to Maliban Junction) involves 5.03 km, A003 Road (From Peliyagoda roundabout to Nawaloka roundabout and from Dandugama to Kochchikade) involves 19.2 km, B240 (Kotte Bope Road from Malabe to Godagama) involves 11km and B389 (From Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction) involves 2.2 km. The project will not involve acquisition of additional lands, and all improvement activities will be restricted to the existing ROW. The proposed typical cross section consists of the carriageway, hard shoulder, soft shoulder, and side drain for standard 2-lanes and 4-lanes roads necessary as given below: Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction • Carriage Width: 3.3m x 4 • Centre meridian: 1.6 • Total RoW: 14.7 m Rehabilitation and Improvement of Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road (A003) from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Rehabilitation and Improvement of Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road (A003) from Dandugama to Kochchikade 4 lane section (0+000 to 0+600km) • Carriage Width: 3.5m x 4 • Centre meridian: 1m • Hard shoulder: 2m x 2 • Total RoW: 19 m 4 lane section (19+000 to 32+400km) • Carriage Width: 3.5m x 4 • Centre meridian: 1m • Hard shoulder: 2m x 2 • Total RoW: 19 m 2 lane section (32+400km to 37+600km) • Carriage Width: 3.5m x 2 • Rumble strip: 1m • Hard Shoulder: 2m x 2 • Total RoW: 12 Rathmalana–Mirihana Road (B389) from Maliban junction to Bakery Junction • Carriage Width: 3.3m x 2 • Soft Shoulder: 1.2m x 2 • Total RoW: 9 m

28

Kotte–Bope Road (B240) from Malabe Junction to Godagama • Carriage Width: 3.3m x 2 • Soft Shoulder: 3.0m x 2 • Total RoW: 11.6 m 57. The proposed typical cross-section is shown in Annex 2. However, the typical cross section will be modified based on the location specific contexts keeping the major components unchanged. E2 Project activities 58. The scope of work proposed under the iRoad 2 Western Province include the following: clearing and grubbing; roadway excavation; channel excavation; excavation and backfill of structures; embankment construction; sub bases, capping layers, and bases; shoulder construction, asphalt overlay; roadside and leadaway drains; cleaning, desalting, and repairing of culverts. 59. The improvement works for selected roads under iRoad 2 Project will be as follows: • The widening of roads will be carried out only if there is sufficient ROW. • If the existing surface is asphalt; it will be overlaid with the AC. • The base correction will be carried out if base failures are found along the road. • If the existing surface is macadam based it will be overlaid by Aggregate Base Course (ABC) and asphalt as per the pavement design is given by the Engineer. • The buildup drain provided for town areas or other requested areas. Otherwise, the earth drain will be provided. • The earthwork will be carried out in required areas. • Finally, road marking will be carried out. (Source: PIU, iRoad 2 Program, RDA) 60. Further, an improvement on the cross- and side-drainage of the particular roads will be considered in locations where structures have been badly damaged, or rectification of the drainage is significantly required. The civil works will entail the repair and extension of existing cross drainage structures to accommodate the new road cross section/the construction of replacement and additional culverts and bridges as detailed in the construction drawings. (Refer: Annex 2 for Typical Cross-Sections) Table 3-5: Typical interventions proposed in iRoad 2 program

Type of Description Items* Intervention Maintenance aimed at restoring the deteriorated Rehabilitation Patching, maintenance of hard shoulders, road surface to its original double bituminous surface treatment, condition asphalt concrete treatment, re-surfacing, Maintenance aimed at continuous maintenance of hard shoulders, Periodic restoring the condition of painting traffic signs and guard railings, Maintenance partially deteriorated maintenance of side ditches, etc. pavement to a certain level

Routine Maintenance work Cutting back foliage along hard shoulders, Maintenance performed on a daily basis patching cracks, laying earth on hard to maintain the condition of shoulders, repairing potholes, using the

29

Type of Description Items* Intervention road surfaces and delay sand sealing method to repair pavement, their deterioration etc.

* There is no clear distinction among the three types of maintenance, and details of the work involved vary only marginally between projects. 61. In addition, road furniture and markings will also be appropriately provided where necessary. At present, such furniture and markings are lacking in most parts of the four roads. 62. The general scope of work for the roads includes: • Initial repairs to the existing road surface: These are carried out to prepare the road surface for resurfacing or overlay: these repairs may include bituminous patching, crack sealing, carriageway edges and shoulder repairs where traffic damage or erosion has occurred, cleaning of side drains and road culverts. • Overlay: In all cases, the recommended improvements entail overlaying the existing pavement with a base or leveling course, designed for the projected number of Equivalent Standard Axles (ESA’s) over the design life of the road, and resurfacing. Where a pavement is found to be severely deteriorated, broken, or uneven, the existing surface would first be scarified and reshaped before applying the pavement surface. • Construction/widening of pavements: This will involve earthworks, pavement construction, overlaying of the existing pavement and bitumen surfacing. Work will also include cleaning of roadside drains; culverts; cleaning of outlet drains and repairs to road furniture. Road pavements are constructed by Technical Specifications, Part 1 Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Roads and Bridges 1989 (Sri Lanka). Road pavement consists of granular soil subbase, aggregate base course, and Asphalt concrete wearing course. • Road Alignments: In general, minor realignment may be made to alleviate small curves in the existing horizontal and vertical alignments. The widening will be carried out on the insides of curves for the roads. The only minor changes are applied to the horizontal alignment for very short sections to enhance road safety, to ease the radius of curves, or minimize blind spots (within the ROW). The road safety aspects relate mostly to localize sections of the road alignments. In densely populated areas, roads, bridges, and associated sidewalks are made accessible for all, including the disabled. Known black spots will be alleviated, and in some cases, minor adjustments may be made to the vertical alignment if visibility is considered a problem. This will include approaches to bridges and railway crossings on embankments. • Correction of undulations in the longitudinal profile: Improvement work will include where technically appropriates the correction of irregularities in the road cross-section and severe undulations in the longitudinal profile. • Roadside Drains: To minimize stormwater flooding or ponding, roadside drains are reconstructed to direct surface flows away from road pavements and divert to streams or watercourses. Built up drains are provided for urban and suburban areas and for rural areas, earth drains are provided. For existing built-updrains, which can be retained with minor repairs (retained or repaired), the waterways are restored by removing sediment materials and debris. • Culverts and Bridges: Improvement will be carried out to roadside drains, culverts, and bridges. Where existing structures are sound, then culverts will be lengthened, and bridges widened to suit the new road width. Where the condition of culverts and or bridges is poor, the structure will be replaced. Repairs, re-decking, widening and in some cases replacement of the structure of a bridge/culvert are the main rehabilitation activities 30

concerning structural modifications. Improvements comprised of repairing and or replacing existing culverts and bridge structures, depending on hydraulic and structural requirements. These interventions include structural renovation of substructure and superstructure elements together with installation or repair of guardrails and improvement of causeways and vented drifts. Depending on the terrain and outcome of hydrological studies, few new culverts may be introduced to improve drainage. Materials and construction methods are by Technical Specifications, Part 1 Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Roads and Bridges 1989 (Sri Lanka), modified to suit project requirements. • Earth Retaining Structures: When the road is in the embankment, retaining walls are introduced to get required additional road widths. Gabions, random rubble masonry, and reinforced concrete retaining walls are used, and Materials and construction methods are by Technical Specifications, Part 1 Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Roads and Bridges 1989 (Sri Lanka), modified to suit project requirements. • Road Safety: The road safety aspects are related mostly to localized sections of the alignments. Based on the road safety inspections, carried out on the road sections during the field evaluation, the detailed design, wherever possible, incorporates improvements to road width and alignment, including installing precautionary sign boards, direction boards, and speed signs to slow down for oncoming curves or low-speed areas. 63. The following specific design standards and guidelines applicable to the interventions proposed by the iRoad 2 Western Province of the iRoad 2 Project: Roads: i. Road Design Manual and Bridge Design Manual - RDA's standard ii. AASHTO – Geometric Design of Highways and Streets 5th edition (2004) iii. TRL – Overseas Road Note 6, A Guide to Geometric Design (1988), and iv. Austroads –Rural Road Design (2003) Bridges: i. RDA's Sri Lanka Bridge Design Manual of 1997, based on the British Standards Code of Practice for Bridge Design (BS5400:1990) Road Pavements: i. Transport Research Labouratory’s Road Note 31, 4th Edition (TRL-RN31), basis of RDA's pavement design process ii. AASHTO Pavement Design Guide, and iii. Design life for new pavements: 10-year life with a provision for overlays during or at the end of that period to extend the life to 15-20 years Drainage: i. RDA's standards incorporating relevant standards from AASHTO and the British Standard Design Manual for Roads and Bridges E3 Extraction of Construction Material 64. Depending on contractor’s preference, construction material will be sourced from various locations to reduce haulage costs. The main materials required for construction of the roadworks are soil and gravel, aggregates and asphalt. The soil is used for embankment construction. Gravel is used for sub-base construction. Aggregates, which are crushed stone, requiring blasting, crushing, screening, and at times blending, is used for base-course construction and for bituminous surfacing. Sand, aggregates, cement, and steel are needed

31

for structural work, such as culverts and repair work of bridges, and for drainage canals and concrete embankments if any. Asphalt is used for the overlay of road surfaces. Approximate material quantities required for the civil works of all four roads are presented in Table 3-6.

Table 3-6: Estimated quantities of material required for Package 1 roads Estimated quantity Type of material Unit B389 A002 B240 A003 Sand Cu. m 90.00 500.00 410.00 845.00 Earth Cu. m 1,655.00 390.00 4,720.00 9270.00 Cement MT 110.00 590.00 510.00 1085.00 ABC Cu. m 300.00 250.00 2,000.00 4160.00 Rubble Cu. m 124.00 150.00 - - Metal Cu. m 195.00 900.00 810.00 1700.00 Asphalt Cu. m 1,105.00 5,840.00 13,920.00 27050.00 Bitumen Cu. m 25.00 84.00 155.00 305.00 Steel MT 18.50 25.00 110.00 230.00

(Source: Project Implementing Unit, RDA) 65. Sources of material are yet to be selected and approved by the RDA once the Contractor is selected. Sourcing of material only be through sites complying with national laws/ policies and ADB policy.

32

4 DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENT A. Existing land use along the road A1 Land Use 66. The road A002, From William Junction to Maliban Junction runs mainly through relatively busier areas of Colombo District, including Dehiwala, Ratmalana and Mount Lavinia. The peripheral areas of this section of the road mainly consists of commercial buildings and light industries. These commercial buildings vary from small-scale to large-scale companies and are situated close to this road section, which as a length of 5.03 km. The area covered under the selected section is considered as one of the busiest commercial areas in Sri Lanka. Hence, acquisition of land for the road construction will be expensive.

Figure 4-1 : Existing land use along the A002 road 67. The section of A003 road from Peliyagoda-Puttalam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout (0+000 km) to Nawaloka Roundabout (0+600 km) and Dandugama (19+000 km) to Kochchikade (37+600 km) is the second road cosidered under the Development of Package 1 roads. This road provides access to Bandaranayake International Airport and many other small-scale companies and industries. Small shops and houses are located beside the road for the most part of the selected section, except for a short section which boarders the Negombo Lagoon. Expressway Entrance/Exit also connects to the selected road section.

33

Figure 4-2: Existing land use along the A003 road 68. The road B 389 falls through the commercial areas of Ratmalana and the road serves mainly for the Ratmalana Airport and several large-scale industries such as Maliban, Sellist, etc. About 1 km out of 2.2 km in the selected section of the road runs bordering the Ratmalana Airport area. There are homesteads situated in some shorter sections by the side of the selected road section, however, the roadside is mainly occupied by small-scale commercial buildings. Part of the Ratmalana Industrial Zone is situated along the B389 Road within the first 1 km from Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction direction.

34

Figure 4-3: Existing land use along the B389 road 69. B240 road from Kotte to Bope connects the Malabe town and Godagama Junction on A004 road. This road connects major cities like Malabe, Arangala, Athurugiriya and Godagama Areas. Malabe, Athurugiriya and Godagama areas are occupied by mainly commercial buildings and other sections of the road are occupied by homesteads, small-scale commercial buildings, paddy fields and marshy lands on both sides of the road. Athurugiriya Entrance/Exit of the E02 Expressway also connects to the selected road section. The section of the road towards Godagama, especially Panagoda area, is mainly covered by the paddy fields and marshy lands.

Figure 4-4: Existing Land Use along the B240 Road

35

70. A pictorial description of land-use of the Roads is provided in Appendix 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. A2 Existing condition of the carriageways and the pavements 71. These sections have 2-lane and 4-lane carriageways. Galle Road from William Junction – Maliban Junction (A002) and Dadugama to Negombo (A003) are 4-lane roads and other roads are 2-lane road sections. Existing carriageway of Galle Road from William Junction – Maliban Junction (A002) and Dadugama to Negombo (A003) road varies from 14 m to 18 m in width within the corridors and other road sections. The existing carriageway of the road varies from 6.0 m to 9.0 m in width within the corridors that generally have adequate width to support some widening where required. A 002 and A003 routes generally follow good horizontal and vertical alignments and have good drainage provisions. Along the B389, the carriageway, pavements and the drainage provisions have recently been rehabilitated. However, along with B 389 and B240, the vertical and horizontal alignments are not very satisfactory at certain locations, and drainage canals are not sufficient. Moreover,along the B240 and B 389, the shoulders are ‘soft’ which have resulted in pavement edge erosion presenting a safety hazard to traffic and to pedestrians who must use the shoulder as a walkway. 72. All the road sections are mainly within city limits and therefore the max. speed is 50 kmph. The pavement is narrow and only considered to be in ‘fair’ condition overall. capacities of drainage canals are not sufficient. The condition of the carriageway is poor in some sections along the roads and pavement edge erosion was noted, which is a safety hazard to traffic and to pedestrians who use the shoulder as a walkway. Footpaths, pedestrian barriers, and off- road trishaw parking areas are clearly needed at the Athurigiriya, Dehiwala, Negombo and Peliyagoda areas, especially near junctions. Improvements are needed which are associated with road markings and signage. 73. The conditions of the roads are provided in detail in Appendix 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4. Table 4-1 : The conditions of the roads Existing Proposed Avg Section Road Section Route Number of No Carriageway Carriageway length Name No. lanes ROW Width (m) Width (m) (km) Colombo Wellawaya Road 1 from William A 002 4 14-18 14.7 5.03 21 Junction to Maliban Junction 0+000 to Peliyagoda 0+600km is Puttalam Road Four lane from Peliyagoda 19+000 to 12.7 19 19.5 Roundabout to 32+400 is 2 Nawaloka A 003 Four lane 18 19 19.2 Roundabout & 32+400 to 12 13.4 Dandugama to 37+600km Kochchikade is Two lane Bridge

Rathmalana 13 3 B 389 2 5 - 9 9 2.2 Mirihana Road

4 Kotte Bope Road B 240 2 11.6 11.6 11 from Malabe to 14

36

Existing Proposed Avg Section Road Section Route Number of No Carriageway Carriageway length Name No. lanes ROW Width (m) Width (m) (km) Godagama

Sub Total 37.43

A3 Existing condition of culverts and bridges 74. For the four roads, the inventory of existing bridge structures (bridges being defined as any structure with a span >3 m) are given in Appendix 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4. Almost all of them were found to be a satisfactory condition from a structural point of view by the field evidence collected – this assessment has since been checked visually only, and detailed structural assessments are needed. 75. The existing cross culverts were identified within the subject corridor and assessments made of present conditions and improvements needed at each site are provided in Annex Appendix 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4. 76. Details of the hydraulic condition and of the recommended treatments at each location to address both reported and perceived problems shall be contained in Engineering Assessment Reports. A visual inspection showed that the majority of the existing culverts were deemed to be hydraulically and structurally satisfactory, many of them were found to be silted and partially blocked. Most inlet/outlet openings need to be cleared. It was also observed that most of the lead away drains of the culverts were similarly affected by silt deposits, vegetation or otherwise restricted by encroachments – most of them being in need of at least, clearing and cleaning. B. Physical Environment B1 Climate, land use, terrain and soil 77. Based on major climatic zones of the country, the candidate road sections of A002/ A003/B389/B240 Roads fall within the area classified as Wet Zone where the annual average rainfall is between 2,000 mm and 2,500 mm. However, the tail-end of the candidate road section of A003 from Negombo to Kochchikade Bridge falls within the Intermediate Zone where the annual average rainfall is between 1,500 mm and 2,000 mm. 78. The climate of the project area is further categorized into Agro-ecological Zones (AEZ) which are categorized based on climate, soil, natural vegetation, and land use pattern of an area. The AEZ nomenclature is alphanumeric where the first upper case letter denotes the climatic condition (W - Wet, I - Intermediate, D - Dry), the second upper case letter indicates elevation (L - Low, M - Medium, U - Upper), the first number describes the moisture regime, and the last lower-case letter indicates the rainfall distribution and other environmental factors where the degree of wetness degrades from letters a to f. 79. The general climate that prevails in Colombo and Gampaha Districts in the Western Province where the proposed candidate road sections of A002/ A003/B389/B240 Roads are situated is characterized by humid, warm, and tropical weather for most parts of the year. The rain climate follows a typical pattern that is found in the Wet Zone of Sri Lanka. This region remains dry from December to February followed by convective torrential rains in March and April and then Southwest monsoons. Heavy rains occur during the inter-monsoon months of October and November. Rainfall distribution is influenced by monsoon winds from passing over the Indian Ocean and the Bay of Bengal.

37

Figure 4-5: Monthly histograms of 75% rainfall probability for AEZ of WL3 80. The general topography of Sri Lanka comprises of three distinctive peneplains or erosion plains made up of a central highland massif rising above 2,500 m in altitude and a low gently undulating plain surrounding it and extending to the sea. The lowest peneplain extends from the coastline to approximately 20 ~ 30 km inland in a steep step of about 300 m above mean sea (MSL). The middle peneplain is characterized by rising undulating terrain and isolated hills with a maximum elevation of about 800 m above MSL. Located within it and rising from it in another step of 1000 m to 1,300 m is the highest peneplain at a general level of about 2,000 m above MSL, but rising in places to 2,300 m to 2,700 m in the form of isolated hillocks and mountain ranges towards further inland. 81. The proposed candidate road sections of A002/ B389/ B240/ A003 Roads, situated in Colombo and Gampaha Districts in the Western Province, lie within the lowermost peneplain. 82. The specific agro-ecological zones (AEZ) and other characteristic land use, terrain and soil details related to candidate road sections and their characteristics are presented in Table 4-2. Table 4-2: Climatic characteristics of candidate roads 75% Description Expectancy Agro- Section of the Value of ecological Road annual Major soil region Land-use Terrain Rainfall groups (mm) RYP soils Colombo - Galle Coconut, with soft Road (A002) Fruit crops, Rolling & and hard from William WL3 > 1,700 Mixed home Undulating laterite, Junction to gardens, LHG & Maliban Junction Paddy Regosol soils RYP soils Rathmalana – Coconut, with soft Mirihana Road Fruit crops, and hard (B389) from Rolling & WL > 1,700 Mixed home laterite, Maliban Junction 3 Undulating gardens, LHG & to Bakeriya Paddy Regosol Junction soils Coconut, RYP soils Kotte-Bope Rolling & WL3 > 1,700 Fruit crops, with soft Road (B240) Undulating Mixed home and hard

38

75% Description Expectancy Agro- Section of the Value of ecological Road annual Major soil region Land-use Terrain Rainfall groups (mm) (From Malabe to gardens, laterite, Godagama) Paddy LHG & Regosol soils RYP soils Irrigated with soft paddy, Rolling & and hard lowland WL > 1,700 Undulating laterite, Peliyagoda- 3 crops, scrub, LHG & Puttalam Road mixed, home Regosol (A003) from gardens Peliyagoda soils Roundabout to RYP soils Coconut, Nawaloka with mixed home Roundabout and strongly gardens, from Rolling, mottled Export Dandugama to IL1a > 1,400 Undulating sub-soil, agricultural Kochchikade & Flat RYP, LHG, crops, RBL & Paddy, Regosol Rubber soils

LHG – Low Humic Gley, RYP – Red Yellow Podzolic, RBL – Reddish Brown Latosolic

39

Figure 4-6: Monthly average rainfall and temperature variation over the year in Colombo and suburbs (Source: Climate Data Org.)

83. Monthly average rainfall and temperature variation over the year in Colombo is presented in Figure 4-6. B2 Hydrology 84. Surface Water Resources: Figure 4-7 illustrates the location map of the respective selected sections of candidate roads A002, A003, B240, and B389 under Package 1 with their hydrological setting including the location of major river basins, rivers/streams, and lakes/ponds/reservoirs. All candidate road sections are situated within the Wet Zone (in Western Province) of the country except the part of end section (beyond Negombo) of A003 which falls within Intermediate Zone (in North Western Province). The floodplains of several rivers/streams are intercepted by selected road segments while some of the sections are located in the proximity of existing water bodies/waterways as elabourated below. 85. The section From Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout of the candidate road, Peliyagoda Puttlam Road (A003), is located within 200 m proximity of Kelani River while the section Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge is located in Attanagalu Oya /Stream (crosses the river main channel) and Maha Oya River basins. Further, the section of A003 Road from Seeduwa to Negombo runs parallel and within 100 m ~ 500 m distance from the environmentally and hydrologically sensitive Negombo Lagoon which is very shallow coastal water body located on the west coast of Sri Lanka and provides habitat for rich biodiversity in the associated wetland areas. 86. The candidate road Rathmalana - Mirihana Road (B389) is located within Bolgoda Basin, Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction is partly in Bolgoda and other Coastal basins, while Kotte - Bope Road (B240) from Malabe to Godagama is situated in Kelani River Basin.

40

87. The Project areas under Package 1 are predominantly urban and sub-urban areas where agriculture is not comprehensively practiced (except for paddy lands located in minor, low-lying valley sections which are basically rainfed). Some road sections are located in the close proximity of these low-lying valley sections and their associated floodplain and tributary distributary networks. The particular locations at which stream tributaries are crossed by the candidate roads with their associated drainage crossings (Culverts and Bridges) are shown in Figure 4-8, Figure 4-9, Figure 4-10 and details are given in Appendix 6. 88. Groundwater Resources: Groundwater extraction using deep wells are only limited to Industrial Zones and several other locations for specific uses. Dug wells are commonly observed within home gardens along either side of the road (except in urban areas), and shallow groundwater is used to fulfill domestic requirements by the households even in some sub-urban areas despite the availability of pipe borne water (supplied by NWS&DB).

41

Figure 4-7: Location Map of candidate road sections with their hydrological setting (with 500 m Buffer(Base Map: 1:50,000 Topographical Maps, Survey Department, Sri Lanka)

42

Figure 4-8: Location Map of candidate road A003 sections with Locations of Drainage Crossings 43

Figure 4-9: Location Map of Candidate Roads A002 and B389 with Flood Sections and Locations of Drainage Crossings (Base Map: General Topographic Terrain, USDA)

44

Figure 4-10:Location Map of Candidate Road B240 with Flood Sections and Locations of Drainage Crossings

45

B3 Water Quality 1. Surface and ground water Quality 89. The water quality of the canals and rainwater drainage essentially follows that of the activities that take place within the watershed and the catchment, which are direct implications of solid waste and wastewater discharges from households, commercial and industrial entities. 90. Water quality data is very scanty and generally inadequate to construct base maps. However, the water quality results, and the quality parameters collected from secondary sources are shown in the following sections. Table 4-3: GPS coordinates and related other information of some surface water sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia Nature Location Location of the Remarks/ GPS Coordinates number description water Present use source Flowing waterbody Storm water Surface 1 N6.84401 E79.87054 (close to William Canal water Junction) Storm water Surface Flowing waterbody 2 N6.87164 E79.86771 Canal water (close to Dehiwala) Flowing waterbody Storm water Surface 3 N6.86856 E79.87131 (close to Kawdana Canal water Road)

(Source: The Final Repot of “Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed extension of pipe borne sewerage coverage for Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia Municipal Council area”, Ministry of City Planning and Water supply, National Water Supply & Drainage Board, March 2019) 91. The results of surface water quality analysis are given in Table 4-5. Table 4-4: GPS coordinates and related other information of Groundwater sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia area Nature of Location Location Remarks/ GPS Coordinates the water No. description present use source Drinking, 1 N 6.84525 E79.86990 House well Groundwater Watering Drinking, 2 N 6.87055 E 79.86749 House well Groundwater Watering Drinking, 3 N 6.87023 E 79.87045 House well Groundwater Watering (Source: The Final Repot of “Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed extension of pipe borne sewerage coverage for Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia Municipal Council area”, Ministry of City Planning and Water supply, National Water Supply & Drainage Board, March 2019) 92. The results of surface water quality analysis are given in Table 4-6.

46

Table 4-5: Surface water quality measurements at surface water sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia area

Total Fecal NO -- Total Temperature BOD Ammonia DO 3 Total coliforms TSS Location pH N Coliforms mg/l (NH +-N) mg/l P mg/l MPN/100 mg/l (˚C) 4 mg/l MPN/100ml mg/l ml

1 31.6 6.75 45.0 32.0 3.1 N/D <0.1 160,000 17,000 26.0

2 33.5 6.38 15.0 28.0 0.0 0.5 <0.1 350,000 130,000 38.0

3 34.4 6.56 14.0 52.0 0.0 N/D <0.1 920,000 130,000 44.0

Table 4-6: Groundwater quality measurements at selected groundwater sampling locations closer to proposed candidate road sections in Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia area Total Fecal Total Temperature BOD Ammonia DO NO --N Total P coliforms TSS Location pH 3 Coliforms mg/l (NH +-N) mg/l mg/l mg/l MPN/100 mg/l (˚C) 4 MPN/100m1 mg/l ml

1 30.4 6.06 12.0 60.0 5.1 1.8 0.7 350,000 130,000 28.0

2 30.7 6.53 54.0 0.04 5.2 1.2 0.4 240,000 4,900 6.0

3 29.7 5.32 14.0 48.0 4.0 1.7 0.1 240,000 130,000 6.0

47

Table 4-7: Some surface water sampling locations closer to A003 road in Gampaha District

Analytical Results (in mg/l except pH) Surface Water GPS Coordinate of the Body Location Oil & pH COD BOD TSS Grease

1. Dandugam oya 7°06'35.6"N, 79°59’57.8"E 6.30 45 < 2 20 < 2

2. Negombo 7°10'17"N, 79°51'52"E 6.75 45 < 2 30 < 2 Lagoon

3. Maha oya 7°16'15"N, 79°51'51.7"E 6.80 20 < 2 22 < 2

(Source: Environmental Assessment (EA) for Peliyagoda - Puttalam Road (A003), Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan for National Roads in Sri Lanka, Final Report (March 2016), prepared by Consulting Engineers and Architects Associated (Pvt.) Ltd. for the RDA) Table 4-8: Results of a groundwater sample collected from an existing well located in Kurana in the vicinity of A003 road in Gampaha District

Location with GPS Coordinate Parameter Kurana 7°11'56"N, 79°51'15.60"E 1. Electrical conductivity at 250C (μs/cm) 450 2. Total Alkalinity (mg/l as CaC03) 119 3. Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 290 4. Total Hardness (mg/l as CaC03) 138 5. Colour (Hazen Units) 10 6. Free Ammonia (mg/l as NH3) < 0.02 7. Turbidity (NTU) < 1 8. Nitrate (mg/l as NO3-) 4.1 9. Chloride (mg/l as Cl-) 45 10. pH 6.02 11. Phenolic compounds (mg/l as phenolic OH) < 0.1 12. Grease & Oil (mg/l) < 2 13. COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand) (mg/l) 33 14. Total Coliform /100 ml 5 15. Faecal Coliform /100 ml NIL

(Source: Environmental Assessment (EA) for Peliyagoda - Puttalam Road (A003), Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan for National Roads in Sri Lanka, Final Report

48

(March 2016), prepared by Consulting Engineers and Architects Associated (Pvt.) Ltd. for the RDA.) B4 Air Quality 93. All four candidate road sections which are located in Colombo district (about 18.23 km) and Gampaha district (about 19.2 km) carries a heavy load of vehicular traffic. However, traffic along inner roads are low leading to somewhat reduced pollution from dust and vehicle emissions and also because of the abundance of vegetation. No air quality data has been recorded for this area. 94. Heavy vehicle movements along main busy roads and bye-roads in the project areas lead to high levels of air pollutant emissions, such as dust including particulate matter, smoke including CO, CO2, NOx, SOx, etc. Such air pollution episodes can aggravate during peak hours when traffic movements are impeded. Fugitive dust particles could escape into the atmosphere during construction activities and during transportation and subsequent storage and handling. The emanation of foul odors from roadside canals, especially during dry weather when water levels are low, could take place from rotting solid wastes thrown in the water and sewage discharges. Based on monitoring conducted by CEA, the ambient air quality in the project area is within the prescribed ambient limits. 95. Based on monitoring conducted by CEA, the ambient air quality in the project area is within the prescribed ambient limits. The Air Quality Index (AQI) for PM2.5 is continuously measured in the Colombo area by the US Embassy in Sri Lanka, which has consistently recorded AQI values of 0–50 (which corresponds to breakpoint value of 0.0–15.4 µm3) or AQI values of 51–100 (which corresponds to breakpoint value of 15.5–40.4 µm3), which indicates either good or moderate level of health concern. Similar values can be expected in the project area, as the vehicular movement, extent, and nature of paved areas and air-borne dust levels are more or less similar to Colombo. However, AQI values of 101–150 (which corresponds to breakpoint value of 65.5–150.4µm3) also has been observed occasionally, which indicates air quality levels unhealthy for sensitive groups. Such scenarios also can be expected in the project areas, especially during days on which winds are low, humid and cloudy.

Figure 4-11: Air Quality Index for PM2.5 for Colombo on 24th (Friday) and 25th (Saturday) July 2020 (Note: (Green bars: AQI of 0–50, Yellow bars: AQI of 51–100, Orange bars: 101–150) (Source: The US Embassy in Sri Lanka ( http://aqicn.org/city/sri-lanka/colombo/us-embassy/) 96. Based on long-term monitoring of air quality by the CEA, annual averages of ambient PM10 level in Colombo over the years had remained relatively within the range of 60 to 82 µg/m3 with a slightly decreasing trend beginning from 1998 to 2011 and a peak in the trend was recorded in 2001. These readings, however, consistently exceeded the WHO latest 3 guideline value of 50 µg/m for PM10. 49

Table 4-9: National ambient air quality standards Parameter

Averaging time (hrs) NAAQS (mg m-3) NAAQS (ppm) Carbon Monoxide 8 10 9 24 0.10 0.05 Nitrogen Dioxide 8 0.15 0.08 Sulphur Dioxide 24 0.08 0.03 Lead 24 0.002 - TSP 24 0.03 - PM10 8 0.35 -

(Source: Gazette of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka, 850/4 (20 December 1994)) PM 10 – Particulate Matter < 10 μm NAAQS – National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) B5 Noise Levels 97. The four road sections proposed for rehabilitation are located mainly within urban, semi-urban, residential and homestead areas. A considerable number of vehicles pass these roads mainly during the daytime. Therefore, the noise levels may be higher than the permissible levels during busy hours. The exact noise level measurements within the project area are not available in any of the respective government institutes, and noise level measurements were taken for the present study Table 4-10. Therefore, it is recommended that the present noise levels of the project area (appropriate locations in or around Dehiwala, Mt. Lavinia, Ratmalana, Katunayake, Negombo) be measured prior to construction commences, which can be left as monitoring stations during construction, if any further measurements are needed. Table 4-10: Measured ambient noise levels (day-time)(date of sampling: 21/01/2018)

Noise level Time of Location Coordinates Remarks Leq in measurement dB(A)1 A002: Galle Road from William Junction to Maliban Junction 6°51'44.51"N William Junction 72 08.32 a.m. Partly cloudy 79°51'50.22"E Hotel Road 6°50'28.26"N 71 09.05 a.m. Partly cloudy Junction 79°52'1.43"E 6°49'57.70"N Mt. Lavinia Junction 70 09.30 a.m. Sunny 79°52'2.13"E Cloudy; 6°49'10.38"N Maliban Junction 71 10.04 a.m. Intermittent 79°52'25.72"E showers

A003: Peliyagoda – Puttalam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout and Dandugama to Kochchikade

50

Noise level Time of Location Coordinates Remarks Leq in measurement dB(A)1 Peliyagoda 6°57'21.59"N 72 09.20 a.m. Sunny Roundabout 79°52'58.31"E Nawaloka 6°57'38.49"N 70 9.48 a.m. Sunny Roundabout 79°52'52.34"E 7° 6'37.12"N Dandugama Bridge 68 10.30 a.m. Sunny 79°52'56.71"E Kochchikade 7°15'55.42"N 70 11.40 a.m. Cloudy Junction 79°51'33.51"E

B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (From Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction) Cloudy; 6°49'10.38"N Maliban Junction 71 10.04 a.m. Intermittent 79°52'25.72"E showers 6°49'55.39"N Bakeriya Junction 68 10.45 a.m. Partly cloudy 79°53'7.69"E

B240: Kotte – Bope Road (From Malabe to Godagama) 6°54'13.60"N Malabe Junction 69 11.55 a.m. Cloudy 79°57'18.85"E Athurugiriya 6°52'38.47"N7 65 12.30 p.m. Cloudy Junction 9°59'23.45"E Godagama 6°51'6.29"N 66 01.20 p.m. Cloudy Junction 80° 1'57.52"E

98. 1Duration of measurement: 5 minutes. 99. All noise measurements were carried out about 5 m away from the road, and high noise levels were predominantly due to the vehicular movement along the road in front of the proposed premises. Night-time levels were also measured (not shown above),and the levels were somewhat suppressed compared to those of daytime due to the lesser number of vehicles in the road. 1. Past records of Noise level monitoring on A003 road Table 4-11: Past records of Noise level monitoring on A003 road

Date of Noise Level dB(A) Measurement Location & GPS Coordinate measurement Day Night Negombo (Near Maris 712’46’’N, 09/03/2015 70 68 Stella College) 7950’52’’E Seeduwa (Near Wijaya 7 09/03/2015 07’33’’N, 69 68 Kumarathunga Hospital) 7952’39’’E 100. Source: Environmental Assessment (EA) for Peliyagoda - Puttalam Road (A003), Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan for National Roads in Sri Lanka, Final Report

51

(March 2016), prepared by Consulting Engineers and Architects Associated (Pvt.) Ltd. for the RDA. 101. According to Schedules I and II of National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations, No.1 of 1996 (924/12), the study area belongs to Medium noise area and Low noise area, as all the four roads are located within Municipal Council (Dehiwala-Mt. Lavinia MC, Kaduwela MC, and Homagama Pradeshiya Sabha, Peliyagoda Urban Council, Katunayaka-Seeduwa Urban Council, Negombo Municipal Council Areas. Therefore, the maximum permissible noise levels at the boundary of the land in which any source of noise is located, shall not exceed (in LAeq, T) of the area can be considered as 55 dB(A) during daytime (06.00 hrs- 18.00 hrs) and 45 dB (A) night time (18.00 hrs - 06.00 hrs) for low noise areas (pradeshiya sabha areas), and 63 dB(A) during daytime (06.00 hrs-18.00 hrs) and 50 dB (A) night time (18.00 hrs - 06.00 hrs) for medium noise areas (municipal and urban council areas). For construction activities, the maximum permissible noise levels at boundaries of the land in which the source of noise is located (in LAeq,T), are 75 (daytime: 06:00 hrs – 21:00 hrs) and 50 (night time: 21:00 hrs – 06:00 hrs).However, measured noise levels sometimes exceed the maximum noise levels, which is mainly due to the continuous traffic movement along these four roads during the period of measurement. 102. With reference to the National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations, No.1 of 1996, noise sensitive areas include: an area in which a courthouse, hospital, public library, school, zoo, a sacred area, and areas set apart for recreation or environmental purposes. An area covered by a distance of 100 m from the boundary of these sensitive areas are referred to as Silent Zone, where the maximum permissible noise levels at the boundary of the land in which any source of noise is located, shall not exceed (in LAeq, T) of the area can be considered as 50 dB (A) during daytime (06.00 hrs-18.00 hrs) and 45 dB (A) night time (18.00 hrs-06.00 hrs). Noise sensitive receptors along the four roads are given in Table 4-12. Table 4-12: Noise sensitive Receptors along the four roads

Chainage (m) Noise Sensitive Receptor Side of the road Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction 9,380 Dehiwala Mosque LHS 9,900 Christ Church RHS 10,950 Mount Lavinia Court Complex RHS 11,100 S. Thomas' College RHS 12,930 Sri Pushparama Purana Viharaya RHS Rathmalana Mirihana Road (B389) 130 Sri Lankarama temple RHS 240 Sri Rathnaramaya Temple RHS 1,200 Sri Piyarathanaramaya LHS Kotte Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Godagama 5,770 Mahamathya Vidyalaya, Athurugiriya RHS 9,730 Panagoda Sri Parakrama Maha Vidyalaya RHS 10,620 Purana Raja Maha Viharaya LHS 10,800 Godagama Purana Viharaya RHS Peliyagoda Puttlam Road (A003)

52

Chainage (m) Noise Sensitive Receptor Side of the road 600 H.K Darmadasa Maha Vidyalaya, LHS 21,580 Seeduwa Davisamara Maha Vidyalaya RHS 24,100 Ebenezer Church LHS 26,870 Methodist Church - Kurana RHS 29,300 Leeds International School LHS 33,120 St. Anthony's Shrine RHS 37,400 Kochchikade Maha Vidyalaya LHS

5. The occurrence of Natural Disasters in the Project Area 103. Floods: Colombo and Gampaha Districts in the Wet Zone of the country where the candidate road sections are located were affected recently due to extreme weather events in 2010, 2014, 2016 and 2017 and recurrent floods in low-lying valleys are observed a result of seasonal monsoonal storms. Low lying areas of Seeduwa/Ambalanmulla in Attanagalu Oya basin along A003 Dandugama to Kochchikade Road, Malambe, Hokandara, Athurugiriya and Panagoda sections in Kelani river basin along B240 Kotte to Bope Road, and Kandawala and Atthidiya sections in Bolgoda basin along B389 Ratmalana to Mirihana Road are reported to be intermittently inundated during some of the past years and other similar flood events. 104. The details of the identified flood locations, severity of flood in relation to flood depth and duration, and associated existing cross drainage structure details collected based on flood drainage surveys are provided in Appendix 11. C. Ecological Environment C1 General description of the project area 105. The road section of A002 (5.03km) and B 389 (2.2km) runs through highly urban environment whereas A003 (19.2km) and B240 (11km) runs mainly through urban and sub urban environment. Biogeographically, the proposed roads/ sections located within the low country wet zone region and floristically this area falls within Northern Wet Lowlands Floristic Zone. A tropical wet evergreen forest is the main type of forest distribute within the low country wet zone, but natural vegetation does not distribute within the selected areas of roads. The existing habitats beside the roads/sections based on the floral distribution can be identified as two main types: terrestrial and aquatic. Both aquatic and terrestrial habitats can be observed in A003 and B240 while A002 and B 389 include only terrestrial habitats. C2 Major Habitat Types 106. Terrestrial habitats within the project areas include Home gardens and residences, Business & government premises, Roadside vegetation and Cultivated lands. Aquatic habitats include Water bodies (Inland water bodies, streams, irrigation canals, marshy areas etc.) and associated vegetation. 1. Terrestrial habitats 1.1 Home gardens and residences 107. Large number of home gardens and residences in different level representing single double and multi storied buildings and flats are located beside the roads. Some of the road sections include high density residences while others include low density home gardens and residences with commercial structures. Home gardens located beside the roads include small, medium and considerably large land areas with ornamental species, flowering plants, fruits and economically important species. The highest species diversity of flora, ornamental and

53

flowering plants, variety of fruits, economically important species beside the roads mainly distributed within home gardens. Most of the fauna species, also recorded from the home gardens due to diversity of flora including verity of fruits and other flowering plants. The species diversity and the richness are considerably low within home gardens which located within urban areas compare to same habitats in semi urban environment. Guava (Psidium guava), Mango (Mangifera indica), Banana (Musa x paradisiaca), Amberella (Spondis dulcis), Papaw (Carica papaya), Pihimbiya (Filicium decipiens), Kottan (Terminalia catappa), Araliya (Plumeria obtuse), Jam (Muntingia calabura) etc., are frequently found trees in home garden habitats. 1.2 Business & government premises 108. The project affected areas of the roads are mainly contain with ribbon type developed business premises, small, medium and large-scale industries, warehouses, container yards and other service providers. In addition, religiously important sites and government buildings including their premises belongs to various government department and authorities located beside the roads. These buildings occupied significant amount of lands beside the roads. The considerable land area beside the main road network covered with government buildings and religious places while business and commercial structures including wholesale and retail business premises also occupied in different extent. Cultivated flora including economically important species, fruits and number of species belong to ornamental category are found in lands belongs to government and business premises. The prominent trees {Kottanba (Terminalia catappa), Maha Nuga (Ficus benghalensis), Bo (Ficus religiosa), Kos (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Amba (Mangifera indica), Jam (Muntingia calabura), Pihimbiya (Filicium decipiens), Tabebuia (Tabebuia rosea) etc} belong to different species were observed within above premises. 1.3 Road Reservations 109. Road side trees and vegitation located beside roads within RoW have consider under this sub topic. Majority of trees located within RoW include planted species with flowering palants, ornamental species and sheding species. Trees are located beside the road mainly concentarted on out side of the urban areas. Some trees located close to the edges of the road and other distributed within reservation area up to fences of road side properties. Trees belongs to different species Mangifera indica (Amba), Terminalia catappa (Kottamba), Macaranga peltata (Kanda), Filicium decipiens (Pihibiya), Polyalthia longifolia (Vilo), Cassia fistula (Ehela), Samanea saman (Para-mara), Swietenia mahagoni (Mahogani), Ficus racemosa (Attikka), Ficus religiosa (Bo), Magul Karanda (Pongamia pinnata), Tabebuia rosea (Tabebuia), Ficus benjamina (Elu nuga) etc., are located commonly beside the roads. Curently some of the big trees alredy removed from the road reservations while newly planted trees can also be observed in some location. Panicum a type of invasive species of grass and different species of weeds observed within road reservations. 1.4 Cultivated lands 110. Paddy fields and mixes coconut cultivations are located beside and at the vicinity mainly of B240 road. Some of the paddy fields located adjacent to the roads whereas others located at the vicinity including cultivated, abandoned and uncultivated paddy fields. Several scattered trees, canal bund vegetation, different species of grasses, herbs and shrub communities are found within this environment. Abandoned paddy fields which are mainly concentrated in urban and sub urban sections have been converted to variety of constructions. Rice (Oryza sativa) is the only cultivated species in paddy lands. At the end of rainy season aquatic and semi aquatic weeds colonize within some of the paddylands while during the drying those lands take over with different species of terrestrial weeds. 1.5 Waterbodies and associated vegetation 111. Several freshwater canals located around the project roads and some canals cross the roads in different locations. Some of the canal active only during rainy season. The existing conditions of the water in the canals within urban areas are highly polluted and unable to use 54

any purposes for the surrounding people. Almost all the drainage paths are connected to the existing canal system which immerges from residential, commercial and business area and then connected to the canal system. The color of the water is black with bad odor in most of the occasions. In addition, least number of aquatic plant and animal species observed within the canal eco system. Water bodies such as streams and associated habitats located across and around project roads provides feeding, breeding and nesting habitats for different species of water birds, freshwater fishes, reptiles etc. In addition, large number of invertebrates can be seen within these habitats. C3 Environment condition of individual roads/sections 1. A002: Galle road from William junction to Maliban Junction (5.03 Km) 112. This road section mainly runs through urban areas of Dehiwala, Mt Lavinia and Rathmalana. The terrain of the road is flat and slightly undulating. Ribbon type developed business primices commercial structures, religious places, schools etc., located beside the road while high density residential area located inner area beside the road. 113. The existing environment of the total road section can be considered as man modified environment and biodiversity in the area is significantly low. Several roadside trees were reported during the field survey within the existing RoW include planted trees belongs to few species. Most of the faunal species recorded within the roadside environment include common home garden species, especially avifaunal species. No ecologically sensitive terrestrial and aquatic habitats located around proposed road section. 2. A003: Peliyagoda Puttlam Road (19.2Km) 114. The road mainly located urban and sub urban environment and runs through several urban and semi urban centers including Peliyagoda, Seeduwa, Katunayaka, Nigambo and Kurana up to Kochchikade bridge. Number of sawmills, storage yards, large number of government and private sector buildings including residences, schools, religious places, hotels etc., are located beside the road with ribbon type developed commercial areas. Two main water bodies, Dnadugam Oya cross the road before the starting section while Ma Oya cross the road at the end section. More than 200 trees located within existing RoW of the road. The recorded faunal and floral species within the roadside environment include mainly common home garden species. A single species of mammal belongs to endemic category (Purple- faced leaf monkey) was recorded from the project area during the field survey. No declared or protected environment sensitive sites located beside the proposed road section. A Negombo estuary is located about 500m around Katunaya area with rich biodiversity including number of invertebrates, fish, sea grasses and mangroves. However, any impact will not be expected from project activities to this coastal habitat. 3. B389: Rathmalana - Mirihana Road (2.2Km) 115. The proposed road section runs through highly residential, commercial and industrial environment up to Bakeriya junction. Number of residences, several industrial establishments, business places and religious sites located beside the road at the staring section. Large extent of land area beside the road belongs to Air Force premises (Rathmalana Airport) located at the RHS of the road while considerable amount of lands belongs to the Air Force premises located LHS at the end section. 116. The existing environment of the total road section can be considered as man modified environment and biodiversity in the area is very significantly low. Several roadside trees were reported during the field survey within the existing ROW. Faunal species recorded within the roadside environment include common home garden species. No ecologically sensitive terrestrial and aquatic habitats located around proposed road section.

55

4. B240: Kotte Bope Road (11Km) 117. The road mainly runs via semi urban areas through ribbon type developed commercial places, mix residential and commercial premises, government schools, religious places while some locations beside the road include cultivated and uncultivated paddy fields. 118. The existing environment of the total road section can be considered as man modified environment, but existing biodiversity is comparatively high due to presence of different habitats. Less than 50 road side trees were reported during the field survey within the existing ROW. Faunal and floral species recorded within the roadside environment include common home garden species with two species of Endemic reptiles. Any declared environment sensitive sites or protected areas are not located beside the road. C4 Flora and Fauna of the project area 119. A total number of plants 120 and 136 species recorded respectively from the different habitats of A003: Peliyagoda Puttlam Road and B240: Kotte Bope Road. Altogether 35 and 43 species of plants recorded from Home gardens and commercial environment of two road sections; A002: Galle road and B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana road respectively from the field survey. Few species of Endemic and Threatened plants recorded from the existing habitats of selected roads included planted species within home gardens and other premises. However, those species are not restricted to the project areas and can be observed other surrounding habitats too. Since these species recorded from surrounding environment beside the roads, no direct or indirect impact to the above species from project activities.Table 4-13: provides a summary of the flora species recorded during the field survey from all 4 roads/ sections. A list of flora observed during the survey in all project roads is given in Appendix 7.1(a), (b), (c) and (d). Table 4-13: Summary of the plant species recorded during the survey No. of species Number of Endemic Indigenous Introduce Nationally observed/ family species species threatened recorded Species A002: Galle road from William junction to Maliban Junction 17 35 00 12 23 00 A003: Peliyagoda Puttlam Road 39 120 00 68 48 04 B240: Kotte Bope Road 39 136 02 81 51 2 389: Rathmalana - Mirihana Road 24 43 00 18 24 01

120. A total of 93 and 113 species of fauna were recorded respectively from the surrounding environment with different habitats of A003: Peliyagoda–Puttlam Road and B240: Kotte–Bope Road. In addition, from the commercial environment of A002: Galle, and 389: Rathmalana – Mirihana road, 41 and 39 species of fauna recorded during the field survey. A single species of Endemic mammal, Semnopithecus vetulus (Purple-faced leaf monkey) were recorded from the A003: Peliyagoda Puttlam Road while two species of Endemic reptiles Lankascincus fallax (Common Lanka skink) and Dendrelaphis bifrenalis (Boulenger’s bronze-back) recorded from B240: Kotte Bope road during the study with few species belongs to threatened categories. Table 4-14 includes a summary of faunal species recorded during the survey.

56

Table 4-14: Summary of the faunal species recorded during the survey Number Number Nationally or globally Faunal group of of Endemic Exotic threaten families species VU EN CR NT A002: Galle road Snails 1 1 - 1 - - - - Dragonflies 1 1 ------Butterfly 3 5 ------Reptiles 2 3 ------Amphibians 2 2 ------Birds 20 23 ------Mammals 5 6 ------Total fauna 34 41 - 1 - - - -

Number Nationally or globally Number of Faunal group of Endemic Exotic threaten families species VU EN CR NT A003: Peliyagoda- Puttlam Road Snails 5 6 - 6 - - - - Dragonflies 2 9 ------Butterfly 5 13 ------Reptiles 8 16 - - - 1 - - Amphibians 5 5 ------Birds 22 30 ------Mammals 9 14 1 - - - - - Total fauna 56 93 2 - - 1 - -

Number Nationally or globally Number of Faunal group of Endemic Exotic threaten families species VU EN CR NT 389: Rathmalana - Mirihana Road Snails 2 2 - 2 - - - - Dragonflies 2 4 ------Butterfly 4 5 ------Reptiles 3 5 ------Amphibians 4 5 ------Birds 13 15 ------Mammals 5 6 ------Total fauna 31 39 - 2 - - - -

57

Number Number Nationally or globally Faunal group of of Endemic Exotic threaten families species VU EN CR NT

Number Nationally or globally Number of Faunal group of Endemic Exotic threaten families species VU EN CR NT B240: Kotte Bope Road Snails 5 5 ------Dragonflies 2 8 ------Butterfly 5 11 ------Reptiles 8 21 2 - - - - 2 Amphibians 5 11 - - 1 - - - Birds 30 45 ------Mammals 9 12 ------Total fauna 64 113 2 - 1 - - 2

D. Socio-Economic Environment 121. Population in selected 7 DSDs are recoded as 1,189,180, The selected road sections for improvements of A 002 (William junction to Maliban junction), A 003 (Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road from (Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and from Dandugama to Kochchikade), B 389 (Rathmalana–Mirihana Road from Maliban junction to Bakery Junction and B 240(Kotte–Bope Road from Malabe Junction to Godagama connects Dehiwala, Homagama, kaduwela, Katana, Kelaniya, Negombo, and Rathmalana DS Divisions influencing 52 number of GND Division. 122. Population in Road relevant DSDs: The said road sections fallen within Dehiwala, Homagama, kaduwela, Katana, Kelaniya, Negombo, and Rathmalana Divisional Secretariat Divisions (DSDs). The population in the seven DSDs is defined as the population in the road influential area. Therefore, the road influential area population is 1,189,180. This is about 51% of the total population in the Colombo district. Kaduwela DSD has the highest population out of the seven DSDs. The details on the road influential area population are shown in Table 4-15. Table 4-15: The population in DSDs with Gender segregation Female population Male population Total DS Division No % No % Population Rathmalana (A002, B389) 48,720 51.01% 46,786 48.99% 95,506 Dehiwala (A002) 45,761 51.44% 43,201 48.56% 88,962 Kaduwela (B240) 128,469 50.97% 123,572 49.03% 252,041 Homagama (B240) 121,177 50.94% 116,728 49.06% 237,905 Katana (A003) 122,488 52.06% 112,803 47.94% 235,291 Negombo (A003) 73,536 51.74% 68,600 48.26% 142,136 Kelaniya (A003) 69,878 50.88% 67,461 49.12% 137,339 Total 610,029 51.30% 579,151 48.70% 1,189,180

58

(Source: Resource profiles of relevant DSDs – 2018) 123. The ethnic diversity of population in DSDs: Nearly 88% of the population in 7 DSDs is Sinhalese. The Muslim population is next to Sinhalese, and it is 6% of total population. The population under Tamil and others is 5% and 1% respectively. Table 4-16: Population with Ethnic Diversity

Ethnicity DS Total Sinhala Tamil Muslim Other Division Population No % No % No % No % Rathmalana 75387 78.9% 8726 9.1% 9295 9.7% 2,098 2.2% 95,506 Dehiwala 53822 60.5% 13802 15.5% 18538 20.8% 2,800 3.1% 88,962 Kaduwela 241070 95.6% 5338 2.1% 2180 0.9% 3,453 1.4% 252,041 Homagama 233436 98.1% 2442 1.0% 596 0.3% 1,431 0.6% 237,905 Katana 215851 91.7% 9892 4.2% 3431 1.5% 6,117 2.6% 235,291 Negombo 107299 75.5% 12784 9.0% 19673 13.8% 2,380 1.7% 142,136 Kelaniya 115069 83.8% 8149 5.9% 8696 6.3% 5,425 4.0% 137,339

(Source: Resource profiles of relevant DSDs – 2018) 124. Education levels of DSDs population: Information on education in 7 DSDs shows a considerable level among the population. The percentage with no formal education ranges from 1% to 3% among 7 DSDs. The percentage of the population with G.C.E (A/L) qualification ranges from 11% to 23%. The percentage obtained degrees’ ranges from 5% to 35%. The data on the education of the project influential area population is shown in Table 4-17. Table 4-17: Education levels of the population in project influential area

DS Division Pre Non- Secondary G.C.E G.C.E Graduated School Educated (%) (O/L) (A/L) and above (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Rathmalana 13.3 2.0 29.5 23.3 19.7 5.6 (A002, B389) Dehiwala 11.9 1.9 25.8 23.1 22.7 14.6 (A002) Kaduwela 13.1 1.6 29.2 22.4 20.3 13.6 (B240) Homagama 13.5 1.5 30.4 24.2 18.5 11.9 (B240) Katana 14.6 1.6 14.6 21.4 13.5 34.3 (A003) Negombo 20.4 1.6 40.8 16.2 11.0 9.9 (A003) Kelaniya 14.9 2.2 34.1 19.5 17.4 11.8

59

DS Division Pre Non- Secondary G.C.E G.C.E Graduated School Educated (%) (O/L) (A/L) and above (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (A003) Total 14.5 1.7 28.3 21.6 17.3 16.1

(Source: Resource profiles of Roads relevant DS Offices (2017)) 125. Employment of the population in DSDs: Private sector employment is the main livelihood activities of the people in the project related 7 DSDs. Apart from those, the persons within employable ages are involved in other income generation activities. The highest percentages of people are involved public sector employment. The information related to different employments of people in 7 DSDs is shown in Table 4-18. Table 4-18: Employment categories of the people in 7 DSDs

DSD Head HH Income Source Dehiwala Homagama Kaduwela Katana Kelaniya Negombo Rathmalana

Private Sector 46% 23% 33% 45% 35% 44% 60% Public Sector 8% 16% 16% 6% 13% 8% 7% Pension 13% 16% 15% 9% 10% 10% 8% Trained Workers 3% 0% 1% 4% 0% 3% 2% Unskilled Workers 1% 0% 0% 0.50% 0% 0.20% 1% Business 10% 13% 9% 17% 32% 18% 7% Self-Employment 3% 3% 7% 6% 3% 3% 3% Farmer 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Animal Husbandry 3% 0% 0% 1% 0% 1% 1% Foreign 1% 2% 1% 1% 0% 2% 1% Employment Dependent 13% 28% 18% 9% 6% 11% 10%

(Source-Sample survey conducted in 2020) 126. Nearly 45% of households in the sample are involved in the private sector. The second highest income generation source is dependent (13%). Public sector income generation is 10%. 127. Composition of income generation of sample households is shown in Table 4-19. Table 4-19: Employment categories

Occupation of Percentage of Employment HHs HHs Private Sector 1,460 45% Public Sector 322 10% Pension 366 11% Trained Workers 77 2% Unskilled Workers 12 0%

60

Occupation of Percentage of Employment HHs HHs Business 362 11% Self-Employment 144 4% Farmer 5 0% Animal Husbandry 27 1% Foreign Employment 34 1% Dependent 431 13%

(Source-Sample survey conducted in 2020) D1 Infrastructure Facilities 1. Roads 128. The proposed roads for improvement are sections of A002 (William junction to Maliban junction), A 003 (Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road from (Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) and from Dandugama to Kochchikade), B 389 (Rathmalana–Mirihana Road from Maliban junction to Bakery Junction and B 240(Kotte–Bope Road from Malabe Junction to Godagama. These road sections pass through 7 DS Divisions, namely Dehiwala, Homagama, kaduwela, Katana, Kelaniya, Negombo, and Rathmalana influencing 52 Grama Niladhari Divisions. 2. Sources of Energy 129. All the households have electricity facilities in considering entire sample households. All these DSD, almost all the households have obtained electricity from the national grid. The information on sources of electricity of the sample households is shown Table 4-20. Table 4-20: Source of Electricity Source Electricity Solar power and DSD National grid No Electricity Total other sources (%) (%) (%)

Dehiwala (A002) 100% 0% 0% 387

Homagama (B240) 100% 0% 0% 188

Kaduwela (B240) 100% 0% 0% 786

Katana (A003) 99.80% 0.20% 0% 441

Kelaniya (A003) 100% 0% 0% 31

Negombo (A003) 100% 0% 0% 440

Rathmalana (A002, 99.80% 0.20% 0% 967 B389) Total 3,240

(Source-Sample survey conducted in 2020)

61

3. Water 130. Between 79% to 100% of sample households in road relevant DSD areas have access to pipe born water provided by the National Water Supply & Drainage Board (NWS&DB). Tube wells and Shallow wells are the main sources of drinking water in household’s percentage between 0% to 19% among 7 DSD. Located in interior areas of Surveyed GNDs. The data on sources of drinking water is shown in Table 4-21. However, according to the community members interviewed quality of water in shallow wells and community water supply schemes is good for drinking and they had no complaints about the quality of water. Table 4-21: Source of Water Water Source

DSD NWS&DB Well/Tube well Community Well Total (%) (%) (%)

Dehiwala (A002) 99% 1% 0% 387

Homagama 79% 19% 2% 188 (B240)

Kaduwela (B240) 89% 10% 1% 786

Katana (A003) 86% 14% 0% 441

Kelaniya (A003) 84% 16% 0% 31

Negombo (A003) 89% 11% 0% 440

Rathmalana 100% 0% 0% 967 (A002, B389) Total 3,240

(Source-Sample survey conducted in 2020) 4. Sanitation 131. All Houses (100%) have access to sanitary latrine facilities. Between 6% to 14% of the households in all the project relevant DS divisions have water sealed latrines in their households (water sealed latrines include flush type latrines as well). According to the interviews with community members during the socio-economic survey it was found that establishment of water sealed latrine is considered as an essential need of the households. Therefore, in near future most of the households in the area will have water sealed latrines. The data on sanitary latrine facilities available in sample households is shown in the Table 4-22 below. Table 4-22: Type of Sanitary system available Sanitary Conditions DSD Water Sealed Pit Latrine Flush (%) None (%) (%) (%) Dehiwala (A002) 86% 14% 0% 0%

Homagama (B240) 92% 8% 0% 0%

Kaduwela (B240) 85% 15% 1% 0%

62

Sanitary Conditions DSD Water Sealed Pit Latrine Flush (%) None (%) (%) (%) Katana (A003) 93% 7% 0% 0% Kelaniya (A003) 94% 6% 0% 0%

Negombo (A003) 92% 8% 0% 0% Rathmalana (A002, 82% 18% 0% 0% B389)

(Source-Sample survey conducted in 2020) 5. Health 132. The communities in the road’s catchment area have access to private and government Hospitals for their needs. Eg: Air Force Hospital Rathmalana (B389) Colombo South Teaching Hospital – District General Hospital Negombo (A003) Nawaloka Hospital – Negombo (A003) Pamunugama Hospital (A003) Athurugiriya Hospital (B240) 6. Historical Significance (Physical cultural resources) 133. It is identified these selected roads provide access to many places which contributes a religious and archeological importance. Major religious and archeological places are listed in Table 4-23. Table 4-23: Religious Place/ Archeological Places in the vicinity of the roads (within 100m)

Number Road Name Religious Place/ Archeological Places (within 100m) St Mary's Church, Darshanika Ramaya Temple, Dehiwala Mosque, Young Men's Buddhist Association, Buddhist William junction temple, Sri Subodharama Raja Maha Viharaya, Cemetry, 1 to Malabe Dharmaplarama Viharaya, St. Anthony's Church, Jumma junction Mosqe - Mount Lavinia, Dhakshinaramaya Temple, King's Revival Church, Sri Dharmarama Purana Rajamaha Viharaya, Statue

63

Number Road Name Religious Place/ Archeological Places (within 100m)

Peliyagoda– St. Maria Goretti's Church, Mihindu International Bhavana Puttalam Road Centre, Methodist Church Rajapakshapura, Gethsemane (A003) from Church, Seeduwa, Sts. Peter and Paul's Church, (Peliyagoda Katunayake, Methodist Church – Kurana, Gethsemane Roundabout to Prayer Church Centre, St. Philip's Church, Kurana, 2 Nawaloka Katunayake, Kananwila Kande Viharaya, Our Lady of Roundabout) and Guadalupe's Church (SSPX), St. Mary's Shrine, Bethany from Church, St. Philip Neri's Church Thammita, Welihena (Dandugama to Church, small Statue, Kochchikade Church, St. Anthony's Kochchikade) Statue, Jayathilakaramaya Temple, small Statue

Rathmalana– Mirihana Road Sri lankarama temple, Sri Rathnaramaya Temple, CPFRC (B389) from Rathmalana, Sri Piyarathanaramaya, Mallikarama Temple, 3 Maliban junction Maliban Biscuit Factory, Statue to Bakery Junction of Kotte–Bope Pore Purana Rajamaha Viharaya, Habarakada Dharma Road (B240) Wejayasramaya, Sri Gnanawimala Meditation Centre, Sri from Malabe Sadaham Padanama, AnandaBodhi DhammaKaya, Purana 4 Junction to RajaMaha Viharaya Godagama Godagama Purana Viharaya

134. The project relevant Grama Niladhari Divisions (GNDs): These roads runs across 52 GNDs. The total number of families in road relevant GNDs is 311,609comprising of 1,189,180 populations. The people in the GNDs can be defined as the population in the road corridor. Between 60% to 98% of the people are Sinhalese. The percentage of Tamil population in between 1%-16%, and the Muslim population in between 0%-21%. 135. Education levels: The following data on education levels of people in 52 GNDs indicates a low level of education in the project affected area. Percentage ranges show the situation of households interviewed. Table 4-24: Percentage ranges show the situation of households interviewed

Level of Education Attainment Total (%) Male (%) Female (%)

Less than 5 years of age 5% 2% 3% Never went to school 1% 0% 1% Up to Grade 1 - 5 5% 3% 3% Up to Grade 5 - 10 11% 5% 5% Up to GCE O/L 20% 10% 10% Pass GCE O/L 21% 11% 10% Up to GCE A/L 19% 10% 9% Pass GCE A/L 14% 7% 7% Graduate 4% 2% 2%

64

Level of Education Attainment Total (%) Male (%) Female (%)

Postgraduate 0.40% 0.20% 0.20%

136. Employment: Majority of the families in the road corridor area (GNDs) are involved in Private Sectors. 137. Income levels of the households in project related GNDs: The data on income levels are available only in some GND offices. According to the observations of the field data collection team of the Social Assessment survey, the data available on income levels in GND offices is not so accurate. The data on income levels are recorded based on the figures provided by the householders of the families. The data available in 52 GND offices is shown in Table 4-25. Table 4-25: Households income in the GNDs relevant to the roads

Average (SLR) Monthly Income Income category No % Less than 5,000 135 4% 5,001 - 14,999 54 2% 15,000 - 49,999 1,910 59% 50,000 - 74,999 540 17% 75,000 - 100,000 283 9% More than 100,000 318 10% Total 3,240 100%

(Source - Sample survey conducted in 2020)

65

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES A. Identification of Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation of such Impacts 138. Identification and assessment of impacts have been carried out by considering the proposed activities during pre- and construction and operational stages. Such impacts have been identified based on-site observations, field surveys; information obtained from the stakeholders and also has been identified based on a value judgment. The impacts of the activities will be described separately on physical, biological, socio-economic, and cultural resources within the zone of impact. Impacts that may result from proposed road sub-projects can be both beneficial as well as adverse. 139. Mitigation refers to the measures that are designed to cope with adverse consequences and to enhance the positive impacts on the environment as a result of the sub- project implementation. Effective implementation of benefit maximization measures and adverse impacts mitigation measures would optimize the benefits expected from the sub- project and avoid/minimize the adverse impact from the sub-project. The impacts have been predicted regarding their magnitude (minor, moderate and high), extent (site-specific, local and regional) and duration (short, medium and long-term) and appropriate benefit enhancement and mitigation measures are suggested in following sections. B. Impacts during Pre-construction phase and Mitigation 140. The mitigation measures adopted during design or pre-construction phases are of preventive in nature with two basic objectives: • Avoiding costly mitigation measures, and • Increasing awareness among the stakeholders for environmental management of road construction, rehabilitation and operation. • By designing the culverts, drains and other hydraulic structures to withstand appropriate storm events will reduce the risk of an operational failure of the drainage system and regular maintenance will further reduce the chances of failure. B1 Route selection and alternatives 141. The project involves rehabilitation of four existing roads, and therefore no alternative routes are considered. B2 Acquisition of Encroached Land/Temporary Structures 142. The proposed rehabilitation work along the four roads will not involve widening the existing ROW. All the interventions will be carried out within the existing ROW. Therefore, there will be no land acquisition. 143. However, the proposed construction activities will involve readjusting 15 temporary structures which projects towards the existing ROW. The summary of these structures is provided in Table 5-1. Table 5-1: Temporary structures within 2 m of either side of the existing RoW for each of the four roads

A002 No of structures in No of structures in Total affected Type of structure LHS RHS structures Moveable Structure 1 2 3 Business Structure 1 1 2

66

Total 2 3 5 A003 Moveable Structure 4 0 4 Business Structure 0 0 0 Total 4 0 4 B389 Stall 1 1 2 Total 1 1 2 B240 Moveable Structure 0 1 1 Business Structure 1 1 2 Stall 1 0 1 Total 2 2 4

Source: IR DDR survey 2020 Mitigation of negative impacts 144. The following measures shall be taken to mitigate impacts associated with readjusting such encroached structures. • Providing labourfor shifting and resettling the structures outside the ROW. • All occupants of these structures are willing to readjust with their own resources and they do not anticipate any income loss due to such shifting. Moreover, they welcome the project and expect that their income shall increase once the roads are improved. B3 Relocating Utility Supply Lines 145. There are utility supply lines, such as electricity and telecommunication lines, that are located within 2 m of the proposed RoW (See Table 5.2 for a summary and Appendix 5.1, 5.2 5.3 and 5.4 for details). Some of these utility supply lines need to be shifted during pre- construction phase. Electricity poles, pylons, and telecommunication poles which are erected within the proposed RoW have to be removed before handing over the work to the contractor/s. It is important that shifting of these utilities shall be done with minimum damage to the existing poles, towers as well as lines, and wires. Utility institutions such as the Ceylon Electricity Board and Sri Lanka Telecom shall be informed as early as possible, and there shall be proper coordination with the respective line agencies to minimize the impacts. 146. Drinking water distribution lines are available in almost all the sections of the four roads. The people in road catchment in these areas depend on ground water and water supply lines provided from the National Water Supply and Drainage Board. Table 5-2: Utility Poles within 2 m of the RoW for each of the four roads

Number of Utility Poles Road Electricity Telecommunication LHS RHS LHS RHS A002: Galle Road from William Junction – 274 270 121 80 Maliban Junction

A003: Peliyagoda Puttalam Road from 460 606 554 448 Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka

67

Number of Utility Poles Road Electricity Telecommunication LHS RHS LHS RHS Roundabout and Dandugama to Kochchikade B389: Rathmalana Mirihana Road (From – 70 85 42 35 Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction) B240: Kotte Bope Road (From Malabe to – 422 325 149 140 Godagama

Mitigation of negative impacts 147. The following are the measures to mitigate possible impacts: • Advance notice to the public shall be given, with the details of the time and the duration of the utility disruption to minimize public inconvenience • Proper coordination with respective line agencies is essential, and the schedules shall be prepared with their consent and approvals, especially during the removal of and reestablishment of the services to avoid accidental damage, unnecessary delays and thereby lessen the inconveniences to the general public. Locations and access to these utilities shall be clearly marked (possibly on ground) within the RoW during detailed design to avoid structural damage to the carriageway, shoulders, and drains in future. • Provision of alternate sources and other utilities during the disruption period and re- establish the utilities as soon as practicable to overcome public inconvenience. B4 Mobilization of resources and selection of sites for temporary usage 148. Resources such as material, machinery and labour have to be mobilized before construction commences, which storage need space/yards, land/building for site office, labour camps, and for parking of construction vehicles and storing and sheltering of machinery. Proper planning can mitigate much of the impacts described in subsequent sections. Special attention needs when preparing sites for labour camps considering any pandemic situation such as COVID-19. Mitigation of negative impacts 149. The site selection for temporary usage has to be done in close consultation with village leaders and the authorities of the LA. Such sites shall be located away (at least 500 m) from waterlogged areas, and flood-prone areas. Also, such sites shall be ideally located by the roadside, but clearly away from the proposed carriageway and the shoulders. 150. Such sites shall be located sufficiently away from socially sensitive areas such as schools, temples kovils, churches and mosques and, governmental offices and establishments. 151. Recruitment of labourers, both unskilled and skilled, from the locality, will reduce the need for having large labour camps and will lead to lesser impacts due to such labour camps during the construction stage. When selecting and preparing the sites for labour camps follows the WHO the guidelines Considering any pandemic situation such as COVID-19. Also, approvals from relevant authorities must be obtained to use temporary lands to comply with National laws and regulations. Preparation of the temporary lands and access road must be carried out in a way to minimize disturbances to natural vegetation cover.

68

B5 Natural hazards aggravated by the project and impacts to the road due to natural hazards 1. Flood Impacts 152. The details of the existing drainage and flood conditions were collected during the project based on flood and drainage surveys conducted by the consultants. The required mitigation measures were considered and the impact of the proposed road rehabilitation and related other project activities when carried out incorporating cross drainage enhancement are expected to improve the existing conditions rather than causing to aggravate the impacts due to these natural hazards. Except for flooding, landslides or no other natural hazards are envisaged to occur in the project areas due to the flat terrain. • Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction 153. This is a 5.03 km road section along Galle Road from CH8+320 - CH13+350. The Northern end of the sections starts close to the outlet channel of Dehiwala Canal (an outlet connected to the Metro Colombo Flood Control Zone). However, this stretch of the road is located along the slightly elevated ridge of land running parallel to the shore line and there are no identified low-lying or flood prone locations. • Peliyagoda – Puttlam Road (A003) From Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge 154. This is a 19.2 km long road stretch in A003 Road from CH0+000 - CH0+600 and CH 19+000 - CH37+550. 155. The first section runs parallel to the Kelani River main channel at a distance of 150 m ~ 200 m, and located in the close proximity to the low-lying areas in the river floodplain. The surrounding areas in the downstream are prone to yearly/bi-yearly floods during heavy monsoonal rainy periods and however, there are no records of the road section getting flooded or overtopped in the recent past. 156. The latter part extends from Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge and this road section intercepts two river basins, Attanagalu Oya /Stream and Maha Oya basins. Further, the road section approximately 13.8 km in length from Seeduwa/Dandugama to Negombo Railway Junction is located in the extreme upstream land strip of Negombo Lagoon. This requires ensuring strict measures to curtail any possible impacts to the lagoon waters. • Kotte – Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Godagama 157. This is a 11.0 km long road stretch from CH5+000 - CH16+800. The road section is located within Kelani River basin and the low-lying sections in Malambe, Hokandara, Athurugiriya and Panagoda areas along this road are intermittently flooded during monsoonal heavy rain periods. • Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (B389) 158. This is a 2.2 km road stretch from CH0+000 - CH2+200. Along this road located within Bolgoda Basin, Kandawala and Atthidiya sections with relatively low-lying, flat terrain are proned to intermittent inundation during monsoonal rain periods. 2. Project and Impacts 159. There can be minor impacts leading to temporary aggravation of existing flood issues during the construction stage, if the work is not properly planned and carried out following proper standards and construction practices. Therefore, surface water hydrology along the candidate road sections shall be deeply studied during the detailed design stage with special attention to these flood-prone locations. Possible mitigation for above issues shall be provided, and the type and sizes of cross drainage structures, road finish level (RFL)), adequacy of leadaway / tail canals, flow connectivity issues and the surface treatment shall be decided accordingly in rehabilitating the road and associate cross drainage structures.

69

160. The Bridge and Culvert schedules suggest malfunctioning structures due to aging and siltation, lack of maintenance, etc., and rectification of these minor issues should also be addressed to mitigate possible impacts leading to aggravation of the existing issues. 161. Close coordination with Sri Lanka Land Development Corporation (SLLDC), Department of Irrigation, Department of Agrarian Services and Disaster Management Center (DMC) shall be maintained in this regard to obtain high flood levels, their return periods, respective retention periods and other recommendations to support the final designs. The public consultation will also be helpful to verify the findings. B6 Ecological Impacts during the pre-construction phase 162. During pre-construction stage some trees close to road edges must be removed or pruned within existing RoW and the fences beside the roads belongs to different categories, fruits, ornamental, shading and valued timber species etc. In addition, removal of trees and land clearing will be undertaken for temporary facilities from identified locations mainly for stockpiles of aggregates, yards for machinery & equipment, vehicle parking and construction of labour camps etc. Trees beside the roads and above lands including roadside vegetation provide roosting, resting and forgoing habitats for the different species of fauna. Removal of trees and green cover vegetation will directly and indirectly impact to the ecosystem services and lead to destruction and disturbance to the roosting and foraging habitats of several avifaunal & mammalian species. Trees beside the road also increase aesthetic value of the area and removal will be reduced aesthetic beauty, shading and quality of environment. Dust emissions during pre-construction stage also affect the ability of nearby vegetation to survive and maintain effective evapotranspiration. Tree planting outside the ROW and water sprinkling (to dusted areas) to cleared areas and road surfaces can be taken as mitigation measures during the pre-construction phase. C. Impacts during Construction phase and Mitigation C1 Physical Impacts and Mitigation 1. Anticipated impacts due to land preparation activities (removal of vegetation, land clearing, residue disposal, dredging, filling, etc.) 163. During the construction period, especially during, excavation and dredging a large amount of debris or wreckage will be generated. If this debris is not properly disposed of significant negative impacts are anticipated on public health and safety and scenic beauty of the project area. If spoil material and vegetation collected during land preparation, construction and demolition waste and other types of waste are accumulated alongside the road, it will cause public inconvenience by dust dispersion, reduced visual quality, and safety and health hazard. 164. Other waste related issues may arise from, (i) municipal solid waste generated from labour camps and offices, and (ii) wastewater that is generated at labour camps and storage yards. Mitigation of negative impacts 165. To avoid these impacts, such waste shall be removed from the project site immediately after the land clearing and construction work and dumped in an approved site according to the current rules and regulations. The contractor must identify and select suitable and safest locations for the dumping or landfill sites with sufficient capacity and approvals shall be obtained from relevant Local Authorities (also from CEA if applicable according to the Gazette notification No 772/22 of 24th June 1993). Proper engineering design (including drainage and erosion control facilities) shall be prepared by the contractor, and written approval shall be obtained from the PIC before dumping at the each identified site. Dumping shall be done only after receiving approvals from the necessary authorities and obtaining the PIC approval on the proposed engineering design of the site.

70

166. Construction debris and spoil disposal: Spoils shall be safely disposed and managed with minimum environmental damage re-using excavated materials and minimum quantity of earthworks. The following mitigation measures will be adopted: • Re-use of debris is a good option to reduce the quantity of debris. Wherever possible, surplus spoil will be used to fill eroded gullies, quarries, and depressed areas, etc. Metal, soil, and sand are reusable raw materials, which can be used for backfilling, leveling and amenity planting at intersections. Wood debris can be used as a fuel for worker camps or distributed to local people free of charge. • Excess spoils will be disposed at specified tipping sites in a controlled manner, and the tipping sites shall be covered by vegetation through bio-engineering techniques after the surplus material is tipped. • Spoils shall not be disposed on sloping areas, farmland, marshy land, forest areas – especially natural drainage path, canals and other infrastructures. The temporary debris storage sites shall not be located closer to residential or ecologically sensitive areas. • Necessary toe and retaining walls will be provided to protect the disposal of soil. • Topsoil will be protected as far as possible. Excess soil will be stockpiled and will be used to fill in farmland for maintaining land productivity and also used during bioengineering for plantation and in fresh-cut slope. • The remaining non-reusable construction debris shall be dumped properly in approved dumping sites. Prior approval for the disposal site shall be obtained from the LAs via Grama Niladhari of the area. After the disposal, the site will be provided with proper drainage, vegetation and adequate protection against erosion. 167. Municipal solid waste: The contractor shall make every effort to handle and manage waste generated from the construction/labour camps without causing a nuisance to the neighborhood. MSW shall be properly collected in bins provided with lids and handed over to the garbage collection trucks of the LA. Garbage bins be provided to all worker camps, and construction sites, site inspections by Public Health Inspector (PHI) in the area shall be facilitated. Proper collection and disposal of waste will ensure avoidance of negative environmental and social impacts, apart from ecological impacts, public health and negative impacts on scenic beauty. Degradable wastes also attract pests such as rats and flies which become unhealthy, dirty, and unsightly places to reside in. Labour camps, garbage disposal sites and material storage yards provide favorable habitats for vectors of diseases like mosquitoes and rats. Contamination of water bodies with wastewater, construction debris, and spoil will create a significant impact on the aquatic lives and people inhabited in the area. 168. Wastewater disposal and proper sanitation: Proper sanitation and sewerage facilities (drinking water, urinals, toilets and washrooms) shall be provided to all site offices and construction/labour camps. Selection of the location for labour camps shall be approved by the Engineer and comply with guidelines/recommendations issued by CEA and LAs. To avoid waste generation and sanitation problems from labour camps, the majority of skilled and unskilled workers shall be selected from the project influence area. If migrant labour is brought for construction activities from different areas, there may also be conflict situations among the workers and settlers near worker camps. Spreading of communal diseases is also possible due to migrant labours. 2. Road-side landscape 169. Landscape degradation relates particularly to poorly designed or monitored activities resulting from indiscriminate dumping of spoil material, improper cut and fill, borrow and quarrying operations. Road induced activities may lead to the generation and mismanagement of wastes in the roadsides and create scars on the landscape.

71

Mitigation of negative impacts 170. All debris, piles of unwanted earth, spoil materials, temporally structures shall be cleared away from the roadsides and from other workplaces and disposed at locations designated or acceptable to the PIC. Road landscape activities have to be done as per either detailed design, or typical design guidelines are given as part of the bid documents. Road furniture items are provided as per the design given in the bid documents. The following mitigation measures will be adopted: • Indiscriminate dumping of spoil material will be discouraged • After the extraction is completed, the quarry sites and borrow pits will be rehabilitated to suit the local landscape. 3. Impacts on natural flow and existing drainage pattern and hydrology 171. The rehabilitation or reconstruction of culverts (as indicated in Appendix 6) may require temporarily diversion of streams, disturbing the natural drainage pattern and it may lead to creating flooding conditions in adjacent areas. Improperly stored construction materials can also block natural drainage pattern. Leveling, filling, excavations and formation of temporarily or permanently raised embankments in the RoW may block natural flow patterns and cause localized flooding effects in the immediate downstream. 172. The contractor shall take all measures necessary and as directed by the PIC to keep all drainage paths and drains clear at all times. Temporary storage of material will be made only in approved sites by the PIC where natural drainage is not disturbed. All wastes will be disposed at locations approved by the Local Authority. If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by contractor’s activities, the contractor shall provide suitable means to prevent loss of access to any land or property and prevent damage to land and property. 173. The Contractor shall take precautionary measures to avoid any negative impacts on existing irrigation and drainage paths due to temporary coffer damming at constructional sites. Direct pumping out of the water into nearby marshy lands including paddy lands, blockage of irrigation canals crossed by the roads, stream bank erosion (increased) and collapsing of stream embankments shall be avoided. 174. Severe rain intensities are observed during inter-monsoon and monsoon seasons and thus timing of construction during dry flow period as a mitigation measure is highly recommended. 175. No material including excavated soil will be allowed to be disposed near water bodies or in paddy lands, even on a temporary basis, to curtail any undue wash off of soil and debris to nearby water bodies and agricultural lands (paddy lands). 176. Strict measures should be ensured in A003 Road section from Dandugama to Negombo Railway Junction (~ 14.0 km stretch) where the road is located within 500 m proximity to environmentally sensitive Negombo Lagoon. 177. The contractor will ensure that not to damage or block any manmade drainage canal even ona temporary basis. If blocked, the contractor will remove such debris without any delay. Also, the contractor shall schedule his construction activities in compliance with the rainfall pattern of the project area and activities which will induce soil erosion shall be planned to avoid heavy rainy periods. 178. Therefore, contractor’s activities shall not lead to flooding conditions as a result of blocked drainage paths and drain. The contractor shall take all measures necessary and as directed by the PIC to keep all drainage paths and drains clear of blockage at all times. If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by contractor’s activities, contractors shall provide suitable means to (a) prevent loss of access to any land or property and (b) prevent damage to land and property. Contractor’s activities shall not lead to aggravating floods when working in flood-prone areas. Further, any recommendations laid down by the hydrological studies

72

shall be adopted at flood-prone areas. Contractor shall not select land within flood-prone areas to dispose of excavated and unsuitable material, locations for material stockpiles, yards and other locations where chemicals and other construction material are stored. 4. Impacts on Water Quality due to Silt Runoff, Emissions and Spoil from Construction Related Activities 179. The Western Province, in general, receives a considerable amount of rainfall during the southwest monsoon. Therefore, soil erosion, sedimentation, and siltation can occur any time during the rainy season due to construction activities such as material extraction and storage, land clearing, cut and fill operation, construction or reconstruction of new culverts, causeways, and construction of earth and line drains. The decrease of infiltration of rainwater, acceleration of surface runoff, lowering of the canal beds and destruction of the canal banks are the main impacts associated with soil erosion. Mitigation of negative impacts • Construction activities including base and shoulder construction, earthwork and construction of cross drainages shall be conducted during the dry season (November/December to February). • Wherever there are low-lying areas, wetlands, marshes, and paddy fields bordering the roads, only the shrubs and bushes will be cut, and the wetland/marshy habitats will not be disturbed. • The cut material during the excavation of drainage canals will be used as fill material at the site. Fills (if any) shall be compacted as soon as they are laid to an appropriate degree of compaction • Erosion of the soil brought for filling shall be controlled during rainfall and surface runoff. The soil heaps can be appropriately covered using tarpaulin sheets. They shall never be stored close to the watercourses and marshy/low-lying areas. Topsoil generated from the construction sites (not exceeding 150 mm) shall be stored properly (height not exceeding 2 m) and reused for turfing activities. • Erosion control practices shall be implemented during construction to limit turbidity and silt transport off the site premises. Temporary barriers such as soil mounds, temporary drains, silt traps will be considered to control soil washing away to the canals and marshy areas. Suitable local drainage facilities shall be established properly to drain water in the construction areas. 5. Effect on the local road network 180. Transportation of construction material through local roads will cause inconvenience to other road users and households living in these areas. Moreover, increased vehicular traffic and increased axial loads due to material transportation may badly affect the road network around the area. Mitigation of negative impacts 181. The contractor shall be provided with any restrictions related to sizes and lengths of vehicles, allowable axial loads, speed limits, no entry zones and time limits (near schools). The contractor’s written consent abiding him to follow these restrictions shall be mandatory. If construction vehicles are likely to cause damage to public roads, provision shall be made for their repair and restoration as part of the contract. 182. The contractor shall obtain a permit from LAs to use local roads before the transportation of construction materials, machinery,and equipment. Construction materials shall not exceed the carrying capacity of the local road network. The contractor shall maintain all roads, which are used for transportation of construction materials and other activities in proper order.

73

183. Proper signage and advance notice to road users and roadside communities about the schedule of construction activities, provision of safe and convenient passage to the vehicles and passengers especially during construction of culverts, bridges and causeways, implement traffic management plans in construction areas according to the traffic rules and regulations if necessary in close coordination with local communities/authorities and local police by the contractor. 184. The signage used for traffic management shall follow accepted Standards and approved by the engineer/ police. Construction sites and excavated areas shall be barricaded with warning tapes, painted barriers or traffic cones. Use of flagmen and/or temporary traffic signs for construction sites or temporally diversions, allocation of properly trained personnel provided with proper gear including communication equipment and luminous jackets for night use are other measures that have to be undertaken during the construction period. 6. Impacts due to Noise and Vibration, Dust and Air Quality due to construction 185. During the construction stage of road, dust, noise, and vibrations generated from the project activities will impact the roadside communities and people who inhabit around material extraction sites and other haulage roads. Vibration during compaction works could easily damage structures close to the roads. 186. Furthermore, if construction work is carried out in dry season dust emission is likely to be significant. Release of Volatile Organic Compounds, emission of small amounts of Carbon monoxide, Nitrogen dioxide and particulates from vehicular movements, blasting and dust generated from clearing, grubbing, excavating, backfilling, dumping, mixing concrete, transportation of materials, storage of soil and metal piles, etc. can be taken place in the surroundings due to wind. Mitigation of negative impacts 187. Construction-related activities closer to sensitive public locations have to be scheduled in coordination with the relevant authorities (community leaders, school principals, high– priests or other respective officers) to avoid disturbance to day to day activities of the people. Such work has to be completed as soon as possible. 188. No high noise generating machinery is encouraged. All machinery, equipment, and vehicles shall be maintained in good condition by engaging skilled mechanics and regularly maintained in compliance with National Emission Standards (1994). Noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra Ordinance, No. 924/12) shall strictly be implemented for crushers, hot mixed plants, construction vehicles, and equipment. 189. If the contracts decide to operate crushers and hot mixed plants, they shall be placed with the approval of Engineer, CEA, and LAs and shall be located at least 500 m away from residential and environmentally sensitive areas or other public sensitive locations. Dust extraction units, exhaust silencers and noise reduction devices can be fitted to the roadside crushers, construction vehicles and hot mixed plants to reduce dust emissions. 190. All the neighbors will be informed of noise generating activities, times of operation, duration, etc. The maximum permissible noise levels at boundaries of the land in which the sources of noise is located for construction activities are 75dB (A) Leq and 50 dB (A) Leq during daytime and nighttime respectively (Daytime: 6.00 am – 7.00 pm, night time: from 7.00 pm – 6.00 am). However, the contractor shall limit working time for activities that create noise from 6.00 am to 6.00 pm. Enforcing speed limits to the vehicles is necessary to control dust emissions during transportation of construction materials. Dust can also be controlled by providing of dust barriers to sensitive public locations (such as schools and houses located very close to the road), spraying of water to quarry sites, construction sites, roads which will be used for the transportation of construction materials at regular intervals. Tarpaulin covering is mandatory on trucks/lorries which are used for transporting materials, and all construction materials (sand, gravel, metal, cement) shall be stored with proper covering.

74

191. The contractor shall conduct a pre-crack survey on all structures along the road on a corridor agreed with PIC. Any complaint from public on development of cracks due to construction works shall be investigated keeping the crack survey records as reference source. If it is concluded that crack damages were caused due to the construction works then the contractor shall rectify the damages through a third-party insurance or by repairing the damage on their own cost. 192. Water sprinkling will be necessary for any activity that causes generation of dust particles within the proposed site Suitable actions shall be taken to minimize or avoid dirt and mud being carried to the road surface. The contractor shall also take actions to prevent bad odor and offensive smells emanating from chemicals, construction material processing or other construction activities. 7. Extraction, Transportation, and Storage of Construction Materials 193. Construction materials especially sand, gravel, and aggregates for the project activities are needed in large quantities. Large-scale extraction of such materials can have negative impacts on the environment, notably noise, air, water, soil pollution and reduction of scenic beauty along with causing damage to ecosystems. Sand mining causes bank erosion, lowering of riverbed levels, destruction of riverine ecosystems, during the dry season. Metal quarrying causes nuisance from fugitive dust emissions, noise, and vibrations which will lead to health-related impacts apart from severe social disturbance to the households living close to quarry sites. Quarrying can also lead to cracking of structures (houses and other buildings). Stagnation of water in borrows pits (and metal quarries) that provide breeding grounds for mosquitoes. Such pits also pose a danger to people and wild animals who roam in such areas. 194. Transportation of construction materials may cause disturbances to other road users. Thus, loading and unloading together with transportation of construction materials can significantly cause disturbance to the general public, increase dust and noise nuisance and damages to the minor roads. Storage of material, especially gravel can erode away with surface runoff causing siltation of drainage paths. Also, storage of material will block drainage paths, hindrances to traffic and pedestrian movements, and damage road-side structures. Storage of material for longer periods will create aesthetically unpleasing surroundings. Mitigation of negative impacts 195. Selection of material suppliers who have proper EPLs will ensure proper environmental safeguards in material extraction. Extraction of construction materials shall only be from the approved mines and quarries by GSMB. Environmental requirements and guidelines issued by the CEA, GSMB, and LAs shall be followed with respect to locating material extraction sites and other operations including rehabilitation of the extraction sites at the end of their use. If new material extraction sites need to be located, those shall exclude places which are close to the sensitive public locations (schools, religious places, hospitals) and environmentally sensitive areas. 196. Machinery operators and drivers shall have obtained proper licenses for the category of machinery/vehicles they operate/drive. Drivers shall abide by the speed limits on roads based on the traffic rules and regulations. The quantities of material to be transported shall not exceed allowable axial loads along the roads, and especially when they are transported along bridges. Loading and unloading of construction materials and transport shall not cause a minimum nuisance to the people by way of noise, vibration, and dust. Trailers and trucks shall be covered properly with tarpaulin sheets, which will prevent dust emissions and slip away from the material, which will otherwise cause damage to pedestrians and other vehicles. Materials shall be piled sufficiently away from environmental (away from water sources, wetlands, etc.) and sensitive public locations (schools, mosques, offices, etc.). Sand, rubble, metal, bitumen, and cement shall be properly covered to ensure no dust is emitted and to avoid erosion and contamination. Construction materials shall not store around canals, cross drainage, and natural flow paths. All cement, bitumen (barrels), oil and other chemicals shall

75

be stored and handled on an impervious surface above ground level (e.g., concrete slabs) and shall be enclosed ensuring that no stormwater flows into the structure. Adequate ventilation shall be kept to avoid accumulation of fumes and offensive odor that could be harmful. 197. A site restoration plan must be submitted by the Contractor to the PIC. Any retention of payments shall be released once the sites and yards are properly restored. C2 Ecological Impacts and Mitigation 198. During construction stage, soil erosion, water and air pollution, noise and vibration could be expected at the levels of low, medium and high; therefore, negative impact on both flora and fauna in aquatic and terrestrial habitats is anticipated. However, the exact impact could be varying and depending on the construction plan. Since this is rehabilitation and improvement project of the existing road, most of the anticipated biological impacts are minor and can be mitigated with the appropriate mitigation action. However, with the mitigation measure in place, the ecological impact should be minimal, as road mainly runs through urban and sub urban environment. During the construction domestic and some other common faunal species that were recorded during the survey may be disturb, but overall construction phase is limited to short time period, the disturbance will be minimal. 1. Ecological Impacts due to loss of trees and green cover vegetation 199. The existing roads traverses mainly through urban and sub urban areas and most of the existing habitats beside the road include, road reservations, commercial structures, home gardens and residences, paddy fields and several water bodies. Proposed roads include road side trees within RoW and some of these trees need to be removed for the proposed construction. Since proposed road sections located within urban and sub urban areas recorded trees within ROWs are minimum compare to rural road sections and small quantity of trees from these roads need to be removed. Removal of tree belongs to different species will directly impact to the surrounding environment and the existing biodiversity in the area. This may, in turn, result in loss of soil moisture and soil, reduction of aesthetic value and loss of shade. Mitigation measure due to loss of vegetation 200. The following are the mitigation measures: • Trimming of trees adjoining to the trace prior to commencing other construction activities be minimized structural damage to the road side trees. Moving of construction vehicles and machinery will be restricted only to designated areas to avoid the loss of vegetation due to squash. • Maintaining adequate vegetation clearance only within the RoW. The unnecessary removal of vegetation and felling of trees will be prevented by finalizing the tree list with the Environmental Specialist of PIC. Joint inspections by the contractor, design team together with the PIC are needed to take decisions as to what trees are cut, felled or trimmed. • To compensate the damage, tree planting program at least 1 3 ratios with native species is essential parallel to the project activities. This program should be planed during the detail design stage and allocation should be made to implement‐ tree planting programs in suitable locations where ever possible around project affected area. • Unless it is essential, removal of trees from temporarily use lands for the project activities should be avoided as much as possible. • When conducting tree felling, it is important to confirm that eggs/ nestlings or roosting are not available on trees. Any guidelines and recommendations made by the CEA, DoF or other line agencies with regard to felling of trees should be strictly followed.

76

• All trees to be felled will be marked and handed over to State Timber Corporation for cutting and removal. 2. Impact on aquatic fauna and flora 201. Construction activities of roads have widespread effect on aquatic habitats. Generation of excess soil from construction related activities, clearing, grubbing, excavation etc. and soil erosion will lead to sedimentation and siltation of water bodies around project roads during construction stage due to heavy rains. This will create impact to aquatic vegetation and faunal species in the way that reduction of photosynthesis, food availability for aquatic fauna and impact to the respiratory organs of animal and quality of water. Soil erosion will also increase turbidity of water bodies and directly impact to the survival of aquatic biodiversity due to reduction of light penetration. Measure to avoid/minimize the impact on aquatic fauna and flora 202. The following are proposed as mitigation measures: • Construction activities around water bodies should be restricted to the dry season to the extent possible. • Cut and fill areas would be controlled by carrying out both temporary and permanent erosion control measures (silt trap basins, drains and sedimentation tanks) to reduce heavy sediment loads to the water bodies. • Locate all hot mix plants, crushing plants, workshops, depots and temporary worker camps and storing of toxic and hazardous materials at least 500 m away from water bodies, preferably, approved locations by relevant government agencies. • Pollutants such as petroleum based waste, wash water containing oil, grease or lubricants will be collected on site and properly treated before being discharged. ‐ • Recycling and dumping‐ of solid waste matter at locations approved by the LAs. • Maintenance of vehicles and equipment in good operable condition, ensuring no leakage of oil or fuel and the fitting of proper exhaust baffles. • Awareness programs shall be carried out for workers on solid waste management shall not be dumped into water bodies. 3. Impact on flora and fauna due to local air pollution, noise, and vibration 203. Noise, vibration and dust from heavy machineries and equipment, excavation and compaction have potential impacts on disturbing behavior of common species of birds, reptiles, amphibians and mammals inhabit in different habitats within project affected areas. Plant communities are affected by dust and deposition of dust can interfere with physiological functions of trees including photosynthesis and respiration. Measure to mitigate the impact on flora and fauna due to noise, vibration, and dust 204. The following are proposed as mitigation measures: • All construction vehicles, machineries and equipment shall be used in good condition, service and regularly maintenance in compliance with National Emission Standards. • Project activities which are potential to have high noise, vibration and dust specially during the construction phase should essentially be limited to acceptable levels. • Preform all construction activities with appropriate construction methods or equipment’s that will cause lowest level of ground vibration impacts, especially near residences and ecological sensitive areas. • Construction vehicles and machinery shall be well maintained to reduce the noise and vibration disturbances.

77

• Dust emission will be controlled by frequent wetting or wet spraying of quarries, construction sites, dusty surfaces, any exposed earthwork surfaces, roads which use for transportation using sprinklers, tankers or bowsers in regular intervals. • Monitoring is essential during construction phase especially during vibration intensive activities are in place and if the ambient levels are far higher than the stipulated limits measures should be undertaken to avoid or minimize the impacts. • The Client should ensure that the main contractor is an experienced enough to conduct this type of construction work and undertake well developed practices to minimize disturbance from noise, dust and vibration to the neighboring habitats. • Moving of construction vehicles and machinery will be restricted only to designated areas to save vegetation beyond the proposed project area due to trampling. • Specific mitigation plans shall be prepared for borrows sites and quarry operation. 4. Ecological disturbances by workers and their camp operations 205. Since environment sensitive areas and protected habitats are not located beside the proposed road sections, ecological disturbance from the workforce and due to operation of labour camps will not be expected from the construction stage. However, open dumping of garbage at labour camps could be increase threats of mosquitoes, flies and the spread of rats and crows. Measures to mitigate disturbances to the surrounding environment by workers and their camp operations 206. The following are proposed as mitigation measures: • Local labour both skilled and unskilled will be recruited as much as possible to minimize construction of labour camps. • The environment quality in the surrounding area shall not be contaminated or polluted due to camp operations. • Strict labour supervision, provision of labour camps with electricity or LP gas for cooking, to eliminate them using the firewood from surrounding vegetation. • Adequate supply of water shall be provided to the urinals, toilets and washrooms of the worker-based camps. • Proper drainage facilities shall be provided around labour camps to minimize stagnation. • Fishing and poaching will not be allowed within the project area. • Solid waste and sanitary waste arising from labour camps and other sites shall be properly collected and disposed of. • Accepted sanitation methods (e.g., mobile toilets) with proper sewage disposal facilities shall be provided. Under no circumstances shall such waste be released untreated into the water bodies, near scrub areas. C3 Socio-economic Impacts and Mitigation 1. Positive impacts of iRoad 2 project 207. All four roads proposed for rehabilitation are presently in need of Rehabilitations. Improvements these dilapidated roads would bring obvious positive impacts for the road user community. All these four roads are connected to the road network in Western Province. There for connectivity impacts of the roads are significant. These proposed road segments have significant number of passengers travelling in public and private busses to reach their desired destination in Western Province.

78

2. Social impacts due to Establishment of labour camps 208. The nature of the proposed project may not require large-scale labour camps to be established in the road area. Majority of the labours work in the construction sites may come from the local area itself, rather than for Colombo Wellawaya Road (A002) and therefore, there will be no need to provide them with accommodation facilities. However, if the needemerges to establish labour camps, they shall be established in suitable locations away from the houses, business establishments and other sensitive institutions such as schools, religious centers, etc. 3. Disruption to traffic/ transportation 209. This is the most possible and obvious negative impact during construction. All roads are heavily used by public buses, other public vehicles and mostly Private Vehicle and they will have serious disturbances. The traffic-related disturbances will create specific impacts to the business establishments in the townships located along the roads. Management of construction sites would be the most effective and pragmatic solution to the traffic problem. One side of the road may be used for construction at a time while the other side is kept for the road users. Regular/continuous arrangements to manage the traffic near construction sites shall be implemented methodically. Most of the road construction contractors are well experience in these aspects due to their long-term exposure to similar projects on road improvements. 4. Impacts due to extraction and transportation of construction materials 210. Transportation of construction material will create impacts beyond the area of candidate roads. The transportation of material in other roads in the area will contribute to the existing traffic congestion. The nature of construction activities in the 4 roads will not require huge quantity of material to be transported, but the Transportation of those material will go through highly congested areas. This situation is well known to the contractors and to the material transporters. The most essential needs are the commitments to minimize the traffic through their decent behavior in driving their vehicles and the time of transportation. They shall be advised to avoid peak hours of the roads during transportation. They also shall follow all the rules that are required in transporting construction material to the sites. 5. Impacts to roadside structures 211. These structures are being used by local community members to sell vegetables, fruits, and some other items to the road users. The socio-economic study team interviewed all the owners of these structures, and they are in agreement to shift the structures if the need arises. The RDA will inform them in advance (about 30 days in advance) about the project and its construction schedule and also the needs of the shifting of the structures if required. 212. Heavy vehicle movements, material sourcing (borrow material and quarrying operations) can lead to cracking of structures, especially old houses and buildings. If such a situation is anticipated, the contractor has to carry out a crack survey and subsequent monitoring. The contractor shall obtain 3rd party insurance to compensate/ repair any damages (cracks) due to construction works. 6. Impact to due to obstruction to access 213. Access to the houses, business establishments, institutions and by-roads will be disturbed during the construction period. The contractors shall be instructed by the PIC to explore all the possibilities to minimize such disturbances based on the specific situation of the road. The contractor shall be instructed by the PIC to support to the affected persons to establish temporary access to reach their houses, business locations, institution or by-road. Steel plates can be used to create temporary access. However, the construction contractors of the roads are well experience in handling these types of situations in road construction projects. The most essential need is to monitor whether contractors fulfill these needs with commitments.

79

7. Impacts on the development activities in the vicinity 214. The development activities such as construction of new houses presently carried in the area adjacent to the roads’ edges will have disturbances. Possible disturbances to the access to such development sites would be the most critical impact. The road contractor can provide assistance to establish temporary access to the sites. However, the two parties, road contractor and the implementers of other projects shall get together and work out practical plan depending on the specific condition to create a win-win situation. C4 Other Impacts and Mitigation 1. Health and Safety of labor force and public 215. During construction, workers will be exposed to various risks and hazards. Potential impacts to health are respiration and eye diseases due to exposure to dust, the risk of accident during work. Extraction of construction materials, loading, transportation & unloading, construction of, culverts, bridges, causeways, surfacing, roadway excavation, removal of roadside structures, public utilities, use of hazardous substances (such as bituminous products) are the main causes associated with accidental risk. All the personals must make sure that they are following the guidelines published by the local health authorities and the WHO regarding any special situations such as COVID 19 Pandemic. 216. Laborer from locations outside of the project area shall be brought for construction activities. These laborers shall be provided with accommodation. Any spread of communicable disease within such labor accommodation shall affect the laborer within such accommodation, infect staff who have contacts with these laborer’s and even public living close to such accommodation. The risk of spreading disease from community into the labor camp should also be considered. These risks shall be minimized through adopting the following measures. Comply with National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health and IFC EHS Guidelines on Occupational Health and Safety. And other guidelines on occupational health and safety issued time to time by other government institutes/ agencies of Sri Lanka. Prepare a comprehensive & site-specific Health and Safety Plan (H&SP) describing in detail how the health and safety of all site personnel (workers, staff and visitors) will be maintained at all times (including measures that would be taken in case of spread of a communicable disease within the site or project area). It is to provide guidance on establishing a management strategy and applying practices that are intended to eliminate, or reduce, fatalities, injuries and illnesses for workers performing activities and tasks associated with the project. Obtain a health (medical certificate) and behavioral certificate (police report) from all staff and workers who are recruited to office and sites (this shall be applicable for sub-contractors also). Upon returning for work (after a shutdown) all staff and workers shall inform the health and safety officer of any ailments they had during the vacation period. Provide compulsory H&S orientation training (including awareness on both communicable/ non-communicable diseases, good health and hygienic practices) to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of H&S Plan including rules of work, PPE, preventing injury to fellow workers, etc. Mitigation of negative impacts 217. Workers will be provided with first aid and health facilities. First aid training will be provided to field staff and social mobilizers and the foreman. The contractor shall organize awareness programs about the personal safety of the workers and the general public in the area with proper briefing and training on safety precautions, their responsibilities for the safety of themselves and others. Awareness programmes shall be conducted for the workforce on spread and containment of COVID 19, and on good health and hygienic practices and for workers who return home, and the precautionary measures they should be taking. 218. It is mandatory that the Contractor shall comply with requirements for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO) convention No. 62, Safety and Health Regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka and IFC EHS Guidelines on Occupational Health and Safety to the extent that applies to the contract. Other than that, the

80

contractor has to comply with regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladder, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means or entry and egress. 219. Use of licensed and trained plant and vehicle operators, provision of protective footwear, helmets, goggles, eye-shields, face masks, ear plugged and clothes to workers depending on their duty (mixing asphalt, blasting, handling equipment) are the major steps that can be taken to reduce accidental risk. Provision of high visibility jackets to the workers when construction activities are taking place at night with necessary lighting arrangement, allocation of flagmen during the daytime and provision of two red lamps at night are also necessary. Provision of first aid facilities and emergency transport facilities to the construction sites and labour camps is also an important responsibility of the contractor. 220. Excavated areas for construction shall be barricaded using barricading tapes and signboards. Quarry operations, roadway excavations and blasting shall be carried out and supervised by trained personnel. 221. Arranging regular safety checks for vehicles and equipment’s, allocation of responsibility to the relevant personnel, prohibition of alcoholic drinks and other substances which may impair the judgment of workers engaged in construction activities, installation of warning signs, speed limits and signals to particular locations of the road. 222. Group accidental insurance shall be considered for the workers. In addition, conducting regular safety awareness toolbox meetings at least once in two weeks is needed.

D. Impacts during Operational Phase and Mitigation D1 Physical Impacts and Mitigation 1. Impacts on Water Resources and Hydrology 223. Improvements to the road drainage will result in improved storm water flows and reduce the tendency of blockages to occur in roadside drains. Risks to the public health caused by such stagnant water bodies by acting as disease vector breeding places will be reduced. 224. Main river channel drainage crossings and outlets (Attanagalu Oya/Stream and Maha Oya/Stream in A003 Road) should be studied in detail and special attention is required to flow paths connected to hydrologically and environmentally sensitive Negombo Lagoon. 225. Also, improper handling of chemicals used for maintenance works such as paints, asphalt, etc. will also degrade water bodies located nearby to the road. Proper handling of such chemicals under strict supervision will help to minimize the water pollution during the maintenance period. Mitigation of negative impacts 226. By designing the drains to withstand appropriate storm events will reduce the risk of an operational failure of the drainage system and regular maintenance will further reduce the chances of failure. 227. Replacing undersized cross drainage structures in candidate road sections (especially 0.6 m & 0.9 m diameter hume pipe culverts) with minimum allowable culvert sizes of 1.0 m x 1.2 m (Depth x Width) box sections and 1.2 diameter hume pipes (not recommended) will ensure better cross drainage flows and reduced siltation effect due to ease of regular maintenance. 228. Regular maintenance of all drainage related structures and monitoring especially prior to/in the aftermath of major storm events/monsoonal seasons by the RDA/Local authority will be required to ensure proper functioning of the drainage structures and to avoid blockage to the channels, culverts, roadside drains, tail/leadaway canals due to siltation, debris accumulation, nuisance vegetation growth, etc. 81

2. Pedestrian and Commuter safety 229. Rehabilitation of the roads will provide easy access to the area, however, will increase the number of vehicles and their speed due to the improved condition of roads. These conditions will raise the issues of road safety for both pedestrians as well as for vehicular traffic. It is essential that enforcement of the speed limits, traffic rules, and shall be incorporated to minimize road accidents and enhance the safety of the vehicles and road users. Also, Improper maintenance of the signage and road markings will lead to safety hazards. Mitigation of negative impacts 230. The following are proposed as mitigation measures: • Enforcement of speed limits, traffic rules and regulations and Installation of the warning signs, regulatory signs and information signs • Applying appropriate road safety measures with the help of 3-Es; i.e., Engineering, Enforcement, and Education. • Appropriately designated locations for bus stops, zebra crossings, vehicle parking and curbedfootpaths within urban areas, etc. to ensure the safety of both pedestrians and other road users including drivers. Maintenance of road furniture and markings is important during the operational period. • Designated locations for garbage collection, so as not to disturb pedestrians and vehicle movements. 3. Noise, Air and Water Pollution 231. During the operation period, the noise level will increase due to the increased movement of vehicles. It is a general habit that the motorists tend to drive faster when the road condition is good. However, this will cause higher noise levels. Movement of three-wheelers and motorcycles are relatively higher than other vehicles, and these two types of vehicles emit more noise than bigger vehicles. Higher levels of noise will be a disturbance to the household, especially for vulnerable persons such as babies, children, and elderly. Schools, religious places, and offices will also be disturbed by such high levels of noise and vibration. 232. Therefore, air pollution due to vehicle emissions cannot increase after the project. On the other hand, rehabilitation work such as alignment of roads, widening and re-surfacing will allow considerably higher speeds for vehicles with minimum accelerations and decelerations which in turn reduce the vehicular emissions and sound pollution compare to the current situation. Therefore, quality of air in the area will improve due to less dust and fugitive particles, which will cause positive impacts on human health in the area. Introducing green areas and corridors and tree plantation will also help to curtail both dust and noise as experienced by households living along the roadside. 233. The disposal of household waste and wastewater to roadside drains, oil, and grease from vehicles into water bodies may cause water pollution. Similarly, with the careless disposal of spoil and other construction material into water bodies during maintenance of road may also degrade the water quality. However, enforcement of strict control on wastewater disposal and proper collection of MSW will alleviate the problems associated with water pollution. Mitigation of negative impacts 234. The following are proposed as mitigation measures: • Community and road user awareness program will be organized to enhance public understanding on proper maintenance of roadside drains and importance of proper MSW and wastewater disposal.

82

• Maintenance of green corridors and their beneficial impact on air and noise pollution control • Speed limits shall be strictly enforced together with restriction in the use of horns shall be restricted near mosques, hospital, schools and densely populated settlements. D2 Ecological Impacts and Mitigation 235. Due to improvement of road condition vehicular movement of these roads could be increased and therefore increase of traffic flow at higher speeds is expected. There are some domestic animals frequently approaching the roads during the nights. This will result in the increasing number of animal accidents and disturb their natural movement.Since animal crossing were not recorded beside these road sections anticipated impact will not be significant.Also these roads are not located near any ecological sensitive sites, the movement of such fauna is recorded to be minimum. Thus, this impact is not significant. E. Positive Impacts of the Project E1 Socio-economic benefits 236. The following are proposed as mitigation measures: • The improvements to these roads would positively contribute to the local economy • Possible enhancement of time efficiency of transportation • The potential increase in property value • Significant reduction of vehicle maintenance cost

83

6 CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION (IMPACT AND MITIGATION) 237. Growth in vehicular traffic and energy use are considered as main contributors of increased Green House Gas (GHG) emissions which directly affect global warming. According to “International Energy Outlook 2016” (IEO2016) prepared by U.S. Energy Information Administration, the energy use in the transportation sector includes energy consumed in moving people and goods by road, rail, air, water, and pipeline. Transportation sector has accounted for 25% of total world delivered energy consumption in 2012. And it is forecasted that transportation energy use to increase by 1.4% per year from 2012 to 2040 in the IEO2016 Reference case. 238. The evaluation study by ADB’s Independent Evaluation Department (IED) in year 2010 (Evaluation Knowledge Brief, July 2010 – EKB) on reducing Carbon emission for transport projects has indicated the need of a shift in ADB’s investments on transport sector in to low Carbon growth across Asia and the Pacific regions. 239. Improving the surfaces (pavements) of existing B class roads in western Province may increase the traffic volume in these roads. However, changes in vehicle operation speeds with respect to present conditions will have an impact on emission levels of the gases emitted by such vehicles. Most common types of vehicles that would move on these roads are bicycles, motor cycles, three wheelers, cars, vans, buses and light commercial vehicles. Thus, emission of Carbon Dioxide (CO2) from motorized vehicles which is a GHG needs to be analyzed to evaluate the overall contribution of this investment program in terms of the change in CO2 emissions.

240. The EKB has developed a set of spreadsheet-based models to evaluate the CO2 impacts of rural roads, urban roads, bikeway projects, expressways, light rail and Metro Rail Transit (MRT) projects, Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) projects, and railways. These Transport Emissions Evaluation Models for projects (TEEMPs) consider passenger and freight travel activity, the shares of trips by different modes and vehicle types (structure), fuel CO2 efficiency (intensity), and fuel type, validated by more detailed emission factor models. The models directly estimate CO2 emissions for a business-as-usual case (a no-action alternative) vs. one or more alternative modal investment interventions (including improvement to road pavement) and calculate scenario differences. The models consider induced traffic demand generated by changes in the generalized time and money cost of travel by different modes, building on best practice analysis techniques. 241. The TEEMP model for Urban roads was used for the analysis with using default parameters for base fuel consumption, emission factor and upstream emission percentage. Occupancy-loading, average trip lengths of each type of vehicle, vehicle type growth and roughness factors (before and after improvements) were fed to the model based on the details of traffic and economic analysis for roads in western Province. A summary of these input parameters is presented in Table 6-1. Table 6-1: Input parameters for TEEMP model for roads in WP

Parameter Input value Occupancy/loading Two-wheeler 1.7 Three-wheeler 2.0 Passenger car 3.0 Light Commercial Vehicle 2.5 Ton Bus 30.0 Heavy Commercial Vehicle 7.5 Ton

84

Parameter Input value Bullock cart 0 Bicycle 1.0 Roughness Before improvement 8.0 m/km After improvement 3.0 m/km Lane configuration Before Single lane @ 3.5 m pavement After Single lane @ 3.5 m pavement

A. Model predicted CO2 emission levels 242. Three case scenarios were analyzed using the model based on the traffic analysis in Western Province which categorized the traffic levels as rural, urban and provincial. Model output includes CO2 emissions at Business as Usual (BAU) or without project; with project (i.e. with improvements) and with induced traffic; and with project and without induced traffic.

Table 6-2: CO2 emission for Project & induced traffic and Project without induced traffic with compared to BAU

Net Change in Emission of CO in Ton/km/year 2 Urban Project with induced traffic –1.9 Project without induced traffic – 5.3 243. As indicated in the model output and summarized in above table the proposed improvement to existing road pavements will bring a reduction in CO2 emission even with a growth of traffic. However, this analysis is based on the assumption that the roughness of improved road surface will be maintained during the project life. Therefore, it is important that the road maintenance program is maintained throughout the project span (i.e. during operational stage). The total length of roads to be improved in this project is around 38 km and based on the minimum (1.9 T/km/year) and maximum (5.3 T/km/year) net change in CO2 emissions or CO2 savings of the proposed investment program in WP will be between 80 and 250 Tons/year. B. Mitigation measures for floods 244. Climate change in a global perspective has brought about a change in rainfall pattern and especially the intensities of rainfall. Therefore, special attention shall be paid to road side drainage and cross drainage in designing of the improvements for these roads. Structures such as culverts and bridges with small spans will be constructed along with roadside drains (either earth or concrete based on the requirement) to facilitate the existing flow regime as well as future discharge volumes as predicted by drainage analysis during level one designs. All hydraulic structures constructed on these roads will be of reinforced concrete. All undersized culverts (especially 0.6 m and 0.9 m diameter Hume Pipe Culverts) should be replaced with cross drainage structures of adequate sizes.

85

7 INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM A. Institutional Arrangements 245. The Ministry of Highways is the Executing Agency (EA) for the project and the RDA is the Implementation Authority (IA) who has the responsibility of implementing the overall EMP. The Project Implementation Unit (PIU) has been established by the RDA. The PIU is responsible for overall contract administration and the supervision of the contractor regarding the implementation of environmental specifications and special environmental safeguard provisions included in the Contract Document. In practice, the detailed implementation of EMP will involve EA, IA, PIU, PIC, and Contractors. 246. The PIU is headed by a full time Project Director (PD) and supported by a team of engineers from the RDA. The PIU have a safeguards team with sufficient social and environment safeguards officers to cover the quantum and geographic distribution of works in all provinces under the investment program. The Project Implementation Consultants (PIC) will support the PIU for supervision of the design and construction works by the civil works contractor. The PIC team will include an environment specialist for conduction of regular monitoring of safeguards implementation on site. 247. Safeguard team of PIU, PIC and the contractor is primarily responsible for safeguards compliance of all activities carried out for rehabilitation and maintenance of the four candidate roads. Their specific roles and responsibilities of each party are given in chapter VI of the EARF. B. Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring B1 Environment Management Plan (EMP) 248. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) was developed to avoid/ minimize the adverse impacts to the physical, biological and social environments during pre-construction, construction and operational stages of the project. EMP, prepared as a matrix, is attached as Appendix 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3. This was developed based on best practices for environmental management. The EMP includes the potential impact as a result of project activities, proposed mitigation measures, the responsible party to implement and supervise those impacts and the feasible cost measures to be taken to reduce the potentially significant adverse impacts in an acceptable level. 249. This EMP covers all impacts and mitigation measures identified within the project. However, contractor will be responsible for preparation of Site-Specific Environmental Management Action Plan (SSEMAP) based on the EMP given in this IEE. SSEMAP is supposed to include site specific impacts related to site specific construction activities and relevant mitigation measures proposed to the particular locations in order to minimize relevant impacts. SSEMAP will be supported by site plans in which proposed mitigation measures are presented. Separate SSEMAPs will be prepared for each contract. All costs for implementing the mitigation measures must be included in the Bill of Quantities (BOQ) by the contractor as implementation of the SSEMAP will be the responsibility of the contractor and the PIU will oversee the effectiveness of the implementation with the assistance of the PIC. In addition, in compliance with the EARF, ESDD is also responsible for monitoring of implementation of the SSEMAP bi annually. ESDD also assists PIU in meeting safeguards compliance and will conduct training sessions to the safeguards staff of the contractor on safeguards considerations of iRoad 2. 250. Contractors who implement iRoad 2 Western Province package 01 will be responsible to keep the road in operational condition for a period of 5 years after rehabilitation. Therefore, the EMP has been modified accordingly paying more attention on the environmental impacts and mitigation measures during the operational stage together with rehabilitation stage. The EMPs prepared for the four roads are attached in Appendix 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3.

86

251. Monitoring of EMP implementation will be carried out during the preconstruction, operation and maintenance stages of the project. As specified in the EARF (chapter VII), Environmental Monitoring Checklist (EMC) shall be prepared by the PIC based on the EMP for each of these stages. The EMC monitors the degree of compliance of the mitigation measures proposed in the EMP in all three stages. At least one EMC shall be completed during pre-construction, bi-annually during operation and maintenance period. Records of these completed monitoring checklists must be systematically maintained within the PIC and/or PIU office. Based on these records and site visits, monitoring reports will be prepared during the construction and operation stage on an annual basis and submitted to ADB for disclosure on the ADB website. B2 Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) 252. There will be an Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMOP) based on the project cycle to monitor EMP implementation by measuring environmental parameters. Environmental monitoring is required to make sure that the anticipated adverse impacts are kept minimal with the implementation of mitigation measures as and when required. The monitoring objectives are therefore focused on the mitigation of likely impacts. Also, compliance with the existing regulations and legislation is also guaranteed. 253. During the pre-construction phase baseline data on air, water quality and noise levels will need to be collected. This data will provide baseline information on the existing conditions which could be used to compare the changes in quality levels during construction and operational phases. Such a comparison will reflect how effective the EMP is and help to revise it to rectify any shortcomings that will cause any adverse impacts. Appendix 9 presents the EMOP prepared for the four Roads. Based on the EMOP, the contract will be required to prepare contract package specific EMOPs. 254. Furthermore, the contractor will also be responsible for updating/modifying the EMP, EMC and EMOP if there are any significant changes in the project site, activities, conditions, engineering design or if any unpredicted impact will arise with the approval of PIC. 255. The EMoP (Appendix 9.1) includes information on: • Parameters to be monitored • Proposed locations of sampling points • Frequency of monitoring • Responsible agency / agencies • Facilities available with such agencies • Availability of funds, expertise, and facilities 256. The EMoP will be a useful tool to monitor the implementation of mitigation measures included to the EMP. Monitoring of the quality of water, air, and noise during the construction stage is a responsibility of the contractor by the approved Government Agency. All the monitoring activities such as site supervision, removal of trees, material extraction, verification of permits, etc. by the contractor will be supervised by the PICs. The environmental monitoring report will be submitted to the PIU, which will include the results of environmental monitoring into its environmental report that will be reported to the PD of the iRoad 2 Project.

C. Grievance Redress Mechanism 257. A project-specific grievance redress mechanism will be established to receive, evaluate and facilitate the resolution of affected persons (AP) concerns, complaints and grievances about the social and environmental impacts at all levels of the project. The GRM will aim to provide a time-bound and transparent mechanism to voice and resolve social and

87

environmental concerns linked to the project. Expected issues from these sub-projects (4 Roads) are mostly from the construction activities which can be amicably settled by both parties. In the case of grievances that are immediate and urgent in the perception of the complainant, the contractor and supervision personnel from the PIC on site will provide the most easily accessible contact for quick resolution of such grievances. Contact phone numbers and names of the PIU Social Development/Safeguards and contractor’s site engineer will be posted at all construction sites in visible locations. 258. Grievances from the affected people on social and environmental issues during project implementation will be addressed mainly through the existing local administrative system. Depending on the nature and significance of the grievances or complaints, grievances will be addressed at three levels. The first will be at the grassroots level where complaints will be directly received and addressed by the contractor, PIC or PIU representative on site. Grievances which are simple but still cannot be addressed at the grassroots level will be addressed at the Grama Niladhari (GN) level. More complex grievances which cannot be addressed at the GN level will be addressed at the Divisional Secretariat (DS) level. There will be a Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) at the GN and DS levels. 259. At the GN level the GRC members will be: i. The Grama Niladari of the area Chairman ii. A representative of PIU Secretary iii. A representative of Supervision Consultant Member iv. A representative of Contractor Member v. A community member/religious leader Member vi. A woman representative from the local community Member 260. At the DS Level GRC members will be: i. The Divisional Secretary of the area Chairman ii. A representative of PMU Secretary Member iii. The Grama Niladari Member iv. A representative of Supervision Consultant Member v. A representative of Contractor Member vi. A representative of a social organization a. (NGO/CBO) of the area Member vii. A community member/religious leader Member viii. A woman representative from the local community Member 261. To make the GRM process gender responsive the GRC will include one-woman member to represent the local community women. Further, when grievances or complaints are submitted to the GRC, both women and men complainants will be treated equally, and necessary measures will be taken to address the grievance in the best way possible. 262. Recommended steps with a timeline on the operation of the GRM are provided in Figure 7.1. Adjustments may be made to the GRM during processing of succeeding tranches if necessary and accordingly described in the respective IEE. In addition, a complaint contact person will be designated within the PIU to help address all concerns and grievances of the local communities and affected parties. Contact details of this person will be provided in the project information display board that will be placed at the project site.

88

Figure 7-1: Summary of GRM procedures (Source: EARF: SRI: Integrated Road Investment Program submitted by the RDA to the ADB, May 2014)

89

8 PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE A. Public Consultation 263. Public consultations were carried out covering all 7 DSDs falling under the road influenced areas for Package 1. The methods used for public consultations includes one on one interviews with above 50 road users and 7 Focus Group Discussions (FGDs). The main aim of these consultations was to obtain the perception of the community about the project (4 candidate roads), any environmental and social problems prevailing in the project area. It shall be noted that during these interviews equal focus was paid to male and female members. B. Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) 264. The following descriptions are the summary reports for the Focus Group Discussions conducted during the field visits. Table 8-1: Summary of the FGDs Venue, dates and participants

Participants Package DS Division Date Total Male Female Homagama 20.07.2020 6 2 8

Dehiwala 22.07.2020 10 9 19

Rathmalana 22.07.2020 7 4 11

1 Katana 28.07.2020 5 6 11

Negombo 28.07.2020 9 3 12

Kelaniya 28.07.2020 3 - 3

Kaduwela 29.07.2020 6 5 11

265. The issues emerged from FGDs held in each road studied under the Package 1 are mentioned below as summaries. Most of the issues emerged from the FGDs held in each road were relevant to the entire packages as whole and therefore, summary relevant to the road packages is presented in this section. B1 Summary of the issue discussed 1. Present physical condition • There is roads edge damaged commonly (Specially B240,” Podi Athurugiriya junction” B389, and A003 several place) • There is no proper drainage system to drain out storm water. Same Gullies inlet level are higher than road level and not enough drainage width therefore road shoulder is filled with water. • It is difficult to use the road in rainy season, flooding at the several section of area (A003, Ambalanmulla to Mukalangamuwa, Irigaha junction) • Some culverts are very old, and the capacity is not enough. Some culverts are completely blocked. • Encroachment of the road reservation is a serious problem. • The carpet is cracked, and the surface is uneven, therefore, high possibility for accidents. • Road was damaged by the Water Board and SLT for laying of pipes and cable road surface was not properly compacted and repaired. Level difference can be observed along that trench. • Road surface is damaged, and carpet is not smooth.

90

2. Issues for road users both vehicle operators and pedestrians • Drains overflow and difficult to stay at the bus halt during the rainy season • Very difficult to walk on the pedestrian walkway due to vendor activities • Most of the pedestrian crossings in the several areas is exactly at the bus stop, so when bus is stopped it’s very difficult for pedestrians and not safe as well. (Kurana Shasha, Vijaya road, Galkanda junction, Maris Stella College) • Many accidents occur due to pedestrians walking on the carriage way as the shoulder is filled with water. • Streetlights are not available and the participant proposed to have a street lighting • Heavy Congestion issues at the morning peak towards Colombo. Specially at the Athurugiriya Junction. • Not enough bus halt huts and existing halts also damaged. • Public buses are stopping along the pedestrian walkway No Separated Bus stand 3. Present maintenance condition of the road • The Road Development Authority is involved in maintenance • RDA does not repair the road with proper methodology. • Drainage system maintenance is not satisfactory. Never cleaned. • There is no proper coordination among Water Board, SLT and CEB when installing/repairing their facilities/infrastructure, and therefore, frequent damages to the road surface are observed, and these damages are not timely attended. • Canal connected to Underground drainage system but not is constructed without water capacity analysis and also no proper maintenance (Dehiwela BOC and in -front of the Filling station) • Most of the vendors and unnotarized buildings there but not removed 4. Suggestions for the improvement project • The participants highlighted the need a cover slabs for the whole drainage system and keep it as a pedestrian walkway • It's better to create a communication link with the contractor and DS office during the construction period. • Requested for a pedestrian overpass. Specially to the Maliban junction • Road Damaging due to SLT and Water Board Activities and better to inform them in advance to do their work prior to the construction commencement. • The participants highlighted the raised pedestrian walkway with a security fence. • They are proposed to construct drains along the road in both side and fill the soft shoulder to that level so that pedestrians can move safely. • Streetlights are not available, and the participant proposed to have a street lighting • The participants highlighted road Signs are not visible. 5. Possible impact during construction and post construction phases: • Promote the construction at night time to have a smooth traffic flow at day time • Construction activities should be completed within the period stipulated in the contact agreements. • Consider special attention to prevent water stagnating as the area is marked as a red zone for dengue. • Complete the constructions ASAP and follow the safety guidelines • Do not let the contractor to keep the construction materials on the road • There must be a good traffic management plan during the construction period • Hazard lights and belts should be used to indicate the construction area

91

• It was proposed to inform the residents in the area in advance to commencement of construction so that they can schedule their activities and special events. • During the construction the contractor should make sure that the temporary access system is provided for the residents in the area.

Figure 8-1: Photographs taken during the Focus Group Discussions C. Disclosure of information 266. According to the requirements of the ADB SPS, for Environment Category B project roads the respective draft IEE will be disclosed before the Management Review Meeting (MRM) or equivalent meeting or approval of the respective project if there is no MRM. Signboards with project information including details on nature of construction works, road length, construction period, the name of the contractor, contract sum and contact information for reporting complaints or grievances will be posted in three languages (Sinhala, Tamil, and English). In addition, an information flyer could be distributed among residents who live along the route providing information on how they could assist the project. For the national iRoad 2 Western Province roads, there will be sign boards on the period of works and contact information for reporting complaints or grievances in three languages. 267. During project implementation, annual environmental monitoring reports will be prepared for the entire iRoad 2 Western Province package of iRoad 2 and submitted to ADB for disclosure on the ADB website.

92

9 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS A. Findings and Recommendations 268. The proposed road rehabilitation and construction activities of the four roads under package 1 of iRoad 2 in western province shall be carried out within the existing ROW and road reservation boundary lines to avoid any land acquisition and/or resettlement of households. Anticipated positive socio-economic impacts of the project include reduction of transport costs and vehicle operation cost due to better road conditions and reduced travel time, an increase in income-generating activities and enhancement of road safety. With proper implementation of the EMP and the EMoP, environmental benefits include less noise and air emissions due to improved road condition, reduced soil erosion and improved water quality due to better drainage facilities, etc. Facilitating better drainage (cross drainage and along the road) and raising the road surface to levels above frequent flood levels would ensure continuous, uninterrupted road use. Proper drainage will alleviate problems of flood inundation of road surfaces thereby avoiding damage to the roads, thus ensuring the continued structural strength of the road and other structures. 269. Negative environmental impacts are mostly restricted to the construction stage. Extraction of construction materials, transportation, and storage of material and disposal of debris needs careful planning and to follow good practices to avoid environmental impacts. Deterioration of water quality in nearby drains is possible due to washing away of material, especially soil and gravel, with surface runoff and wastewater discharges. Nuisance caused by way of high levels of dust and particulate matter in the air due to material extraction, transportation and storage, and construction activities is another negative environmental impact. Also, fumes and smoke from vehicles and machinery are identified as negative impacts. Noise and vibration can be expected from vehicular movements and construction activities which needs mitigation. Temporary blockage or alteration of surface runoff is the other anticipated impacts during the construction of bridges, culverts, and causeways. Realignment of services such as electricity, telecommunication, and water lines would cause inconveniences to the residents. 270. The fauna and flora observed are common species that are found in urban and suburban areas. Only a few endemic and threatened species were recorded at the project site. None of the recorded endemic species are restricted to the project area. Therefore, the project will not have major adverse impacts on the habitats or fauna and flora in the proposed project areas. 271. Establishing baseline environmental parameters is necessary to implement the Environmental Monitoring Plan. Monitoring of baseline water quality, air and noise/vibration levels is recommended to carry out at sampling locations as outlined in the Environmental Monitoring Plan during the pre-construction stage. Establishment of baseline parameters is essential to monitor changes in the quality of water, air, and noise during the construction and operation periods. Repeated sampling during the construction and operational periods shall be done at the same locations which were used to establish baseline parameters. Thus, changes can be easily compared to assess and evaluate the effectiveness of the mitigation strategies as outlined in the Environmental Management Plan. 272. A long-term maintenance program is essential for sustaining road in good condition. Thus, periodic inspection, assessments, and proper maintenances strategies shall be implemented during operation stage. It is recommended that detailed design team shall be properly coordinated with future schedules regarding infrastructure development of line agencies to minimize structural damages to the road. H. Conclusions 273. The proposed activities involve rehabilitation of four existing roads and other road-side- structures. The proposed project will not cause significant negative impacts on the existing socio-economic environment in the area (project-affected area and its immediate vicinity). The 93

potential environmental impacts that have been identified during the study are temporary, manageable and will occur only during pre-construction and construction stage of the project. The proposed road rehabilitation and construction activities shall be carried out within the existing RoW and road reservation boundary lines. There is no need for land acquisition or resettlement of persons. Therefore, the proposed rehabilitation work activities of the four roads are environmentally acceptable. 274. According to the analysis of existing baseline data and prediction of impacts, the proposed road rehabilitation, and construction activities fall under Environmental Category B based on the ADB Guidelines. Thus, a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the project is not required. Concerning the National Environmental Act, No.47 of 1980, Amendment, No.56 of 1988, and subsequent amendments, the project does not fall under the Prescribed Project Category, and therefore may not need an EIA or an IEE to be carried out. However, it is advisable to seek the advice of the Central Environmental Authority and confirm this and obtain any guidelines that must be adhered

94

10 ANNEXES

Annex 1.1-William junction to Maliban junction (A 002 Rd)

95

Annex 1.2- Dandugama to Kochchikage Bridge (A 003 Rd)

96

Annex 1.3- Peliyagoda Roundabout – Nawaloka Roundabout (A 003)

97

Annex 1.4- Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (B 389)

98

Annex 1.5- Kotte- Bope Road ( B 240)

99

Annex 2- Proposed Cross Sections of the rehabilitated roads

A 002 (4 lane road section)

A 003 (4 lane road section (19+000 to 32+400km))

100

A 003 (4 lane road section (0+000 to 0+600km))

A 003 (2 lane road section (32+400km to 37+600km))

101

B 389 (2 lane road section)

B 240(2 lane road section)

102

Annex 3-Locations where Surface Water and Ground Water Samples were Collected

SW 4,5,6 – Locations where Surface Water Samples were Collected

103

SW 1,2,3 – Locations where Surface Water Samples were Collected GW 1,2,3 – Locations where Groundwater Samples were Collected

104

Annex 4-Locations where Noise Level Details were Collected

Locations where Noise Levels were Measured – A002 Road

105

Locations where Noise Levels were Measured – A003 Road (From Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout )

106

Locations where Noise Levels were Measured – A003 Road (From Dandugama to Kochchikade )

107

Locations where Noise Levels were Measured – B389 Road

108

Locations where Noise Levels were Measured – B240 Road

109

HIGHWAYS Page 1 of 8

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES), for endorsement by Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Country/Project Title: Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)-additional roads in WP (package 1)

Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction - 5.03km Sub Project:

Sector Division: Highways

Project Location:

Biogeographically, the proposed road section located within the low country wet zone region and agroecological zone of low country WL3. Floristically this area falls within Northern Wet Lowlands Floristic Zone.

Floristic Region 2: Northern Wet Lowlands Agro-ecological Zone: Low country WL3 This road section of (A002), which is 5.03 km in length, connects Williom Junction (6°51'49.51"N 79°51'48.70"E) and Maliban junction (6°49'10.35"N 79°52'24.90"E) on A002 road ( Colombo–Galle– Hambantota–Wellawaya road) which is a main link in the National Road Network in Sri Lanka.This particular section of the road runs through Kawdana West, Watarappala, Wathumulla, Piriwena, and Attidiya South Grama Niladhari Divisions (GNDs) in Rathmalana Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division, Galwala, Dehiwala East, Jayathilaka, Karagampitiya GNDs in Dehiwala DS Division located in the Colombo District in Western Province of Sri Lanka.

Province District DSD

Rathmalana DS Western Province Colombo

Dehiwala DS HIGHWAYS Page 2 of 8

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

▪ Cultural heritage site X

▪ Protected Area X

▪ Wetland X

▪ Mangrove X

▪ Estuarine X

▪ Buffer zone of protected area X

▪ Special area for protecting biodiversity X

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause… ▪ Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road X embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

▪ Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. X sensitive or protected areas)?

▪ Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in X increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

▪ Deterioration of surface water quality due There may be possibilities of deterioration of to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from surface water quality due to silt runoff and  worker-based camps and chemicals used sanitary wastes from worker–based camps in construction? and asphalt used in construction.

▪ Increased local air pollution due to rock Activities such as cutting, and filling will not crushing, cutting and filling works, and be carried out under the RMC package. chemicals from asphalt processing? Therefore, impacts due to above activities are not expected. However, temporary impacts due to fugitive emissions will be possible at asphalt plants and these impacts are restricted to such plant sites. Pollutants such as dust, crushed particles of rocks, and  fumes etc. will be released to the atmosphere during construction phase. Erection of dust barriers, watering the surfaces which can emit dust, using exact amount of chemicals for bitumen processing and most importantly siting the asphalt plants well away from protected areas and sensitive sites such as settlement areas, temples and HIGHWAYS Page 3 of 8

schools will mitigate the impacts from asphalt plants.

▪ Risks and vulnerabilities related to Construction activities could create occupational health and safety due to accidental damage and risks to workers. physical, chemical, biological, and Exposure to asphalt may create health radiological hazards during project hazards. construction and operation during project It is proposed to prepare a separate health construction and operation?  and safety plan to be implemented during road maintenance period and a regular monitoring schedule to be proposed under close supervision and coordination of a professional Occupational Health & Safety Officer of the Project Implementation Consultant.

▪ Noise and vibration due to blasting and No any blasting activities are involved along other civil works? the proposed road. It is proposed that the project activities of the candidate road will be mainly to restricted to overlay and maintain to given standards.  Therefore, noise and vibration will not be a major issue during construction stage. Aggregates, if needed for construction, can be obtained from approved quarries. Noise and vibration will be restricted to such sites.

▪ Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of x people?

▪ Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples x or other vulnerable groups?

▪ Other social concerns relating to During the construction period, emission of inconveniences in living conditions in the dust and other air-borne pollutants from the project areas that may trigger cases of construction related activities will have minor  upper respiratory problems and stress? impacts on the community and their living conditions. Such impacts can be mitigated following good construction practices.

▪ Hazardous driving conditions where Transportation of material (asphalt, gravel, construction interferes with pre-existing etc.) and movement of construction roads? machinery and vehicles to site areas through pre-existing roads will create congestion and also pose hazards to other road users, including pedestrians. x Strict instructions and proper awareness will be given to all the construction staff including drivers in order to minimize hazardous driving conditions along pre-existing roads. Contractors are advised to use alternative roads as much as possible to avoid roads which are heavily used by the public.

▪ Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal Poor sanitation conditions and improper in construction camps and work sites,  waste disposal are possible if proper facilities and possible transmission of are not provided at labour camps. HIGHWAYS Page 4 of 8

communicable diseases (such as STI's Local labour should be used to the extent and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local possible. Proper instructions should be given populations? to the workers on sanitation and proper disposal of waste (wastewater and solid waste including construction waste) and communicable diseases. Site specific environmental management action plan will be prepared and labour camps will be regularly supervised by a Public Health Inspector in order to mitigate such impacts in labor camps. Further, it will be ensured that labor camp, yards or any other site which emit solid waste or wastewater will not be located within or adjacent to sensitive areas.

▪ Creation of temporary breeding habitats Labour camps, garbage disposal sites, for diseases such as those transmitted by borrow pits and material storage yards mosquitoes and rodents? provide favorable breeding habitats for  vectors such as mosquitoes, flies, rats and other parasites. Proper maintenance of such areas will prevent such breeding habitats.

▪ Accident risks associated with increased Overlaying of the pre-existing roadway and vehicular traffic, leading to accidental culvert construction sites, especially close to spills of toxic materials? public sensitive locations, and removal of utilities will increase the accidental risk due to barricading of roads, closure of one lane of the road, and restricting the pavement/shoulder space for pedestrian pathways. Appropriate sign boards will be used together with proper barricading and other safety arrangements at appropriate locations of the road during overlaying. Properly trained traffic stewards will be employed for traffic control. The public will be made aware  of the possible hazards in advance. The workers, who are engaged in maintenance activities, will be provided with personal protective equipment There is a possibility of toxic material spills at asphalt plants, and during bituminous material transport. Such toxic material will be properly stored with proper safety instructions provided for workers who are connected with asphalt material handling. Spills/leakages should be prevented and/or cleaned up appropriately for which strict instructions will be provided. First aid facilities and firefighting equipment will be provided at these sites.

▪ Increased noise and air pollution resulting Increased noise and air pollution is possible from traffic volume? during construction, due to increased traffic  volumes. Construction vehicles will be serviced and maintained appropriately to conform to Standards. Strict speed limits will HIGHWAYS Page 5 of 8

be adopted for all construction vehicles. Regular monitoring of noise levels and air quality is needed to review the effectiveness of mitigation measures. During operations there will be positive impacts due to more smooth and steady flow of traffic along the rehabilitated road, which will also keep the air emissions and noise levels below the maximum permissible levels.

▪ Increased risk of water pollution from oil, Recommendations of the EMP are aimed at grease and fuel spills, and other materials  mitigating water pollution due to construction from vehicles using the road? related activities.

▪ Social conflicts if workers from other If migrant labor is brought in from different regions or countries are hired? areas of the country there may be conflict situations among workers and settlers near  worker camps. Adhering to EMP recommendations during construction activities can avoid such conflicts.

▪ Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure x and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

▪ Risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, x fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

▪ Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or x where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning. HIGHWAYS Page 6 of 8

A Checklist for Preliminary Climate Risk Screening1

Country/Project Title: Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)- WP (package 1) Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction -5.03 km

Sector: Highways

Subsector: Highways Division/

Department: Environmental

Screening Questions Score Remarks1

Location Is siting and/or routing of the project (or its 0 and Design components) likely to be affected by climate of project conditions including extreme weather related events such as floods, droughts, storms, landslides? Would the project design (e.g. the clearance for 0 bridges) need to consider any hydro- meteorological parameters (e.g., sea-level, peak river flow, reliable water level, peak wind speed etc)? Materials Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 and conditions (e.g. prevailing humidity level, Maintenance temperature contrast between hot summer days and cold winter days, exposure to wind and humidity hydro-meteorological parameters likely affect the selection of project inputs over the life of project outputs (e.g. construction material)? Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 conditions, and related extreme events likely affect the maintenance (scheduling and cost) of project output(s)? Performance Would weather/climate conditions and related 0 of project extreme events likely affect the performance outputs (e.g. annual power production) of project output(s) (e.g. hydro-power generation facilities) throughout their design life time?

Options for answers and corresponding score are provided below: Response Score

Not Likely 0

1 1 If possible, provide details on the sensitivity of project components to climate conditions, such as how climate parameters are considered in design standards for infrastructure components, how changes in key climate parameters and sea level might affect the siting/routing of project, the selection of construction material and/or scheduling, performances and/or the maintenance cost/scheduling of project outputs. HIGHWAYS Page 7 of 8

Likely 0 Very Likely 0 Responses when added that provide a score of 0 will be considered low risk project. If adding all responses will result to a score of 1-4 and that no score of 2 was given to any single response, the project will be assigned a medium risk category. A total score of 5 or more (which include providing a score of 1 in all responses) or a 2 in any single response will be categorized as high-risk project.

Result of Initial Screening: Low Risk

Project Classification:

Proposed Environmental Classification: B

Remarks

A 002 Road (Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction) is 5.03 km in length. This road will be overlaid and maintained to the given standards during the project period under package 1 of iRoad 2 Project of the Road Development Authority (RDA). The scope of the project includes improvement of the road surface with asphalt concrete where necessary and maintaining the road to the given standards.

It is proposed to carry out surface treatment and maintenance work (overlaying of existing road surface) within the existing Right of Way (RoW) to minimize land acquisition and other impacts as well as reduce the cost. Hence, there will be no resettlement impacts. Very few encroachments of temporary structures within the existing ROW could be easily be replaced and moved back beyond the RoW since most of the roadside vendors have their residences behind the temporary structures. The interventions of the proposed project will not encroach into the protected sites or cause significant environmental issues as mentioned in the Section A of the checklist. The adverse environmental and social impacts from the improvements will mostly take place during the construction and are related to such work. However, the beneficial impacts clearly out lie the adverse impacts. The possible adverse impacts will be limited to the construction period and are manageable through implementation of a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP). Therefore, this project could be classified as a Category B project where an initial Environmental Examination will be sufficient with an EMP and EMoP.

REA Checklist Prepared By:

Environmental and Social Assessment Team Master Hellie's Engineering Consultants Ltd.

Date Prepared: July 15, 2020 HIGHWAYS Page 1 of 8

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES), for endorsement by Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)-additional roads in Country/Project Title: WP (package 1)

Sub Project: Rathmalana – Mirihana Road(B389)-2.2Km

Sector Division: Highways

Project Location:

Biogeographically, the proposed road section located within the low country wet zone and agroecological zone of low country WL3. Floristically this region falls within Northern Wet Lowlands Floristic Zone.

Floristic Region 2: Northern Wet Lowlands Agro-ecological Zone: low country WL3 This road section (B389), which is 2.2 km in length, connects Maliban Junction (6°49'10.35"N 79°52'24.90"E) on A002 ( Colombo-Galle–Hambantota–Wellawaya road) trunk road and Bakery junction (6°49'55.98"N 79°53'8.09"E) on B389 (Rathmalana–Mirihana) trunk road. The road runs through Kandawala, Aththidiya South, Aththidiya North Grama Niladhari Divisions (GNDs) in Rathmalana Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division located in the Colombo District in Western Province of Sri Lanka.

Province District DSD

Western Province Colombo Rathmalana DS HIGHWAYS Page 2 of 8

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

▪ Cultural heritage site x

▪ Protected Area X

Along this road located within Bolgoda/Weras Ganga Basin, Kandawala and Atthidiya sections with relatively low-lying, flat terrain are prone to intermittent inundation during monsoonal rain periods. Attidiya/ marshes are located within 500 m distance. These stretches pass through or lie adjacent to seasonal/ intermittent freshwater bodies and marshes, which includes floodplains of drainage flow channels and paddy fields. Impacts can be mitigated by following good construction practices: ▪ Wetland  − Avoiding rainy periods for construction. − Avoiding erecting temporary structures, stockpiling or tipping of materials, dumping of construction debris and waste in wetland areas and along surface runoff paths. − Preventing washout of soil, all debris and residual materials into low-lying areas Avoiding prolonged exposure of loose soil surfaces to wind and surface runoff

▪ Mangrove X

▪ Estuarine X

▪ Buffer zone of protected area X

▪ Special area for protecting biodiversity X

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause… ▪ Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road X embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

▪ Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. X sensitive or protected areas)?

▪ Alteration of surface water hydrology of x HIGHWAYS Page 3 of 8

waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

▪ Deterioration of surface water quality due There may be possibilities of deterioration of to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from surface water quality due to silt runoff and  worker-based camps and chemicals used sanitary wastes from worker–based camps in construction? and asphalt used in construction.

▪ Increased local air pollution due to rock Activities such as cutting and filling will not be crushing, cutting and filling works, and carried out under the RMC package. Therefore chemicals from asphalt processing? impacts due to above activities are not expected. However, temporary impacts due to fugitive emissions will be possible at asphalt plants and these impacts are restricted to such plant sites. Pollutants such as dust, crushed particles of rocks, and fumes etc. will be  released to the atmosphere during construction phase. Erection of dust barriers, watering the surfaces which can emit dust, using exact amount of chemicals for bitumen processing and most importantly siting the asphalt plants well away from protected areas and sensitive sites such as settlement areas, temples and schools will mitigate the impacts from asphalt plants.

▪ Risks and vulnerabilities related to Construction activities could create accidental occupational health and safety due to damage and risks to workers. Exposure to physical, chemical, biological, and asphalt may create health hazards. radiological hazards during project It is proposed to prepare a separate health construction and operation during project  and safety plan to be implemented during road construction and operation? maintenance period and a regular monitoring schedule to be proposed under close supervision and coordination of a professional Occupational Health & Safety Officer of the Project Implementation Consultant.

▪ Noise and vibration due to blasting and No any blasting activities are involved along other civil works? the proposed road. It is proposed that the project activities of the candidate road will be main to restricted to overlay and maintain to given standards.  Therefore, noise and vibration will not be a major issue during construction stage. Aggregates, if needed for construction, can be obtained from approved quarries. Noise and vibration will be restricted such sites.

▪ Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of x people?

▪ Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples x or other vulnerable groups?

▪ Other social concerns relating to During the construction period, emission of inconveniences in living conditions in the  dust and other air-borne pollutants from the project areas that may trigger cases of construction related activities will have minor HIGHWAYS Page 4 of 8

upper respiratory problems and stress? impacts on the community and their living conditions. Such impacts can be mitigated following good construction practices.

▪ Hazardous driving conditions where Transportation of material (asphalt, gravel, construction interferes with pre-existing etc.) and movement of construction machinery roads? and vehicles to site areas through pre-existing roads will create congestion and also pose hazards to other road users, including pedestrians. x Strict instructions and proper awareness will be given to all the construction staff including drivers in order to minimize hazardous driving conditions along pre-existing roads. Contractors are advised to use alternative roads as much as possible to avoid roads which are heavily used by the public.

▪ Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal Poor sanitation conditions will prevail and in construction camps and work sites, improper waste disposal is possible if proper and possible transmission of facilities are ot provided at labour camps. communicable diseases (such as STI's Local labour should be used to the extent and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local possible. Proper instructions should be given populations? to the workers on sanitation and proper disposal of waste (wastewater and solid waste including construction waste) and communicable diseases.  Site specific environmental management action plans will be prepared and labour camps will be regularly supervised by a Public Health Inspector in order to mitigate such impacts in labor camps. Further, it will be ensured that labor camp, yards or any other site which emit solid waste or wastewater will not be located within or adjacent to the sensitive areas.

▪ Creation of temporary breeding habitats Labour camps, garbage disposal sites, borrow for diseases such as those transmitted by pits and material storage yards provide mosquitoes and rodents? favorable breeding habitats for vectors such as  mosquitoes, flies, rats and other parasites. Proper maintenance of such areas will prevent such breeding habitats.

▪ Accident risks associated with increased Overlaying of the pre-existing roadway and vehicular traffic, leading to accidental culvert construction sites, especially close to spills of toxic materials? public sensitive locations, and removal of utilities will increase the accidental risk due to barricading of roads, closure of one lane of the road, and restricting the pavement/shoulder space for pedestrian pathways.  Appropriate sign boards will be used together with proper barricading and other safety arrangements at appropriate locations of the road during overlaying. Properly trained traffic stewards will be employed for traffic control. The public will be made aware of the possible hazards in advance. The workers, who are HIGHWAYS Page 5 of 8

engaged in maintenance activities, will be provided with personal protective equipment There is a possibility of toxic material spills at asphalt plants, and during bituminous material transport. Such toxic material will be properly stored with proper safety instructions provided for workers who are connected with asphalt material handling. Spills/leakages should be prevented and/or cleaned up appropriately for which strict instructions will be provided. First aid facilities and firefighting equipment will be provided at these sites.

▪ Increased noise and air pollution resulting Increased noise and air pollution is possible from traffic volume? during construction, due to increased traffic volumes. Construction vehicles will be serviced and maintained appropriately to conform to Standards. Strict speed limits will be adopted for all construction vehicles. Wetting of exposed areas and gravel roads will  prevent air-borne dust. Regular monitoring of noise levels and air quality is needed to review the effectiveness of mitigation measures. During operations there will be positive impacts due to more smooth and steady flow of traffic along the rehabilitated road, which will also keep the air emissions and noise levels below the maximum permissible levels.

▪ Increased risk of water pollution from oil, Recommendations of the EMP are aimed at grease and fuel spills, and other materials  mitigating water pollution due to construction from vehicles using the road? related activities.

▪ Social conflicts if workers from other If migrant labor is brought in from different regions or countries are hired? areas of the country there may be conflict situations among workers and settlers near  worker camps. Adhering to EMP recommendations during construction activities can avoid such conflicts.

▪ Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure x and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

▪ Risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, x fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

▪ Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible x to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project HIGHWAYS Page 6 of 8 construction, operation and decommissioning. HIGHWAYS Page 7 of 8

A Checklist for Preliminary Climate Risk Screening1

Country/Project Title: Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)- WP (package 1) Rathmalana – Mirihana Road(B389)-2.2Km

Sector: Highways

Subsector: Highways

Division/Department: Environmental

Screening Questions Score Remarks1

Location Is siting and/or routing of the project (or its 1 The following locations are and Design components) likely to be affected by climate prone to floods during heavy of project conditions including extreme weather related rainy periods in the areas of events such as floods, droughts, storms, Kandawala and Atthidiya. North- landslides? east end of the road is located within 500 m from Atthidiya – Boralesgamuwa marshlands. Would the project design (e.g. the clearance for 1 Project design may need to bridges) need to consider any hydro- consider locations which are meteorological parameters (e.g., sea-level, prone to floods (low-lying, peak river flow, reliable water level, peak wind inadequate cross drainage speed etc)? facility, etc.) and necessary mitigation measures need to be incorporated to the surface treatment/adjustment. Materials Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 and conditions (e.g. prevailing humidity level, Maintenance temperature contrast between hot summer days and cold winter days, exposure to wind and humidity hydro-meteorological parameters likely affect the selection of project inputs over the life of project outputs (e.g. construction material)? Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 conditions, and related extreme events likely affect the maintenance (scheduling and cost) of project output(s)? Performance Would weather/climate conditions and related 0 of project extreme events likely affect the performance outputs (e.g. annual power production) of project output(s) (e.g. hydro-power generation facilities) throughout their design life time?

1 1 If possible, provide details on the sensitivity of project components to climate conditions, such as how climate parameters are considered in design standards for infrastructure components, how changes in key climate parameters and sea level might affect the siting/routing of project, the selection of construction material and/or scheduling, performances and/or the maintenance cost/scheduling of project outputs. HIGHWAYS Page 8 of 8

Options for answers and corresponding score are provided below: Response Score

Not Likely 0 Likely 1 Very Likely 2 Responses when added that provide a score of 0 will be considered low risk project. If adding all responses will result to a score of 1-4 and that no score of 2 was given to any single response, the project will be assigned a medium risk category. A total score of 5 or more (which include providing a score of 1 in all responses) or a 2 in any single response will be categorized as high risk project.

Result of Initial Screening: Medium Risk

Project Classification:

Proposed Environmental Classification: B

Remarks

B389 Road (Rathmalana – Mirihana Road) which is 2.2 km in length, interconnects A002 trunk road and Bakery junction on B389. This road will be overlaid and maintained to the given standards during the project period under package 1 of iRoad 2 Project of the Road Development Authority (RDA). And the scope of the project includes improvement of the road surface with asphalt concrete where necessary and maintaining the road to the given standards.

It is proposed to carry out surface treatment and maintenance work (overlaying of existing road surface) within the existing Right of Way (RoW) to minimize land acquisition and other impacts as well as reduce the cost. Hence, there will be no resettlement impacts. Very few encroachments of temporary structures within the existing ROW could be easily replaced and moved back beyond the RoW since most of the roadside vendors have their residences behind the temporary structures. The interventions of the proposed project will not encroach into the protected sites or cause significant environmental issues as mentioned in the section A of the checklist. The adverse environmental and social impacts from the improvements will mostly take place during the construction and are related to such work. However, the beneficial impacts clearly out lies the adverse impacts. The possible adverse impacts will be limited to the construction period and are manageable through implementation of a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP). Therefore, this project could be classified as a Category B project where an initial Environmental Examination will be sufficient with an EMP and EMoP.

REA Checklist Prepared By:

Environmental and Social Assessment Team Master Hellie's Engineering Consultants Ltd.

Date Prepared: July 15, 2020 HIGHWAYS Page 1 of 8

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES), for endorsement by Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)-additional roads in WP Country/Project Title: (package 1)

Kotte Bope Road (B240) From Malabe junction to Godagama - 11Km Sub Project: – k

Sector Division: Highways

Project Location:

Biogeographically, the proposed road section located within the low country wet zone and agroecological zone of low country WL3. Floristically this region falls within Northern Wet Lowlands Floristic Zone.

Floristic Region 2: Northern Wet Lowlands Agro-ecological Zone: low country WL3 This road section (B240), which is 11 km in length, connects Malabe Junction (6°54'14.29"N 79°57'18.08"E) on B263 trunk road (Malabe-Kaduwela road) and Godagama (6°51'6.05"N 80° 1'57.78"E) on A004 trunk road (Colombo-Ratnapura-Wellawaya-Batticaloa road). The road runs through Malabe West, Hokandara North, Arangala, Hokandara East, Pore,Boralugoda, Thaldiyawala, Athurugiriya, Habarakada South Grama Niladhari Divisions (GNDs) in Kaduwela Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division, Habarakadwatta, Panagoda East, Panagoda Town, Panagoda West, Godagama North GNDs in Homagama DS Division located in the Colombo District in Western Province of Sri Lanka.

Province District DSD Kaduwela DS Western Province Colombo

Homagama DS HIGHWAYS Page 2 of 8

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

▪ Cultural heritage site X

▪ Protected Area X

The road section is located within Kelani River basin and the low-lying sections in Malambe, Hokandara, Athurugiriya, Habarakada and Panagoda areas along this road are intermittently flooded during monsoonal heavy rain periods. There are locations where the road stretch passes adjacent to seasonal/ intermittent freshwater bodies, which includes floodplains of drainage paths and paddy fields. ▪ Wetland  Impacts can be mitigated by following good construction practices: − Avoiding rainy periods for construction. − Avoiding erecting temporary structures, stockpiling or tipping of materials, dumping of construction debris and waste in wetland areas and along surface runoff paths. − Preventing washout of soil, all debris and residual materials into low-lying areas − Avoiding prolonged exposure of loose soil surfaces to wind and surface runoff

▪ Mangrove X

▪ Estuarine X

▪ Buffer zone of protected area X

▪ Special area for protecting biodiversity X

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause… ▪ Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road X embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

▪ Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. X sensitive or protected areas)?

▪ Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in X increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site? HIGHWAYS Page 3 of 8

▪ Deterioration of surface water quality due There may be possibilities of deterioration of to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from surface water quality due to silt runoff and  worker-based camps and chemicals used sanitary wastes from worker–based camps and in construction? asphalt used in construction.

▪ Increased local air pollution due to rock Activities such as cutting and filling will not be crushing, cutting and filling works, and carried out under the RMC package. Therefore chemicals from asphalt processing? impacts due to above activities are not expected. However, temporary impacts due to fugitive emissions will be possible at asphalt plants and these impacts are restricted to such plant sites. Pollutants such as dust, crushed particles of rocks, and fumes etc. will be released to the  atmosphere during construction phase. Erection of dust barriers, watering the surfaces which can emit dust, using exact amount of chemicals for bitumen processing and most importantly siting the asphalt plants well away from protected areas and sensitive sites such as settlement areas, temples and schools will mitigate the impacts from asphalt plants.

▪ Risks and vulnerabilities related to Construction activities could create accidental occupational health and safety due to damage and risks to workers. Exposure to physical, chemical, biological, and asphalt may create health hazards. radiological hazards during project It is proposed to prepare a separate health and construction and operation during project  safety plan to be implemented during road construction and operation? maintenance period and a regular monitoring schedule to be proposed under close supervision and coordination of a professional Occupational Health & Safety Officer of the Project Implementation Consultant.

▪ Noise and vibration due to blasting and No any blasting activities are involved along the other civil works? proposed road. It is proposed that the project activities of the candidate road will be main to restricted to overlay and maintain to given standards.  Therefore, noise and vibration will not be a major issue during construction stage. Aggregates, if needed for construction, can be obtained from approved quarries. Noise and vibration will be restricted such sites.

▪ Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of X people?

▪ Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples X or other vulnerable groups?

▪ Other social concerns relating to During the construction period, emission of dust inconveniences in living conditions in the and other air-borne pollutants from the project areas that may trigger cases of construction related activities will have minor  upper respiratory problems and stress? impacts on the community and their living conditions. Such impacts can be mitigated following good construction practices. HIGHWAYS Page 4 of 8

▪ Hazardous driving conditions where Transportation of material (asphalt, gravel, etc.) construction interferes with pre-existing and movement of construction machinery and roads? vehicles to site areas through pre-existing roads will create congestion and also pose hazards to other road users, including pedestrians. Strict instructions and proper awareness will be x given to all the construction staff including drivers in order to minimize hazardous driving conditions along pre-existing roads. Contractors are advised to use alternative roads as much as possible to avoid roads which are heavily used by the public.

▪ Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal Poor sanitation conditions will prevail and in construction camps and work sites, improper waste disposal is possible if proper and possible transmission of facilities are ot provided at labour camps. communicable diseases (such as STI's Local labour should be used to the extent and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local possible. Proper instructions should be given to populations? the workers on sanitation and proper disposal of waste (wastewater and solid waste including construction waste) and communicable  diseases. Site specific environmental management action plans will be prepared and labour camps will be regularly supervised by a Public Health Inspector in order to mitigate such impacts in labor camps. Further, it will be ensured that labor camp, yards or any other site which emit solid waste or wastewater will not be located within or adjacent to the sensitive areas.

▪ Creation of temporary breeding habitats Labour camps, garbage disposal sites, borrow for diseases such as those transmitted by pits and material storage yards provide favorable mosquitoes and rodents? breeding habitats for vectors such as  mosquitoes, flies, rats and other parasites. Proper maintenance of such areas will prevent such breeding habitats.

▪ Accident risks associated with increased Overlaying of the pre-existing roadway and vehicular traffic, leading to accidental culvert construction sites, especially close to spills of toxic materials? public sensitive locations, and removal of utilities will increase the accidental risk due to barricading of roads, closure of one lane of the road, and restricting the pavement/shoulder space for pedestrian pathways. Appropriate sign boards will be used together with proper barricading and other safety  arrangements at appropriate locations of the road during overlaying. Properly trained traffic stewards will be employed for traffic control. The public will be made aware of the possible hazards in advance. The workers, who are engaged in maintenance activities, will be provided with personal protective equipment There is a possibility of toxic material spills at asphalt plants, and during bituminous material transport. Such toxic material will be properly HIGHWAYS Page 5 of 8

stored with proper safety instructions provided for workers who are connected with asphalt material handling. Spills/leakages should be prevented and/or cleaned up appropriately for which strict instructions will be provided. First aid facilities and firefighting equipment will be provided at these sites.

▪ Increased noise and air pollution resulting Increased noise and air pollution is possible from traffic volume? during construction, due to increased traffic volumes. Construction vehicles will be serviced and maintained appropriately to conform to Standards. Strict speed limits will be adopted for all construction vehicles. Wetting of exposed areas and gravel roads will prevent air-borne  dust. Regular monitoring of noise levels and air quality is needed to review the effectiveness of mitigation measures. During operations there will be positive impacts due to more smooth and steady flow of traffic along the rehabilitated road, which will also keep the air emissions and noise levels below the maximum permissible levels.

▪ Increased risk of water pollution from oil, Recommendations of the EMP are aimed at grease and fuel spills, and other materials  mitigating water pollution due to construction from vehicles using the road? related activities.

▪ Social conflicts if workers from other If migrant labor is brought in from different areas regions or countries are hired? of the country there may be conflict situations  among workers and settlers near worker camps. Adhering to EMP recommendations during construction activities can avoid such conflicts.

▪ Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure x and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

▪ Risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, x fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

▪ Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or x where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning. HIGHWAYS Page 6 of 8

A Checklist for Preliminary Climate Risk Screening1

Country/Project Title: Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)- WP (package 1) Rehabilitation and Improvement of Kotte Bope Road (B240) From Malabe to Athurugiriya-11Km

Sector: Highways

Subsector: Highways

Division/Department: Environmental

Screening Questions Score Remarks1

Location Is siting and/or routing of the project (or its 1 The following locations are and Design components) likely to be affected by climate prone to floods during heavy of project conditions including extreme weather related rainy periods in the areas of low- events such as floods, droughts, storms, lying sections in Malambe, landslides? Hokandara, Athurugiriya, Habarakada and Panagoda. Would the project design (e.g. the clearance for 1 Project design may need to bridges) need to consider any hydro- consider locations which are meteorological parameters (e.g., sea-level, prone to floods and necessary peak river flow, reliable water level, peak wind mitigation measures need to be speed etc)? incorporated to the surface treatment. It is noted that area is highly sensitive in relation to drainage and flood retention aspects and should be studied carefully. Materials Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 and conditions (e.g. prevailing humidity level, Maintenance temperature contrast between hot summer days and cold winter days, exposure to wind and humidity hydro-meteorological parameters likely affect the selection of project inputs over the life of project outputs (e.g. construction material)? Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 conditions, and related extreme events likely affect the maintenance (scheduling and cost) of project output(s)? Performance Would weather/climate conditions and related 0 of project extreme events likely affect the performance outputs (e.g. annual power production) of project output(s) (e.g. hydro-power generation facilities) throughout their design life time?

1 1 If possible, provide details on the sensitivity of project components to climate conditions, such as how climate parameters are considered in design standards for infrastructure components, how changes in key climate parameters and sea level might affect the siting/routing of project, the selection of construction material and/or scheduling, performances and/or the maintenance cost/scheduling of project outputs. HIGHWAYS Page 7 of 8

Options for answers and corresponding score are provided below: Response Score

Not Likely 0 Likely 1 Very Likely 2 Responses when added that provide a score of 0 will be considered low risk project. If adding all responses will result to a score of 1-4 and that no score of 2 was given to any single response, the project will be assigned a medium risk category. A total score of 5 or more (which include providing a score of 1 in all responses) or a 2 in any single response will be categorized as high-risk project.

Result of Initial Screening: Medium Risk

Project Classification:

Proposed Environmental Classification: B

Remarks

B240 Road (Kotte – Bope Road) from Malabe junction to Godagama which is 11 km in length, interconnects A004 (Colombo-Ratnapura-Wellawaya-Batticaloa road) and B263 (Malabe-Kaduwela road) trunk roads. This road will be overlaid and maintained to the given standards during the project period under Road Management Contract (RMC) package of iRoad Project of the Road Development Authority (RDA). And the scope of the project includes improvement of the road surface with asphalt concrete where necessary and maintaining the road to the given standards.

It is proposed to carry out surface treatment and maintenance work (overlaying of existing road surface) within the existing Right of Way (RoW) to minimize land acquisition and other impacts as well as reduce the cost. Hence, there will be no resettlement impacts. Very few encroachments of temporary structures within the existing ROW could be easily replaced and moved back beyond the RoW since most of the roadside vendors have their residences behind the temporary structures. The interventions of the proposed project will not encroach into the protected sites or cause significant environmental issues as mentioned in the section A of the checklist. The adverse environmental and social impacts from the improvements will mostly take place during the construction and are related to such work. However, the beneficial impacts clearly out lies the adverse impacts. The possible adverse impacts will be limited to the construction period and are manageable through implementation of a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP). Therefore, this project could be classified as a Category B project where an initial Environmental Examination will be sufficient with an EMP and EMoP.

REA Checklist Prepared By:

Environmental and Social Assessment Team Master Hellie's Engineering Consultants Ltd.

Date Prepared: July 15, 2020 HIGHWAYS Page 1 of 8

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES), for endorsement by Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)-additional roads in WP Country/Project Title: (package 1)

Peliyagoda Puttalam Road (A003) from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Sub Project: – Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge - 19.2 Km

Sector Division: Highways

Project Location:

Biogeographically, the proposed road section located within the low country wet zone and agroecological zone of low country WL3. Floristically this region falls within Northern Wet Lowlands Floristic Zone.

Floristic Region 2: Northern Wet Lowlands Agro-ecological Zone: low country WL3

The two road sections of A003 road (Peliyagoda–Puttalam Road) which is 19.2 km in total length, have two sections, the first section connects Peliyagoda Roundabout (6°57'24.14"N 79°52'57.92"E) on A003 trunk road and Nawaloka Roundabout (6°57'38.34"N 79°52'51.43"E) on A003 trunk road . The second section connects Dandugama (7° 6'35.96"N 79°52'57.75"E) on A003 trunk road and Kochchikade Bridge (7°16'13.00"N 79°51'49.32"E) on A003 trunk road. The road runs through Manaveriya, Welihena North, Kurana, Katunayaka, Central, Kurana, Katunayake North, Kurana, Katunayaka South, Katunayaka North, Katunayaka South, Liyanagemulla North, Liyanagemulla South, Mookalangamuwa West, Bandarawa West, Dambaduraya, Alawathupitiya, Udammita South Grama Niladhari Divisions(GNDs) in Katana Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division, Kochchikade, DaluwakotuwaEast, Kattuwa, DalupothaEast, Dalupotha, Hunupitiya, Periyamulla, Angurukaramulla, Udayarthoppuwa, Balawalana, Kuruna West, Kuruna East Grama Niladhari Divisions (GNDs) in Negombo Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division, Peliyagoda Gangabada East Grama Niladhari Division (GND) in kelaniya Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division located in the Colombo District in Western Province of Sri Lanka. HIGHWAYS Page 2 of 8

Province District DSD

Kelaniya DS Western Province Colombo Katana DS Negombo DS

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks

A. Project Siting Is the project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

▪ Cultural heritage site x

▪ Protected Area x

The first section (CH0+000~CH0+600) runs parallel to the Kelani River main channel at a distance of 150 m ~ 200 m, and located in the close proximity to the low-lying areas in the river floodplain (Not declared wetlands or marshes). The surrounding areas in the downstream are prone to yearly/bi-yearly floods during heavy monsoonal rainy periods. The latter part extends from Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge and this road section intercepts two river basins and associated floodplains, Attanagalu Oya/Stream and Maha Oya basins. Further, the road section approximately 13.8 km in length from Seeduwa/Dandugama to Negombo Railway Junction is located in the extreme upstream land ▪ Wetland  strip of Negombo Lagoon. This requires ensuring strict measures to curtail any possible impacts to the lagoon waters. Impacts can be mitigated by following good construction practices: − Avoiding rainy periods for construction. − Avoiding erecting temporary structures, stockpiling or tipping of materials, dumping of construction debris and waste in wetland areas and along surface runoff paths. − No blockage to Attanagalu Oya outlet and other flood paths connected to the lagoon. − Preventing washout of soil, all debris and residual materials into low-lying areas − Avoiding prolonged exposure of loose soil surfaces to wind and surface runoff

▪ Mangrove x HIGHWAYS Page 3 of 8

The road section starts with Dandugam ▪ Estuarine  Oya/Attanagalu Oya (Stream) outlet to Negombo Lagoon

▪ Buffer zone of protected area x

▪ Special area for protecting biodiversity x

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause… ▪ Encroachment on historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road x embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

▪ Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. x sensitive or protected areas)?

▪ Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in x increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

▪ Deterioration of surface water quality due There may be possibilities of deterioration of to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from surface water quality due to silt runoff and  worker-based camps and chemicals used sanitary wastes from worker–based camps and in construction? asphalt used in construction.

▪ Increased local air pollution due to rock Activities such as cutting and filling will not be crushing, cutting and filling works, and carried out under the RMC package. Therefore, chemicals from asphalt processing? impacts due to above activities are not expected. However, temporary impacts due to fugitive emissions will be possible at asphalt plants and these impacts are restricted to such plant sites. Pollutants such as dust, crushed particles of rocks, and fumes etc. will be released to the  atmosphere during construction phase. Erection of dust barriers, watering the surfaces which can emit dust, using exact amount of chemicals for bitumen processing and most importantly siting the asphalt plants well away from protected areas and sensitive sites such as settlement areas, temples and schools will mitigate the impacts from asphalt plants.

▪ Risks and vulnerabilities related to Construction activities could create accidental occupational health and safety due to damage and risks to workers. Exposure to physical, chemical, biological, and asphalt may create health hazards. radiological hazards during project It is proposed to prepare a separate health and construction and operation during project  safety plan to be implemented during road construction and operation? maintenance period and a regular monitoring schedule to be proposed under close supervision and coordination of a professional Occupational Health & Safety Officer of the HIGHWAYS Page 4 of 8

Project Implementation Consultant.

▪ Noise and vibration due to blasting and No blasting activities are expected along the other civil works? proposed road. It is proposed that the project activities of the candidate road will be main to restricted to overlay and maintain to given standards.  Therefore, noise and vibration will not be a major issue during construction stage. Aggregates, if needed for construction, can be obtained from approved quarries. Noise and vibration will be restricted such sites.

▪ Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of x people?

▪ Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples x or other vulnerable groups?

▪ Other social concerns relating to During the construction period, emission of dust inconveniences in living conditions in the and other air-borne pollutants from the project areas that may trigger cases of construction related activities will have minor  upper respiratory problems and stress? impacts on the community and their living conditions. Such impacts can be mitigated following good construction practices.

▪ Hazardous driving conditions where Transportation of material (asphalt, gravel, etc.) construction interferes with pre-existing and movement of construction machinery and roads? vehicles to site areas through pre-existing roads will create congestion and also pose hazards to other road users, including pedestrians. Strict instructions and proper awareness will be x given to all the construction staff including drivers in order to minimize hazardous driving conditions along pre-existing roads. Contractors are advised to use alternative roads as much as possible to avoid roads which are heavily used by the public.

▪ Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal Poor sanitation conditions will prevail and in construction camps and work sites, improper waste disposal is possible if proper and possible transmission of facilities are ot provided at labour camps. communicable diseases (such as STI's Local labour should be used to the extent and HIV/AIDS) from workers to local possible. Proper instructions should be given to populations? the workers on sanitation and proper disposal of  waste (wastewater and solid waste including construction waste) and communicable diseases. Site specific environmental management action plans will be prepared and labour camps will be regularly supervised by a Public Health Inspector in order to mitigate such impacts in labor camps. Further, it will be ensured that HIGHWAYS Page 5 of 8

labor camp, yards or any other site which emit solid waste or wastewater will not be located within or adjacent to the sensitive areas.

▪ Creation of temporary breeding habitats Labour camps, garbage disposal sites, borrow for diseases such as those transmitted by pits and material storage yards provide favorable mosquitoes and rodents? breeding habitats for vectors such as  mosquitoes, flies, rats and other parasites. Proper maintenance of such areas will prevent such breeding habitats.

▪ Accident risks associated with increased Overlaying of the pre-existing roadway and vehicular traffic, leading to accidental culvert construction sites, especially close to spills of toxic materials? public sensitive locations, and removal of utilities will increase the accidental risk due to barricading of roads, closure of one lane of the road, and restricting the pavement/shoulder space for pedestrian pathways. Appropriate sign boards will be used together with proper barricading and other safety arrangements at appropriate locations of the road during overlaying. Properly trained traffic stewards will be employed for traffic control. The public will be made aware of the possible  hazards in advance. The workers, who are engaged in maintenance activities, will be provided with personal protective equipment There is a possibility of toxic material spills at asphalt plants, and during bituminous material transport. Such toxic material will be properly stored with proper safety instructions provided for workers who are connected with asphalt material handling. Spills/leakages should be prevented and/or cleaned up appropriately for which strict instructions will be provided. First aid facilities and firefighting equipment will be provided at these sites.

▪ Increased noise and air pollution resulting Increased noise and air pollution is possible from traffic volume? during construction, due to increased traffic volumes. Construction vehicles will be serviced and maintained appropriately to conform to Standards. Strict speed limits will be adopted for all construction vehicles. Wetting of exposed areas and gravel roads will prevent air-borne  dust. Regular monitoring of noise levels and air quality is needed to review the effectiveness of mitigation measures. During operations there will be positive impacts due to more smooth and steady flow of traffic along the rehabilitated road, which will also keep the air emissions and noise levels below the maximum permissible levels. HIGHWAYS Page 6 of 8

▪ Increased risk of water pollution from oil, Recommendations of the EMP are aimed at grease and fuel spills, and other materials  mitigating water pollution due to construction from vehicles using the road? related activities.

▪ Social conflicts if workers from other If migrant labor is brought in from different areas regions or countries are hired? of the country there may be conflict situations  among workers and settlers near worker camps. Adhering to EMP recommendations during construction activities can avoid such conflicts.

▪ Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure x and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

▪ Risks to community health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, x fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

▪ Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or x where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning. HIGHWAYS Page 7 of 8

A Checklist for Preliminary Climate Risk Screening1

Country/Project Title: Second Integrated Road Investment Program (iRoad 2)- WP (package 1) Peliyagoda Puttlam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridgek A 003 -19.2 Km

Sector: Highways

Subsector: Highways

Division/Department: Environmental

Screening Questions Score Remarks1

Location Is siting and/or routing of the project (or its 1 The following locations are and Design components) likely to be affected by climate prone to floods during heavy of project conditions including extreme weather related rainy periods in the areas of events such as floods, droughts, storms, Dandugam Oya (Ambalanmulla) landslides? about 50 m ~ 100 m stretch. Would the project design (e.g. the clearance for 1 Project design may need to bridges) need to consider any hydro- consider locations which are meteorological parameters (e.g., sea-level, prone to floods and necessary peak river flow, reliable water level, peak wind mitigation measures need to be speed etc)? incorporated to the surface treatment. It is noted that area is highly sensitive in relation to the aspects and concerns of Negombo Lagoon and should be studied carefully. Materials Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 and conditions (e.g. prevailing humidity level, Maintenance temperature contrast between hot summer days and cold winter days, exposure to wind and humidity hydro-meteorological parameters likely affect the selection of project inputs over the life of project outputs (e.g. construction material)? Would weather, current and likely future climate 0 conditions, and related extreme events likely affect the maintenance (scheduling and cost) of project output(s)? Performance Would weather/climate conditions and related 0 of project extreme events likely affect the performance outputs (e.g. annual power production) of project output(s) (e.g. hydro-power generation facilities)

1 1 If possible, provide details on the sensitivity of project components to climate conditions, such as how climate parameters are considered in design standards for infrastructure components, how changes in key climate parameters and sea level might affect the siting/routing of project, the selection of construction material and/or scheduling, performances and/or the maintenance cost/scheduling of project outputs. HIGHWAYS Page 8 of 8

throughout their design life time?

Options for answers and corresponding score are provided below: Response Score

Not Likely 0 Likely 1 Very Likely 2 Responses when added that provide a score of 0 will be considered low risk project. If adding all responses will result to a score of 1-4 and that no score of 2 was given to any single response, the project will be assigned a medium risk category. A total score of 5 or more (which include providing a score of 1 in all responses) or a 2 in any single response will be categorized as high-risk project.

Result of Initial Screening: Medium Risk

Project Classification:

Proposed Environmental Classification: B

Remarks

A003 Road (Peliyagoda-Puttalam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridgek) is 19.2 km in length. This road will be overlaid and maintained to the given standards during the project period under package 1 of iRoad 2 Project of the Road Development Authority (RDA). The scope of the project includes improvement of the road surface with asphalt concrete where necessary and maintaining the road to the given standards.

It is proposed to carry out surface treatment and maintenance work (overlaying of existing road surface) within the existing Right of Way (RoW) to minimize land acquisition and other impacts as well as reduce the cost. Hence, there will be no resettlement impacts. Very few encroachments of temporary structures within the existing ROW could be easily replaced and moved back beyond the RoW since most of the roadside vendors have their residences behind the temporary structures. The interventions of the proposed project will not encroach into the protected sites or cause significant environmental issues as mentioned in the section A of the checklist. The adverse environmental and social impacts from the improvements will mostly take place during the construction and are related to such work. However, the beneficial impacts clearly out lies the adverse impacts. The possible adverse impacts will be limited to the construction period and are manageable through implementation of a comprehensive Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP). Therefore, this project could be classified as a Category B project where an initial Environmental Examination will be sufficient with an EMP and EMoP.

REA Checklist Prepared By:

Environmental and Social Assessment Team Master Hellie's Engineering Consultants Ltd.

Date Prepared: July 16, 2020 Environmental Checklist

INTEGRATED ROAD INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (iROAD 2) Package 1

Name of Road: Rehabilitation and Improvement of Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction

Province District DS Division GN Division Kawdana West, Watarappala, Wathumulla, Piriwena, Rathmalana Attidiya South

Western Province Colombo Galwala,Dehiwala East,Jayathilaka, Dehiwala Karagampitiya,

Total Length of the Road: 5.03 km

A. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 33.2 C Low: 21.5 C

Humidity High: 90% Low: 50%

Rainfall Average: 2,000–2,500 mm/year Rainy Season Bi-modal rainfall distribution with rainy seasons in April/May~June and September~October/November

B. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Ecosystem Yes No Explanation 1. Type of Terrain (Plain/  In general, the road traverses along a flat Undulating/ Hilly/ Mountainous terrain etc.) 2. Forest Area / Mangrove / Other x natural habitats

3. Inhabited Area  The entire road runs through human settlements, Improvements to this road will not create land acquisition or other involuntary resettlement impacts on these human settlements. 4. Agricultural Land X

5. Barren Land X

C. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people)

No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

1 Are there any areas with landslide X Minor erosion on the road or erosion problems along the road? edges in some sections can be observed mainly due to non- (If yes, indicate the location whether availability of storm water Right or Left side and the chainage) drainage canal system. The road does not run through high terrain.

2 Are there any Tanks/streams /rivers X The northern end of the road etc. along/crossing the road or any section is located close to the lakes/swamps beside the road? Dehiwala Cana outlet (draining the Metro-Colombo Flood (If yes, list them indicating the Management Zone). Except for location Right/ Left or crossing and this, the road runs through an the chainage) urban/sub-urban area and no water bodies /marshes along this road stretch. No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

3 Is the area along the project road  The road runs along the slightly prone to flooding or any problems elevated ridge and no flood of water stagnation and other sections. drainage issues?

(If yes, mention chainage, flood level and frequency)

4 Are there any trees with a girth of  600 mm or more at breast height within the existing ROW (within Refer Appendix 4.1 two fences on either sides) or within 2 m corridor from the edge of the carriageway on either side

5 Along the road and within 100 m of X the road shoulder, are there any Faunal habitat areas, Faunal breeding ground, bird migration area, or other similar areas?

6 Along the road and within 100 m of X the road shoulder is there any evidence of Flora and Fauna species that are classified as endangered species?

7 Are there any utility structures1  Refer Appendix 5.1 and within 2 m on either side from the Appendix 6.1. centre line of the road alignment or within the existing ROW of the road?

(If yes, attach list with chainage)

8 Are there any religious, cultural or  About 5 temporary structures community structures/buildings possible to move if required within 50 m on either side from the used for business ventures are centre line of the road alignment? available in scatted locations on both sides of the road are (If yes attach list with chainage) available.

See Appendix 10.3

1 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, pipe lines and other similar structures D. Public Consultation No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 1. Consultation with local community was X 2 Focus Group Discussions were held with conducted before finalizing the the participation of 30 persons (male 17 and alignment. female 13). (Attach list of people met and dates) See Annex I of the Socio-Economic and Due Diligence Report.

2. Any suggestion received in finalizing X The features such as storm water drainage the alignment and road related system and culverts need to be improved. environmental issues

3. If suggestions received, were they X These suggestions will be considered by the incorporated into the design? Design preparation team.

E. Please attach the following:

I. List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 7)

Refer Appendix 5.1

II. List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C.8)

See Appendix 10.3

III. Project Map

Attached to this document

IV. Photographs of the project area showing at least 10 m on either side from the centre line of the road alignment.

See Appendix 3.1 V. List of trees with 600mm of girth (at breast height) or more located within the existing ROW or within 2m on either side of the road from the edge of the carriageway as required in B.4.

Refer Appendix 4.1 VI. Water bodies located along the road

The road section ends at the Dehiwala Canal drainage crossing. No other water bodies along the road. In addition to this all drainage crossings with associated bridge details are attached to this document. Figure 1: Location Map of Galle Road (A002) from William Junction to Maliban Junction Environmental Checklist

INTEGRATED ROAD INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (iROAD 2) Package 1

Name of Road: Rehabilitation and Improvement of Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (B389)

Province District DS Division GN Division

Kandawala Western province Colombo Rathmalana Aththidiya South Aththidiya North

Total Length of the Road: 2.2 km

A. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 33.2 C Low: 21.5 C

Humidity High: 90% Low: 50%

Rainfall Average: 2,000–2,500 mm/year Rainy Season Bi-modal rainfall distribution with rainy seasons in April/May~June and September~October/November

B. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Ecosystem Yes No Explanation 1. Type of Terrain (Plain/  In general, the road traverses along a flat Undulating/ Hilly/ Mountainous terrain etc.)

2. Forest Area / Mangrove / Other X natural habitats

3. Inhabited Area  The entire road runs through human settlements, Improvements to this road will not create land acquisition or other involuntary resettlement impacts on these human settlements. No. Type of Ecosystem Yes No Explanation 4. Agricultural Land X

5. Barren Land X

C. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people)

No Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

1 Are there any areas with X Minor erosion on the road landslide or erosion problems along edges in some sections can the road? be observed mainly due to non-availability of storm water (If yes, indicate the location whether drainage canal system. The Right or Left side and the road does not run through chainage) high terrain.

2 Are there any Tanks/streams /rivers X Road does not run through etc. along/crossing the road or water bodies but two small any lakes/swamps beside the road? ponds/waterholes in low lying terrain can be observed in the (If yes, list them indicating the vicinity of road stretch in location Right/ Left or crossing and Kandawala/ Yasopura area the chainage) (these small ponds are observed 50 m to 200 m away from the road edge, respectively.

3 Is the area along the project road  The section of the road runs prone to flooding or any problems of across low lying stretches in water stagnation and other drainage Kandawala and Attidiya areas issues? which are affected with intermittent stormwater (If yes, mention chainage, flood drainage problems during level and frequency) heavy rainy seasons. Raising RFL of this road section to raise the elevation of the road and/or provision of additional cross drainage/water balancing in these storm water affected sections may be required. No Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

4 Are there any trees with a girth of  600 mm or more at breast height within the existing ROW (within two Refer Appendix 4.1 fences on either sides) or within 2 m corridor from the edge of the carriageway on either side

5 Along the road and within 100 m X of the road shoulder, are there any Faunal habitat areas, Faunal breeding ground, bird migration area, or other similar areas?

6 Along the road and within 100 m X of the road shoulder is there any evidence of Flora and Fauna species that are classified as endangered species?

7 Are there any utility structures1  Refer Appendix 5.1 and within 2 m on either side from the Appendix 6.1. centre line of the road alignment or within the existing ROW of the road?

(If yes, attach list with chainage)

8 Are there any religious, cultural or  About 2 temporary structures community structures/buildings possible to move if required within 50 m on either side from the used for business ventures centre line of the road alignment? are available in scattered locations on both sides of the (If yes attach list with chainage) road are available .

See Appendix 10.3

D. Public Consultation No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 1. Consultation with local community was X 1 Focus Group Discussions were held conducted before finalizing the with the participation of 14 persons alignment. (male 8 and female 6). (Attach list of people met and dates) See Annex I of the Socio-Economic and Due Diligence Report.

1 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, pipelines and other similar structures 2. Any suggestion received in finalizing X The features such as storm water the alignment and road related drainage system and culverts need to environmental issues be improved.

3. If suggestions received, were they X These suggestions will be considered incorporated into the design? by the Design preparation team.

E. Please attach the following:

I. List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 7)

Refer Appendix 5.1

II. List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C.8)

See Appendix 10.3

III. Project Map

Attached to this document

IV. Photographs of the project area showing at least 10 m on either side from centre line of road alignment.

See Appendix 3.1 V. List of trees with 600mm of girth (at breast height) or more located within the existing ROW or within 2m on either side of the road from the edge of the carriageway as required in B.4.

Refer Appendix 4.1

VI. Water bodies located along the road

Two small ponds/water holes in the proximity of road stretch (50 m & 200 m, respectively). Low-lying road sections in Kandawala and Atthidiya. North-east end of the road segment lies 500 m away from Weras Ganga/Boralesgamuwa reservoir and associated marshes.

In addition to this all drainage crossings with associated bridge details are attached to this document. Figure 1: Location Map of Rathmalana Mirihana Road(B389) Environmental Checklist

INTEGRATED ROAD INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (iROAD 2) Package 1

Name of Road: Rehabilitation and Improvement of Kotte–Bope Road (B240) From Malabe junction to Godagama Province District DS Division GN Division

Kaduwela DS Malabe West, Hokandara North,Arangala, Hokandara East,Pore, Boralugoda,Thaldiyawala, Athurugiriya,Habarakada South,

Western province Colombo Homagama DS Habarakada watta,Panagoda East, Panagoda Town,Panagoda West, Godagama North

Total Length of the Road: 11 km

A. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 33.2 C Low: 21.5 C Humidity High: 90% Low: 50%

Rainfall Average: 2,000–2,500 mm/year Rainy Season Bi-modal rainfall distribution with rainy seasons in April/May~June and September~October/November

B. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Ecosystem Yes No Explanation 1. Type of Terrain (Plain/  In general, the road traverses along a flat Undulating/ Hilly/ Mountainous terrain etc.) 2. Forest Area / Mangrove / Other X natural habitats

3. Inhabited Area  The entire road runs through human settlements, Improvements to this road will not create land acquisition or other involuntary resettlement impacts on these human settlements.

4. Agricultural Land X The road mainly runs through the suburban residential and commercial environment. However, at the end section some extent of abandoned and cultivated paddy fields located adjacent to the road and at the vicinity.

5. Barren Land  Land plots are used for residential, agricultural or business purposes. Therefore, Barren land is insignificant feature of land in the road’s vicinity. C. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people)

No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

1 Are there any areas with landslide X Minor erosion on the road or erosion problems along the edges in some sections can be road? observed mainly due to non- availability of storm water (If yes, indicate the location drainage canal system. The whether Right or Left side and road does not run through the chainage) high terrain.

2 Are there any Tanks/streams /rivers X Road does not run through etc. along/crossing the road or any water bodies. lakes/swamps beside the road?

(If yes, list them indicating the location Right/ Left or crossing and the chainage)

3 Is the area along the project road  However, the road section is prone to flooding or any problems located within Kelani River of water stagnation and other basin and the low-lying drainage issues? sections in Malambe, Hokandara, Athurugiriya, (If yes, mention chainage, flood Habarakada and Panagoda level and frequency) areas along this road (with paddy lands basically) are intermittently flooded during monsoonal heavy rain periods. Raising RFL of this road section to raise the elevation of the road and/or provision of additional cross drainage/water balancing in these storm water affected sections may be required.

4 Are there any trees with a girth of  600 mm or more at breast height within the existing ROW (within Refer Appendix 4.1 two fences on either sides) or No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

within 2 m corridor from the edge of the carriageway on either side

5 Along the road and within 100 m X Marshy habitats, irrigation of the road shoulder, are there any canals, seasonally inundation Faunal habitat areas, Faunal locations and paddy fields breeding ground, bird migration provide feeding grounds for area, or other similar areas? avifaunal specials. Some species of migratory birds also visit these habitats during migration season. In addition, some species of invertebrates, amphibians, reptiles and mammals also recorded from these habitats.

6 Along the road and within 100 m X of the road shoulder is there any evidence of Flora and Fauna species that are classified as endangered species?

7 Are there any utility structures1  Refer Appendix 5.1 and within 2 m on either side from the Appendix 6.1. centre line of the road alignment or within the existing ROW of the road?

(If yes, attach list with chainage)

8 Are there any religious, cultural or  About 4 temporary structures community structures/buildings possible to move if required within 50 m on either side from the used for business ventures centre line of the road alignment? are available in scattered locations on both sides of the (If yes attach list with chainage) road are available .

See Appendix 10.3

1 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, pipe lines and other similar structures D. Public Consultation No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 1. Consultation with local community X 2 Focus Group Discussions were held was conducted before finalizing the with the participation of 19 persons alignment. (male 12 and female 7). (Attach list of people met and dates) See Annex I of the Socio-Economic and Due Diligence Report. 2. Any suggestion received in finalizing X The features such as storm water the alignment and road related drainage system and culverts need to environmental issues be improved.

3. If suggestions received, were they X These suggestions will be considered incorporated into the design? by the Design preparation team.

E. Please attach the following:

I. List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 7)

Refer Appendix 5.1

II. List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C.8)

See Appendix 10.3

III. Project Map

Attached to this document

IV. Photographs of the project area showing at least 10 m on either side from centre line of road alignment.

See Appendix 3.1 V. List of trees with 600mm of girth (at breast height) or more located within the existing ROW or within 2m on either side of the road from the edge of the carriageway as required in B.4.

Refer Appendix 4.1 VI. Water bodies located along the road

The road section is located within Kelani River basin and the low-lying sections in Malambe, Hokandara, Athurugiriya, Habarakada and Panagoda areas along this road (with paddy lands basically).

In addition to this all drainage crossings with associated bridge details are attached to this document. Figure 1: Location Map of of the Kotte–Bope Road (B240) From Malabe junction to Godagama Environmental Checklist

INTEGRATED ROAD INVESTMENT PROGRAMME (iROAD 2) Package 1

Name of Road: Rehabilitation and Improvement of Peliyagoda–Puttlam Road (A003) from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge

Province District DS Division GN Division

Kelaniya DS Peliyagoda Gangabada East Manaveriya, Welihena North, Kurana Katunayaka Central, Kurana Katunayaka North, Kurana Katunayaka South, Katunayaka North, Katunayaka South, Katana DS Liyanagemulla North, Liyanagemulla South, Mookalangamuwa West, Western province Colombo Bandarawatta West, Dambaduraya, Alawathupitiya, Udammita Sout Kochchikade, Daluwakotuwa East,Kattuwa, Dalupotha East,Dalupotha, Negombo DS Hunupitiya,Periyamulla, Angurukaramulla,Udayarthoppuwa, Balawalana,Kuruna West, Kuruna East

Total Length of the Road: 19.2 km

A. Climatic Conditions Temperature High: 33.2 C Low: 21.5 C Humidity High: 90% Low: 50% Rainfall Average: 2,000–2,500 mm/year (Wet Zone part) and Rainy Season 1,500–2,000 mm/year (Intermediate Zone part beyond Negombo) Bi-modal rainfall distribution with rainy seasons in April/May~June and September~October/November in Wet Zone and Rainy season is from October to January in IM Zone.

B. Location of the Road and Generic description of Environment No. Type of Ecosystem Yes No Explanation 1. Type of Terrain (Plain/  In general, the road traverses along a flat Undulating/ Hilly/ Mountainous terrain etc.)

2. Forest Area / Mangrove / Other X natural habitats

3. Inhabited Area  Except some scattered sections, the entire road runs through human settlements, Improvements to this road will not create land acquisition or other involuntary resettlement impacts on these human settlements. 4. Agricultural Land X

5. Barren Land  Except negligible number of land plots located in the vicinity of the road all other land plots are used for residential, agricultural or business purposes. Therefore, Barren land is insignificant feature of land in the road’s vicinity.

C. Specific description of the Road Environment

(Note: Questions number 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8 must be answered after discussions with the local community people)

No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

1 Are there any areas with X Minor erosion on the road landslide or erosion problems along edges in some sections can be the road? observed mainly due to non- availability of storm water drainage canal system. The No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

(If yes, indicate the location road does not run through whether Right or Left side and high terrain. the chainage)

2 Are there any Tanks/streams /rivers  The first section runs parallel etc. along/crossing the road or to the Kelani River main any lakes/swamps beside the road? channel at a distance of 150 m ~ 200 m, and located in the (If yes, list them indicating the close proximity to the low- location Right/ Left or crossing and lying areas in the river the chainage) floodplain. No other water bodies in this part.

The latter part extends from Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge and this road section intercepts two river basins, Attanagalu Oya/Stream and Maha Oya basins. Further, the road section approximately 13.8 km in length from Seeduwa/Dandugama to Negombo Railway Junction is located in the extreme upstream land strip of Negombo Lagoon.

3 Is the area along the project road  The starting point in prone to flooding or any problems Dandugama close to of water stagnation and other Attanagalu Oya/Dandugam drainage issues? Oya outlet to Negombo Lagoon is a flood prone area (If yes, mention chainage, flood and. level and frequency)

4 Are there any trees with a girth of  600 mm or more at breast height within the existing ROW (within Refer Appendix 4.1 two fences on either sides) or

within 2 m corridor from the edge of the carriageway on either side

5 Along the road and within 100 m of X the road shoulder, are there any Faunal habitat areas, Faunal No. Parameter/ Component Yes No Explanation

breeding ground, bird migration area, or other similar areas?

6 Along the road and within 100 m of X the road shoulder is there any evidence of Flora and Fauna species that are classified as endangered species?

7 Are there any utility structures1  Refer Appendix 5.1 and within 2 m on either side from the Appendix 6.1. centre line of the road alignment or within the existing ROW of the road?

(If yes, attach list with chainage)

8 Are there any religious, cultural or  About 2 temporary structures community structures/buildings possible to move if required within 50 m on either side from the used for business ventures centre line of the road alignment? are available in scattered locations on both sides of the (If yes attach list with chainage) road are available.

See Appendix 10.3

D. Public Consultation No. Consultation Activities Yes No Remarks 1. Consultation with local community X 2 Focus Group Discussions were held was conducted before finalizing the with the participation of 23 persons alignment. (male 14 and female 9). (Attach list of people met and dates) See Annex I of the Socio-Economic and Due Diligence Report. 2. Any suggestion received in finalizing X The features such as storm water the alignment and road related drainage system and culverts need to environmental issues be improved.

3. If suggestions received, were they X These suggestions will be considered incorporated into the design? by the Design preparation team.

1 Water tap, hand pump, electric pole, telephone pole, pipe lines and other similar structures

E. Please attach the following:

I. List of utility structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C. 7)

Refer Appendix 5.1

II. List of community structures indicating location (left or right side of the road) and chainage (as required under C.8)

See Appendix 10.3

III. Project Map

Attached to this document

IV. Photographs of the project area showing at least 10 m on either side from centre line of road alignment.

See Appendix 3.1

V. List of trees with 600mm of girth (at breast height) or more located within the existing ROW or within 2m on either side of the road from the edge of the carriageway as required in B.4.

Refer Appendix 4.1

VI. Water bodies located along the road

Crosses Attanagalu Oya and Maha Oya (at either end). Runs parallel to Negombo Lagoon for 13.8 km from Dandugama to Negombo Railway Junction.

In addition to this all drainage crossings with associated bridge details are attached to this document.

Figure 1: Location Map of Peliyagoda Puttlam Road from Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge

Figure 2: Location Map of Peliyagoda Puttlam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout

Appendix 3.1 Existing condition of the Road A002

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

1 6.86241667, 79.86388889 Start of the Road 0 1

2 6.86122222, 79.86416667 Boo Tree LHS 200 2

3 6.850724,79.86584 Dehiwala Flyover 1200 3

4 6.829868,79.86791 Signalized Junction 1200 4

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

5 6.84777778, 79.86611111 Tree LHS 1700 5

6 6.84147222, 79.86722222 Tree/Cross Road RHS 2400 6

7 6.83933333, 79.86750000 Tree RHS 2600 7

8 6.83047222, 79.86777778 Signalized Junction 3600 8 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

9 6.82730556, 79.86916667 Tree RHS 4000 9

10 6.82552778, 79.86972222 Tree RHS 4200 10

11 6.81983333, 79.87361111 End of the Road 5000 11

Appendix 3.2 Existing condition of the Road A003

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

1 Start of the Road 0 1

2 Bridge 0 2

3 Tree LHS 200 3

4 Washout Shoulders LHS 300 4

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

5 Tree LHS 400 5

6 Tree LHS 700 6

7 Tree LHS 1800 7

8 Tree LHS 2050 8

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

9 Junction 2600 9

10 Tree LHS/RHS 3000 10

11 Tree LHS 3600 11

12 Drains (Unfinished) RHS 3600 12

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

13 Culvert 4660 13

14 Culvert 5000 14

15 Tree LHS 5200 15

16 Culvert 5300 16

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

Signalized Junction/Expressway 17 5500 17 Entrance

18 Overpass 5550 18

19 Airport Entrance RHS 5700 19

20 Culvert 5800 20

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

21 Land (Airport) RHS/LHS 6100 21

22 Culvert 6400 22

23 Culvert 8700 23

24 Junction 10600 24

# Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Photo Number

25 Railway Crossing 10650 25

26 Junction 10800 26

27 Signalized Junction 11400 27

Appendix 3.3 Existing condition of the Road B389

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

1 6.81944444, 79.87361111 Start of the Road 0 1

2 6.82061111, 79.87555556 Culvert 250 2

3 6.82083333, 79.87583333 Culvert 300 3

4 6.82250000, 79.87888889 Junction/Cross Road LHS 700 4

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

5 6.82313889, 79.88000000 Culvert 900 5

6 6.82333333, 79.88027778 Junction/Cross Road RHS 950 6

7 6.82405556, 79.88166667 Junction/Cross Road LHS 1100 7

8 6.82430556, 79.88222222 Drain RHS 1150 8 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

9 6.82488889, 79.88305556 Drain RHS 1300 9

10 6.82594444, 79.88361111 Tree LHS 1450 10

11 6.82941667, 79.88527778 Culvert 1900 11

12 6.82971667, 79.88627778 Tree RHS 1950 12

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

13 6.83230556, 79.88555556 End of the Road 2200 13

Appendix 3.4 Existing condition of the Road B240

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

1 6.884118, 79.97578 Start location of the road RHS 800 1

2 6.892849, 79.96289 Bridge (Small) RHS 1500 2

6.8909097, 79.96458 3 Arangala junction 1800 3

4 6.8852334, 79.9691 Culvert 2600 4

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

5 6.883855, 79.97012 Paddy field 2800 5

6 6.883855, 79.97012 Culvert 2800 6

7 6.883736, 79.97101 Culvert 2900 7

8 6.883743, 79.971634 Culvert 3000 8

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

9 6.8839383, 79.973564 Marshy land 3000 9

10 6.884001, 79.97388 Culvert 3200 10

11 6.884001, 79.97388 Highway Exit 3300 11

12 6.884179, 79.9753 Bridge 3400 12

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

13 6.883438, 79.978775 Culvert 3800 13

14 6.882064, 79.98059 Culvert 4000 14

15 6.882064, 79.98059 Marshy Land RHS 4100 15

16 6.881741, 79.98234 Culvert 4200 16

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

17 6.881741, 79.98234 Marshy Land RHS 4300 17

18 6.877558, 79.989555 Bus Stand RHS 5200 18

19 6.8738723, 79.9945 Marshy Land LHS 5900 19

20 6.8712096, 79.998085 Culvert 6400 20

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

21 6.8692207, 80.00064 Canal 6800 21

22 6.867073, 80.00331 Culvert 7200 22

23 6.866542, 80.00394 Paddy Filed 7300 23

24 6.866542, 80.00394 Culvert 7300 24

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

25 6.865773, 80.00483 Bridge 7400 25

26 6.864827, 80.00606 Culvert 7500 26

27 6.864827, 80.00606 Cannel 7500 27

28 6.8658147, 80.01474 Culvert 8700 28

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

29 6.8656473, 80.01609 Paddy field RHS 8700 29

30 6.8658566, 80.01755 Bridge 8800 30

31 6.8655148, 80.02154 Bridge 9300 31

32 6.8645587, 80.02386 Boo Tree LHS 9500 32

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

33 6.8531938, 80.0321 Culvert 10800 33

Appendix 4.1: Trees with a girth of 600 mm (or more) at breast height within 12 m on either side from the centre line of the road alignment

Road Traverse (A002): Galle Road from William Junction – Maliban Junction (5.03 km)

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height 0.00-0.25 Mangifera - - Mango - 1 indica Terminalia - - Kottamba - 1 0.25-0.50 catappa Tamarindus 0.50-0.75 - - Siyambala - 1 indica Muntingia - - Jam - 1 0.75-10.00 calabura

- - Cassia fistula Wal Ehela 1 - 1.00-1.25 ------1.25-1.50 Ficus virens Ehetu 1 Terminalia - 1 Kottamba - - catappa 1.50-1.75 Muntingia 1 - Jam - - calabura 1.75-2.00 ------Terminalia 2.00-2.25 - Kottmaba 1 catappa Samanea Para 2.25-2.50 - 1 saman Maara 2.50-2.75

1

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height 2.75-3.00 Muntingia 3.00-3.25 1 - Jam - calabura Terminalia 3.25-3.50 - - Kottamba 1 - catappa 3.50-3.75 ------3.75-4.00 - - - - 2 - Terminalia 4.00-4.25 - Kottamba - 1 catappa Terminalia 4.25-4.50 - Kottamba - 1 catappa 4.50-4.75 ------Muntingia 4.75-5.00 1 Jam - - calabura

2

Appendix 4.2: Trees with a girth of 600 mm (or more) at breast height within 12 m on either side from the centre line of the road alignment

Road Traverse (A003): Peliyagoda Puttalam Road – Section 1 (From Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout) (0.6 km)

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Local Scientific Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height - 1 Ficus benghalensis Nuga - 1 - - Mangifera indica Mango - 1 0-0.25 Artocarpus - - Jack - 2 heterophyllus - - Terminalia catappa Kottatamba - 1 - 1 Filicium decipiens Pihimbiya - - Acacia - 1 Acasia - 1 melanoxylon - - Mangifera indica Mango - 1 0.25-0.6 Swietenia - - Mahogani - 2 macrophylla - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 6 - - Samanea saman Para Maara - 1

1

Road Traverse (A003): Peliyagoda Puttalam Road – Section 2 (From Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge) (18.6 km)

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

- 1 Mangifera indica Mango - - - - Cassia fistula Ehela - 2 - 2 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 2 19.00 -19.25 - - Bauhinia racemosa Maila - 1 - 1 Mangifera indica Mango - - - 1 Ficus racemosa Attikka - - - - Ceiba pentandra Kotta - 1 Palm tree - 5 - - - species - 1 Macaranga peltata Kenda - - - 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 1 Mangifera indica Mango - 1 Artocarpus - 1 Jack - - heterophyllus 19.25 -19.50 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 4 - - Averrhoa bilimbi Billin - 1 - 1 - Unknown tree - 1 Peltophorum - 2 Kaha maara - - pterocarpum - 2 Cassia fistula Ehela - - 19.50 -19.75 - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - -

2

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

- 1 Ficus benjamina Elu Nuga - - - 1 Terminalia arjuna Kumbuk - - - 1 Cassia fistula Ehela - - 19.75 -20.00 - 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - - Bauhinia purpurea Kobo Neela - 6 - 2 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - 20.00 -20.25 - 4 Samanea saman Pani Maara - - - Bauhinia purpurea Kobo Neela - 3 - Terminalia catappa Kottamaba - 4 - 2 Mangifera indica Mango - - - 1 Samanea saman Pani Maara - - 20.25 -20.50 - Muntingia calabura Jaam 3 - - Filicium decipiens Pihimbiya - 2 Magul - Pongamia pinnata - 2 Karanda Magul - Pongamia pinnata - 2 20.50 -20.75 Karanda - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - Acacia - 1 Acasia - - melanoxylon 20.75 -21.00 Magul - Pongamia pinnata - 5 Karanda - 2 Psidium guajava Pera - Magul - Pongamia pinnata - 2 21.00 -21.25 Karanda - 1 Muntingia calabura Jam - - 3

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

- Terminalia arjuna Kumbuk - 3 Peltophorum - 1 Kaha Maara - 1 pterocarpum - 2 Delonix regia Mai Maara - - 21.25 -21.50 - Cassia fistula Ehela - 2 Artocarpus - 1 Jack - - heterophyllus - 1 Samanea saman Pani Maara - - - 1 Schleichera oleosa Kon - - - 1 Tamarindus indica Siyambala - - - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba 1 - 21.50 -21.75 - 3 Mangifera indica Mango - - - 1 Albizia sp. Albesia - - 1 Cassia fistula Ehela - - - 3 Samanea saman Pani Maara - - - - Plumeria obtusa Araliya - 3 21.75 -22.00 - - Terminalia arjuna Kumbuk - 2 - - Alstonia scholaris Ruk Attana - 1 - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - - 2 Filicium decipiens Pihimbiya - - 22.00 -22.25 - 1 Tabebuia rosa Tabubiya - - - 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 2 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - 22.25 -22.50 - 2 Tabebuia rosa Tabubiya - - - 1 Syzygium cumini Dan - - - 1 Mangifera indica Mango - - 22.50 -22.75 - 2 Azadirachta indica kohomba - -

4

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

- 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - 22.75 -23.00 - 1 Macaranga peltata Kenda - - - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - 23.00 -23.25 - 3 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - Magul - 1 Pongamia pinnata - - 23.25 -23.50 Karanda - 1 Berrya cordifolia Hal Milla - - - 2 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 2 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - 23.50 -23.75 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 1 23.75 -24.00 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 1 - - Ficus benghalensis Nuga - 1 24.00 -24.25 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba 1 2 Acacia - - Acasia - 1 melanoxylon 24.25 -24.50 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 1 - 1 Albizia sp. Albesia - - 24.50 -24.75 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 1 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba 1 - 24.75 -25.00 - 1 Phoenix dactylifera Rata Indi - - 25.00 -25.25 ------25.25 -25.50 - 1 Muntingia calabura Jam - - 25.50 -25.75 1 - Muntingia calabura Jam - - 25.75 -26.00 - - Terminalia arjuna Kumbuk - 1

5

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

26.00- 26 ------.25 26.25 -26.50 26.50- 26.75 26.75 -27.00 27.00- 27.25 - 1 Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - 27.25- 27.50 27.50- 27.75 - 1 Muntingia calabura Jam - - 27.75- 28.00 28.00- 28.25 - - - - - 28.25- 28.50 28.50- 28.75 - 2 Polyalthia longifolia Vilo - - 28.75- 29.00 - 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 1 Madhuca longifolia Mee - - 29.00- 29.25 ------1 - Muntingia calabura Jam 2 - Artocarpus 29.25- 29.50 - 1 Jack - - heterophyllus - Alstonia scholaris Ruk Attana 1 - 29.50- 29.75 ------1 - Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - 29.75- 30.00 1 - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - - 30.00- 30.25 - - - - 30.25- 30.50 - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 3 30.50- 30.75 30.75- 31.00

6

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

Ornamental 31.00- 31.25 - 1 - - - Plant 31.25- 31.50 31.50- 31.75 31.75- 32.00 32.00- 32.25 32.25- 32.50 32.50- 32.75 32.75- 33.00 33.00- 33.25 ------33.25- 33.50 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - - 1 Muntingia calabura Jam - - 33.50-33.75 - - Phoenix dactylifera Rata Indi - 1 - - Cassia fistula Ehela - 1 33.75- 34.00 - - Muntingia calabura Jam 1 - 34.00- 34.25 - - Mangifera indica Mango - 1 34.25- 34.50 - 1 Azadirachta indica Kohomba - - 34.50- 34.75 34.75- 35.00 35.00- 35.25 ------35.25- 35.50 - - Muntingia calabura Jam - 1 35.50- 35.75 - - Mangifera indica Mango - 1 - - Polyalthia longifolia Vilo - 1 35.75- 36.00 ------1 Phoenix dactylifera Rata Indi - - 36.00- 36.25 - - - Unknown tree - 1 7

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Name Local Name (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

- - Azadirachta indica Kohomba - 1 36.25- 36.50 - Cassia fistula Cassia fistula Ehela - 1 - - Muntingia calabura Jam - 3 36.50- 36.75 36.75- 37.00 37.00- 37.25 - - - - 37.25- 37.50 - - Terminalia catappa Kottamba - 1 37.50- 37.60 ------

8

Appendix 4.3: Trees with a girth of 600 mm (or more) at breast height within 12 m on either side from the centre line of the road alignment

Road Traverse (B389): Rathmalana-Mirihana Road (From Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction) (2.2 km)

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height Terminalia 0.00-0.25 - - Kottamba - 2 catappa

0.25-0.50 ------0.50-0.75 ------2 Albizia sp. Albesia - - 0.75-1.00 - - Mangifera Mango - 1 indica 1.00-1.25 ------1 - Terminalia Kottamba - - catappa 1.25-1.50 - 1 Mangifera Mango - - indica 1.50-1.75 - 1 Albizia sp. Albesia - - - 2 Terminalia Kottamba - - catappa - 1 Ficus Attikka - - 1.75-2.00 racemosa - 1 Sterculia Nawa - - balanghas 1 1 Terminalia Kottamba - - 2.00-2.20 catappa 1

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height - 2 Tamarindus Siyambala - -

indica

2

Appendix 4.4: Trees with a girth of 600 mm (or more) at breast height within 12 m on either side from the centre line of the road alignment

Road Traverse (B240) - Kotte Bope Road (From Malabe to Godagama) (11 km)

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

Mangifera - - Amba - 1 indica 5.00- 5.25 Ficus Walu - - - 2 benjamina Nuga 5.25- 5.50 ------5.50- 5.75 ------Ficus 5.75- 6.00 - - Bo tree - 1 religiosa 6.00- 6.25 ------Macaranga 6.25- 6.50 - - Kenda - 1 peltata Mangifera 6.50- 6.75 - - Amba - 1 indica 6.75- 7.00 ------7.00- 7.25 ------Mangifera 7.25- 7.50 - - Amba - 1 indica 7.50- 7.75 ------7.75- 8.00 ------Acacia 8.00- 8.25 - - Acasia - 1 melanoxylon

1

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

Mesua 8.25- 8.50 2 2 Na 5 5 Ferrea 8.50- 8.75 ------8.75- 9.00 ------Terminalia 9.00- 9.25 - - Kottamba 1 catappa 9.25- 9.50 ------Filicium 9.50- 9.75 - - Pihimbiya - 1 decipiens Terminalia 9.75- 10.00 - - Kottamba 3 catappa Tectona 10.00- 10.25 - - Thekka - 1 grandis 10.25- 10.50 ------Filicium - - Pihimbiya - 1 decipiens 10.50- 10.75 Mangifera - - Amba - 1 indica Terminalia - - Kottamba - 1 catappa 10.75- 11.00 Leucaena - - Ipil ipil - 1 leucocephala 11.00- 11.25 ------Leucaena - - Ipil ipil - 2 leucocephala Mangifera 11.25- 11.50 - - Amba - 1 indica Terminalia 3 - Kottamba - 1 catappa

2

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

Berrya 11.50- 11.75 1 - Halmilla - - cordifolia 11.75- 12.00 ------12.00- 12.25 ------12.25- 12.50 ------12.50- 12.75 ------12.75- 13.00 ------Mangifera 13.00- 13.25 - - Amba - 1 indica Cocos 1 - Pol - - nucifera Mangifera 13.25- 13.50 1 - Amba - - indica Terminalia 1 - Kottamba - - catappa 13.50- 13.75 ------13.75- 14.00 ------14.00- 14.25 ------Mangifera - - Amba - 1 indica 14.25- 14.50 Terminalia - - Kottamba - 1 catappa 14.50- 14.75 ------14.75- 15.00 ------15.00- 15.25 ------15.25- 15.50 ------15.50- 15.75 ------15.75- 16.00 ------16.00- 16.25 ------3

LEFT HAND SIDE RIGHT HAND SIDE Chainage Scientific Local (km) Girth < 600 mm at Girth > 600 mm at Name Name Girth < 600 mm at Girth < 600 mm at breast height breast height breast height breast height

16.25- 16.50 ------16.50-16.75 ------16.75- 16.80 ------

4

Appendix 5.1: Utility structures within 2 m on either side from the existing ROW

Road Traverse: A002 - Galle Road from William junction to Maliban junction

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 1 4 0+000 - 0+200 2 12 3 7 0+200 - 0+400 2 11 4 11 0+400 - 0+600 4 11 6 11 0+600 - 0+800 2 10 7 11 0+800 - 1+000 3 13 6 12 1+000 - 1+200 3 12 5 13 1+200 - 1+400 1 9 6 11 1+400 - 1+600 3 10 3 11 1+600 - 1+800 4 13 5 10 1+800 - 2+000 4 10 5 9 2+000 - 2+200 1 8 5 9 2+200 - 2+400 4 14 4 13 2+400 - 2+600 2 7 6 13 2+600 - 2+800 1 6 3 12 2+800 - 3+000 2 8 9 13 3+000 - 3+200 4 9 4 12 3+200 - 3+400 4 11 4 13 3+400 - 3+600 6 14 2 12 3+600 - 3+800 2 16 5 10 3+800 - 4+000 5 11 5 12 4+000 - 4+200 6 10 5 12 4+200 - 4+400 6 10 9 11 4+400 - 4+600 4 10 6 12 4+600 - 4+800 3 14 3 10 4+800 - 5+000 2 11 121 274 Total 80 270

Appendix 5.2: Utility structures within 2 m on either side from the existing ROW

Road Traverse: A003 - Peliyagoda Puttlam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to Nawaloka Roundabout & Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 3 5 0+000 - 0+200 5 6 6 5 0+200 - 0+400 7 6 4 5 0+400 - 0+600 4 5 5 5 0+600 - 0+800 5 4 3 5 0+800 - 1+000 6 6 3 5 1+000 - 1+200 8 5 5 5 1+200 - 1+400 5 5 6 5 1+400 - 1+600 5 6 4 5 1+600 - 1+800 4 5 2 5 1+800 - 2+000 3 5 10 5 2+000 - 2+200 6 5 5 5 2+200 - 2+400 3 4 6 5 2+400 - 2+600 3 5 7 5 2+600 - 2+800 4 7 5 5 2+800 - 3+000 5 6 8 5 3+000 - 3+200 5 7 7 5 3+200 - 3+400 5 5 6 5 3+400 - 3+600 6 4 6 5 3+600 - 3+800 4 5 11 5 3+800 - 4+000 4 5 7 5 4+000 - 4+200 7 8 3 5 4+200 - 4+400 3 7 5 5 4+400 - 4+600 5 9 8 5 4+600 - 4+800 4 7 8 5 4+800 - 5+000 7 8 8 5 5+000 - 5+200 6 5 8 5 5+200 - 5+400 4 7 4 5 5+400 - 5+600 1 2 7 5 5+600 - 5+800 4 3 2 5 5+800 - 6+000 2 9 0 5 6+000 - 6+200 4 0 4 5 6+200 - 6+400 4 4 11 5 6+400 - 6+600 5 5 10 5 6+600 - 6+800 4 6 6 5 6+800 - 7+000 5 6 9 5 7+000 - 7+200 4 5 4 5 7+200 - 7+400 4 6 6 5 7+400 - 7+600 3 6 8 5 7+600 - 7+800 3 10

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 7 5 7+800 - 8+000 6 7 8 5 8+000 - 8+200 5 8 6 5 8+200 - 8+400 6 8 7 5 8+400 - 8+600 4 8 4 5 8+600 - 8+800 7 5 5 5 8+800 - 9+000 8 10 7 5 9+000 - 9+200 7 7 11 5 9+200 - 9+400 7 9 4 5 9+400 - 9+600 4 10 10 5 9+600 - 9+800 5 7 6 5 9+800 - 10+000 6 9 9 5 10+000 - 10+200 6 11 8 5 10+200 - 10+400 5 7 11 5 10+400 - 10+600 5 10 4 5 10+600 - 10+800 4 12 4 5 10+800 - 11+000 6 7 8 5 11+000 - 11+200 6 9 5 5 11+200 - 11+400 3 8 6 5 11+400 - 11+600 5 8 7 5 11+600 - 11+800 5 13 6 5 11+800 - 12+000 6 11 6 5 12+000 - 12+200 5 8 8 5 12+200 - 12+400 3 7 7 5 12+400 - 12+600 2 4 7 5 12+600 - 12+800 6 8 6 5 12+800 - 13+000 4 8 3 5 13+000 - 13+200 4 7 7 5 13+200 - 13+400 8 5 7 5 13+400 - 13+600 3 6 4 5 13+600 - 13+800 4 8 5 5 13+800 - 14+000 4 7 8 5 14+000 - 14+200 7 5 4 5 14+200 - 14+400 7 4 6 5 14+400 - 14+600 8 9 5 5 14+600 - 14+800 6 6 5 5 14+800 - 15+000 5 8 7 5 15+000 - 15+200 5 2 4 5 15+200 - 15+400 5 5 2 5 15+400 - 15+600 6 3 5 5 15+600 - 15+800 6 4 6 5 15+800 - 16+000 7 9 6 5 16+000 - 16+200 6 6 5 5 16+200 - 16+400 4 6

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 5 5 16+400 - 16+600 5 6 4 5 16+600 - 16+800 5 5 7 5 16+800 - 17+000 5 8 5 5 17+000 - 17+200 3 7 6 5 17+200 - 17+400 3 8 5 5 17+400 - 17+600 1 6 5 5 17+600 - 17+800 4 4 5 5 17+800 - 18+000 5 5 5 5 18+000 - 18+200 6 9 11 5 18+200 - 18+400 4 10

554 460 Total 448 606

Appendix 5.3: Utility structures within 2 m on either side from the existing ROW

Road Traverse: B389 - Rathmalana Mirihana Road

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 2 6 0+000 - 0+200 4 8 6 9 0+200 - 0+400 1 9 7 5 0+400 - 0+600 4 7 4 8 0+600 - 0+800 2 10 5 5 0+800 - 1+000 4 11 6 5 1+000 - 1+200 7 12 4 7 1+200 - 1+400 3 5 2 7 1+400 - 1+600 4 2 0 5 1+600 - 1+800 0 7 3 8 1+800 - 2+000 2 6 3 5 2+000 - 2+200 4 8 42 70 Total 35 85

Appendix 5.4: Utility structures within 2 m on either side from the existing ROW

Road Traverse: B240-Kotte Bope Road (From Malabe to Godagama)

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 5 6 0+000 - 0+200 0 3 3 10 0+200 - 0+400 3 10 1 8 0+400 - 0+600 5 12 3 9 0+600 - 0+800 3 7 3 11 0+800 - 1+000 1 6 4 5 1+000 - 1+200 2 11 4 7 1+200 - 1+400 4 5 4 7 1+400 - 1+600 4 6 5 5 1+600 - 1+800 2 4 2 7 1+800 - 2+000 2 6 2 9 2+000 - 2+200 3 7 2 9 2+200 - 2+400 4 6 2 9 2+400 - 2+600 5 8 2 9 2+600 - 2+800 4 7 2 8 2+800 - 3+000 1 2 0 5 3+000 - 3+200 0 1 2 8 3+200 - 3+400 1 2 0 3 3+400 - 3+600 0 0 0 3 3+600 - 3+800 0 4 2 5 3+800 - 4+000 2 5 2 7 4+000 - 4+200 2 3 1 7 4+200 - 4+400 0 4 2 7 4+400 - 4+600 2 8 3 11 4+600 - 4+800 5 8 0 8 4+800 - 5+000 4 6 5 10 5+000 - 5+200 3 8 6 14 5+200 - 5+400 4 6 7 12 5+400 - 5+600 6 5 6 8 5+600 - 5+800 5 7 0 7 5+800 - 6+000 0 2 6 8 6+000 - 6+200 4 4 3 10 6+200 - 6+400 2 2 4 12 6+400 - 6+600 4 5 5 7 6+600 - 6+800 5 5 1 7 6+800 - 7+000 2 6 1 6 7+000 - 7+200 3 8 1 6 7+200 - 7+400 0 4 2 7 7+400 - 7+600 2 5 4 6 7+600 - 7+800 4 6 3 9 7+800 - 8+000 2 7

Left Right Chainage (km) No of Telephone No of Electric No of Telephone No of Electric poles poles poles poles 3 11 8+000 - 8+200 3 10 5 9 8+200 - 8+400 2 6 3 7 8+400 - 8+600 2 10 4 7 8+600 - 8+800 0 4 2 6 8+800 - 9+000 0 1 2 5 9+000 - 9+200 0 8 1 5 9+200 - 9+400 0 5 2 8 9+400 - 9+600 4 11 4 7 9+600 - 9+800 4 11 2 6 9+800 - 10+000 4 5 0 9 10+000 - 10+200 2 6 4 7 10+200 - 10+400 4 6 4 6 10+400 - 10+600 5 9 1 8 10+600 - 10+800 3 7 2 9 10+800 - 11+000 2 5

149 422 Total 140 325

Appendix 6: List of Bridges and Culverts along the Road sections

Table 1: A002: Galle Road from William Junction – Maliban Junction

Dimention Culveret No of Silted Change (m) Cordinates Comments No Dimention of opening opening culvert

Height/Diam Width

9+200 10/1 6.854598, 79.865494 1.2 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

9+600 10/2 6.851040, 79.865923 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

9+700 10/3 6.850197, 79.865962 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

9+800 10/4 6.849470, 79.865956 1.2 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

9+900 10/5 6.848559, 79.865974 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

9+950 10/6 6.848097, 79.865987 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

10+100 11/1 6.846731, 79.866056 1.2 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

12+400 13/2 6.826857, 79.869262 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

13+200 14/1 6.820598, 79.872805 1.2 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

Table 2: A003: Peliyagoda Puttalam Road from Dandugama to Kochchikade

Coordinates Dimensions, mm Status Culvert Type of Type of Length Skew Ser: No Chainage Silted No Structure culvert / m /Degree Inlet Outlet Northing Easting Good Regular Bad Hight Width Hight Width

1 19/1 401494 512536 Bridge 16.87 2600 7420 2600 7420 Yes Yes

2 18+700 19/2 401494 512536 Culvert Box 25.97 800 1210 800 1210 Yes Yes

3 19+150 20/1 401339 512916 Culvert Box 18.5 600 1500 580 1500 Yes Yes

4 19+700 20/2 401179 513347 Culvert Box/Pipe 19.6 600 Æ 750 1200 Yes Yes

5 20+080 21/1 400991 523839 Culvert Box/Pipe 20.4 1200 Æ 900 2400 Yes Yes

6 20+800 21/2 400903 514318 Culvert Box 17.2 900 1300 1100 1530 No Yes

7 20+980 21/3 400826 514669 Culvert Box 18.3 1100 1200 1100 1200 Yes Yes

8 21+100 22/1 400780 514856 Culvert Pipe 18.2 600 Æ 600 Æ Yes Yes

9 21+750 22/2 400700 515381 Culvert Box 19.3 800 1.9 800 1900 Yes Yes

10 22+150 23/1 400613 515918 Culvert Box 17.5 900 1000 Yes Yes

11 22+900 23/2 400503 516532 Culvert Pipe 18.2 900Æ 900Æ Yes Yes

12 23+080 24/1 400459 516823 Culvert Pipe 18.2 900Æ 900Æ Yes Yes

13 23+650 24/2 400344 517190 Culvert Box 21.1 1100 1200 1100 1200 No Yes

14 23+950 24/3 400224 517581 Culvert Box 20 1000 1400 1000 1400 Yes Yes Coordinates Dimensions, mm Status Culvert Type of Type of Length Skew Ser: No Chainage Silted No Structure culvert / m /Degree Inlet Outlet Northing Easting Good Regular Bad Hight Width Hight Width

15 24+090 25/1 400158 517776 Culvert Pipe 20.4 1200Æ 1200Æ No Yes

16 24+600 25/2 400015 518185 Culvert Box 19.4 1400 1200 No Yes

17 24+900 25/3 399973 518430 Culvert Box 19.16 7.5 500 1000 500 1000 Yes Yes

18 25+005 26/1 399937 518599 Culvert Box 20.8 600 800 600 800 Yes Yes

19 25+400 26/2 399657 518950 Culvert Box 20.8 600 1100 Yes Yes

20 25+600 26/3 399531 519173 Culvert Box 19.2 1000 1000 1000 1000 Yes Yes

21 26+120 27/1 399349 519586 Culvert Box 19.4 1400 1300 1400 1300 Yes Yes

22 27/2 399128 520132 Bridge 19.61 1750 4200 1750 4200 Yes Yes

23 27+300 28/1 399017 520753 Culvert Box 19.1 1400 1550 1400 1450 Yes Yes

24 27+400 28/2 398957 520855 Culvert Box 19.3 700 1000 700 1000 Yes Yes

25 27+920 28/3 398797 521256 Culvert Box 19 1100 1000 1100 1000 Yes Yes

26 28+100 29/1 398709 521466 Culvert Box 18.6 1300 1300 1000 1300 Yes Yes

27 28+300 29/2 398554 521753 Culvert Box 18.8 800 1200 Yes Yes

28 28+850 29/3 398424 522061 Culvert Box 19.3 8.97 800 1000 800 1000 Yes Yes

29 29+005 30/1 398340 522220 Culvert Box 28 12.37 Coordinates Dimensions, mm Status Culvert Type of Type of Length Skew Ser: No Chainage Silted No Structure culvert / m /Degree Inlet Outlet Northing Easting Good Regular Bad Hight Width Hight Width

30 29+100 30/2 398261 522381 Culvert Box 19.5 1000 1000 No Yes

31 29+500 30/3 398161 522612 Culvert Box 19.5 1000 900 1000 900 No Yes

32 29+980 30/4 397929 523111 Culvert Box 18.2 1400 1500 1000 1500 Yes Yes

33 30+090 31/1 397869 523284 Culvert Pipe 21.4 900Æ 900Æ Yes Yes

34 30+300 31/2 397772 523454 Culvert Box 19.7 1000 800 Yes Yes

35 30+450 31/3 397694 523651 Culvert Box 19 1000 1500 1000 1500 No Yes

36 30+550 31/4 397646 523755 Culvert Box 18.8 1000 2000 1000 2000 Yes Yes

37 31+080 32/1 397470 524143 Culvert Pipe 19.9 600Æ 600Æ No Yes

38 31+120 32/2 394456 524220 Culvert Box 18.8 1200 1950 No Yes

39 32+100 33/1 398025 525000 Culvert Bridge 19.7 1800 3100 1800 3100 No

40 32+120 33/2 398039 525020 Culvert Box 20.52 14.1 1500 6800 1500 6800 Yes Yes

41 33+100 34/1 397870 525934 Culvert Box/Pipe 13.4 700 2000 600Æ Yes

42 33+400 34/2 397794 526266 Culvert Box 12.7 700 1200 No Yes

43 33+900 34/3 397918 526564 Culvert Pipe 14.7 14.18 600Æ 600Æ Yes Yes

44 34+150 35/1 397850 526958 Culvert Box/Pipe 13.1 600 1250 600 1300 Yes Yes Coordinates Dimensions, mm Status Culvert Type of Type of Length Skew Ser: No Chainage Silted No Structure culvert / m /Degree Inlet Outlet Northing Easting Good Regular Bad Hight Width Hight Width

45 34+450 35/2 397931 527194 Bridge 14.4 1200 3600 1200 3600 Yes Yes

46 35+090 36/1 398248 527755 Culvert Pipe 13.5 900Æ 900Æ Yes Yes

47 36+870 37/1 398941 529151 Culvert Pipe 12.1 900Æ No Yes

48 38/1 399177 529560 Bridge 13.3 1300 5100 1300 5100 Yes Yes

49 38/2 399259 529639 Bridge 10.8 3400 12200 3500 12200 No Yes

50 38/3 399570 529980 Bridge 8.4 9000 100000 9000 100000 No Yes

51 39/1 399522 530198 Culvert Pipe 12.6 900Æ 900Æ Yes Yes

52 39/2 399153 530573 Culvert Pipe 12.3 900Æ Yes Yes

Table 3: B389: Rathmalana – Mirihana Road (From Maliban Junction to Bakeriya Junction)

Dimention Comments Silted change (m) Culveret No Cordinates No of opening Dimention of opening culvert Height/Diam Width 0+250 1/1 6.823107, 79.880020 2 2.5 1 No Box Culvert

0+850 1/2 6.823139, 79.879972 1 Not visible

0+900 1/3 6.823388, 79.880427 2 2.5 1 Yes Box Culvert

1+800 2/1 6.829417, 79.88516 0.6 1 Yes H/Pipe Culvert

Table 4: B240: Kotte – Bope Road (From Malabe to Godagama)

Dimension No of change (m) Culvert No Coordinates Dimension of opening Silted culvert Comments opening Height Width 5+400 6/1 6.903683, 79.955217 0.9 0.9 1 No Pipe Culvert

5+869 6/2 6.901194, 79.956833 1.25 1.75 1 No Box Culvert

5+990 6/3 6.900611, 79.957194 0.95 1.65 1 No Box Culvert

6+588 7/1 6.895667, 79.960222 0.6 0.6 1 No Box Culvert/Pipe culvert

7+111 8/1 6.891389, 79.964167 0.6 0.8 1 No Box Culvert

7+297 8/2 6.890722, 79.964750 1 1.55 1 No Box Culvert

8+050 9/1 6.885333, 79.968944 1.5 1.45 1 No Box Culvert

8+139 9/2 6.885167, 79.969083 0.9 1.5 1 No Box Culvert

8+240 9/3 6.883861, 79.970139 0.6 0.6 1 No Box Culvert/Pipe culvert

8+397 9/4 6.883667, 79.971028 1.35 1.6 1 No Box Culvert

8+523 9/5 6.883722, 79.971611 1.2 1.45 1 No Box Culvert

8+877 9/6 6.883972, 79.973694 0.8 0.86 1 No Box Culvert

8+986 9/7 6.884139, 79.975000 0.75 1 1 No Box Culvert

9+049 10/2 6.884000, 79.976917 0.9 1 1 No Box Culvert

9+125 10/3 6.883417, 79.978806 1.5 1.65 1 No Box Culvert

9+281 10/4 6.882028, 79.980306 0.55 1 1 No Box Culvert

9+331 10/5 6.882139, 79.980722 0.6 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert Dimension No of change (m) Culvert No Coordinates Dimension of opening Silted culvert Comments opening Height Width 9+513 10/6 6.881722, 79.982389 1.25 1.5 1 No Box Culvert

10+083 11/1 6.880361, 79.984389 0.6 0.6 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

10+150 11/2 6.879389, 79.985222 1.1 1.2 1 No Box Culvert

10+170 11/3 6.879083, 79.986194 1.1 1.2 1 No Box Culvert

10+231 11/4 6.879056, 79.986444 1.25 0.95 1 No Box Culvert

11+068 12/1 6.875361, 79.992528 1.25 2.1 1 No Box Culvert

11+571 12/2 6.871194, 79.998111 1.6 1.5 1 No Box Culvert

12+027 13/1 6.869194, 80.000667 1.9 1.5 1 No Box Culvert

12+292 13/2 6.867056, 80.003306 1.1 1.15 1 No Box Culvert

12+318 13/3 6.867278, 80.003056 0.75 0.75 1 No Box Culvert

12+337 13/4 6.866917, 80.003500 0.9 0.9 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

12+380 13/5 6.866556, 80.003972 0.9 0.9 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

12+480 13/6 6.866278, 80.004306 0.9 0.9 1 yes Box Culvert

13+020 14/1 6.864833, 80.006111 2 2 2 No Box Culvert

13+250 14/2 6.864444, 80.008139 0.9 0.9 1 No H/Pipe Culvert

13+400 14/3 6.864528, 80.009458 1 No Not Visible

13+800 14/4 6.865778, 80.014944 1 1 1 No Box Culvert

14+200 15/1 6.865806, 80.016778 0.9 0.9 1 No H/Pipe Culvert Dimension No of change (m) Culvert No Coordinates Dimension of opening Silted culvert Comments opening Height Width 14+250 15/2 6.865833, 80.017083 2.5 2 No Bridge

14+450 15/3 6.865778, 80.020167 0.6 1 1 yes Box Culvert

14+750 15/4 6.865472, 80.021889 3 4 No Bridge

14+900 15/5 6.865333, 80.022639 1.2 1.2 1 yes Box Culvert

15+600 16/1 6.861639, 80.027333 1 1 1 No Box Culvert

15+850 16/2 6.859417, 80.028306 0.9 0.9 1 yes H/Pipe Culvert

16+250 17/1 6.855944, 80.030806 0.9 0.9 1 yes H/Pipe Culvert

16+650 17/2 6.853056, 80.032139 1.5 1.5 1 No Box Culvert

Appendix 7.1 (a): Flora species found within the study area – A002 Road Conservation Status: NCS - National Conservation Status LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU - Vulnerable

Habit: H- Herb C – Creeper T- Tree S – Shrub G – Grass Taxonomic Status: E: Endemic N: Native I: Introduce In - Within the RoW of the road Out- Habitat located beside the RoW of the road +Present - Absent

Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 1 Anacardiaceae Spondias dulcis Amberella I LC T - + 2 Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Amba I LC T + + 3 Annonaceae Annona muricata katu-aatha I LC S - + 4 Annonaceae Polyalthia O-wila / villo N LC T - + longifolia 5 Apocynaceae Plumeria obtusa Araliya I LC T - + 6 Apocynaceae Thevetia Kaha- I LC S - + peruviana kaneru 7 Apocynaceae Tabernaemontan Watu-sudda I LC S - + a divaricata 8 Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol N LC T - + 9 Calophyllaceae Mesua Ferrea Na N LC T - + 10 Caricaceae Carica papaya Gas-labu I LC S - + 11 Combretaceae Terminalia Kottan I LC T + + catappa 12 Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus Weralu N LC T - + serratus 13 Euphorbiaceae Croton sp. Croton I LC S - + 14 Euphorbiaceae Macaranga Kenda N LC T - + peltata 15 Fabaceae Samanea saman Para Mara I LC T + + 16 Fabaceae Cassia fistula Ehela N LC T + + 17 Fabaceae Pterocarpus Wal-ehala I LC T - + indicus 18 Fabaceae Bauhinia Koboleela I LC T - + variegata 19 Fabaceae Peltophorum Kaha-mara I LC T - + pterocarpum 20 Fabaceae Sesbania Katuru- N LC S - + grandiflora murunga 21 Fabaceae Delonix regia May Mara I LC T - + 22 Fabaceae Leucaena Ipil Ipil I LC T - + leucocephala Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 23 Fabaceae Tamarindus Siyabala N LC T + + indica 24 Lauraceae Persea Aligeta-pera I LC T + americana 25 Malvaceae Muntingia Jam I LC T + + calabura 26 Meliaceae Swietenia Mahogani I LC T - + macrophylla 27 Meliaceae Azadirachta Kohomba N LC T - + indica 28 Moraceae Ficus religiosa Bo N LC T - + 29 Moraceae Ficus benjamina Walu-nuga I LC T - + 30 Moraceae Artocarpus Kos I LC T - + heterophyllus 31 Moraceae Ficus Maha Nuga N LC T - + benghalensis 32 Musaceae Musa x Kesel I LC S - + paradisiaca 33 Myrtaceae Psidium guajava Pera I LC T - + 34 Nyctaginaceae bougainvillea sp. Bogunvilla I LC C - + 35 Sapindaceae Filicium decipiens Pehimbiya N LC T - +

Appendix 7.1 (b): Flora species found within the study area – A003 Road Conservation Status: NCS - National Conservation Status LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU - Vulnerable

Habit: H- Herb C – Creeper T- Tree S – Shrub G – Grass Taxonomic Status: E: Endemic N: Native I: Introduce In - Within the RoW of the road Out- Habitat located beside the RoW of the road +Present - Absent

Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 1 Amaranthaceae Alternanthera Mukunuwenn N LC H + + sessilis a 2 Amaranthaceae Aerva lanata Pol-pala N LC H + + 3 Anacardiaceae Anacardium Cadju I LC T - + occidentale 4 Anacardiaceae Spondias dulcis Amberella I LC T - + 5 Anacardiaceae Lannea Hik N LC T - + coromandelica 6 Anacardiaceae Mangifera Amba I LC T + + indica 7 Annonaceae Annona Weli-attha I LC S - + reticulata 8 Annonaceae Annona katu-aatha I LC S - + muricata 9 Annonaceae Polyalthia O-wila N LC T + + longifolia 10 Apocynaceae Plumeria Araliya I LC T + + obtusa 11 Apocynaceae Thevetia Kaha- kaneru I LC S - + peruviana 12 Apocynaceae Nerium Kaneru I LC S - + oleander 13 Apocynaceae Calotropis Wara N LC S + + gigantea 14 Araceae Lasia spinosa Kohila N LC H - + 15 Araceae Wodyetia Foxtail palm I LC T + + Bifurcata 16 Araceae Colocasia Gahala I LC H - + esculenta 17 Arecaceae Caryota urens Kitul N LC T - + 18 Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol N LC T - + 19 Arecaceae Dypsis sp. Cane palm I LC S - + 20 Arecaceae Roystonea Royal palm I LC T - + regia 21 Arecaceae Corypha Tal N LC T - + umbraculifera 22 Arecaceae Areca catechu Puwak N LC T - + 23 Asteraceae Vernonia Monara N LC H + + cinerea Kudumbiya 24 Asteraceae Ageratum Hulan Tala I LC H + + conyzoides 25 Asteraceae Mikania cordata Wathu Palu I LC C + + 26 Arecaceae Phoenix Rata indi I LC T + - dactylifera 27 Bignoniaceae Tabebuia rosa Tabebuia I LC T + + 28 Caricaceae Carica papaya Gas-labu I LC S - + 29 Combretaceae Terminalia Bulu N LC T - + bellirica 30 Combretaceae Terminalia Kumbuk N LC T + + arjuna 31 Combretaceae Terminalia Kottan I LC T + + catappa 32 Commelinaceae Commelina Gira Pala N LC H + + diffusa 33 Convolvulaceae Cuscuta Aga Mula Neti N LC C + + campestris Wel 34 Convolvulaceae Ipomoea Kan Kun N LC C - + aquatica 35 Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus Weralu N LC T - + serratus 36 Euphorbiaceae Croton sp. Croton I LC S - + 37 Euphorbiaceae Macaranga Kenda N LC T + + peltata 38 Euphorbiaceae Ricinus Beheth I LC S - + communis Endaru 39 Fabaceae Mimosa pudica Nidikumba N LC H + + 40 Fabaceae Samanea Para Mara I LC T + + saman 41 Fabaceae Clitoria ternatea Nil-katarodu N LC C + + 42 Fabaceae Cassia fistula Ehela N LC T - + 43 Fabaceae Bauhinia Maila N LC T - + racemosa 44 Fabaceae Pterocarpus Wal-ehala I LC T - + indicus 45 Fabaceae Bauhinia Koboleela I LC T + + variegata 46 Fabaceae Cassia alata Rata Tora I LC S + + 47 Fabaceae Peltophorum Kaha-mara I LC T + + pterocarpum 48 Fabaceae Sesbania Katuru- N LC S - + grandiflora murunga 49 Fabaceae Acacia Acacia I LC T + + melanoxylon 50 Fabaceae Delonix regia May Mara I LC T - + 51 Fabaceae Desmodium Et Undupiyali N LC H + + heterocarpon 52 Fabaceae Desmodium Heen N LC H + + triflorum Undupiyali 53 Fabaceae Gliricidia Weta Mara I LC T + + sepium 54 Fabaceae Leucaena Ipil Ipil I LC T - + leucocephala 55 Fabaceae Pongamia Magul N LC T + + pinnata Karanda 56 Fabaceae Tamarindus Siyabala N LC T + + indica 57 Lamiaceae Vitex altissima Milla N NT T - + 58 Lauraceae Litsea glutinosa Bomee N LC T - + 59 Lauraceae Persea Aligeta-pera I LC T - + americana 60 Loranthaceae Dendrophthoe Pilila N LC EP + + falcata 61 Malvaceae Pterospermum Welang N LC T - + suberifolium 62 Malvaceae Berrya Halmilla N LC T + + cordifolia 63 Malvaceae Grewia damine Daminiya N LC T - + 64 Malvaceae Sida acuta Gas Bebila N LC H + + 65 Malvaceae Thespesia Gan Suriya N LC T - + populnea 66 Malvaceae Urena lobata Patta Epala N LC H + + 67 Malvaceae Ceiba Kotta N LC T - + pentandra 68 Malvaceae Muntingia Jam I LC T + + calabura 69 Marsileaceae Marsilea minuta Hathara N LC H - + pethiya 70 Melastomatacea Melastoma Maha Bovitiya N LC S - + malabathricum 71 Meliaceae Swietenia Mahogani I LC T + + macrophylla 72 Meliaceae Azadirachta Kohomba N LC T - + indica 73 Meliaceae Melia Lunu Midella N LC T - + azedarach 74 Moraceae Ficus racemosa Attikka N LC T + + 75 Moraceae Ficus religiosa Bo N LC T - + 76 Moraceae Artocarpus Del I LC T - + incisus 77 Moraceae Ficus Walu-nuga I LC T + + benjamina 78 Moraceae Artocarpus Kos I LC T + + heterophyllus 79 Moraceae Ficus Maha Nuga N LC T + + benghalensis 80 Moraceae Ficus hispida Kota Dimbula N LC T - + 81 Musaceae Musa x Kesel I LC S - + paradisiaca 82 Myrtaceae Eucalyptus Sp. Eucalytus I LC T - + 83 Myrtaceae Psidium Pera I LC T + + guajava 84 Myrtaceae Syzygium Madan N LC T + + cumini 85 Nyctaginaceae bougainvillea Bogunvilla I LC C - + sp. 86 Oleaceae Nyctanthes Sepalika I LC S - + arbor-tristis 87 Oleaceae Jasminum Saman- I LC S - + grandiflorum pittcha 88 Pandanaceae Pandanus kaida Wata Keyiya N LC S - + 89 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus Kaila N LC S - + reticulates 90 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus Nelli N VU S - + emblica 91 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus Rata -nelli I LC S - + acidus 92 Phyllanthaceae Bridelia retusa Ketakala N LC T + + 93 Phyllanthaceae Flueggea Heen Katu N LC S - + leucopyrus Pila 94 Phyllanthaceae Sauropus Mella Dum N LC S - + androgynus Kola 95 Poaceae Bambusa Kaha Una I LC T - + vulgaris 96 Poaceae Chrysopogon Tuttiri N LC H + + aciculatus 97 Poaceae Imperata Illuk N LC H + + cylindrica 98 Poaceae Panicum Rata Tana I LC H + + maximum 99 Poaceae Panicum Etora N LC H + + repens 100 Poaceae Dactyloctenium Putu Tana N LC H + + aegyptium 101 Poaceae Eleusine indica Bela Tana N LC H + + 102 Punicaceae Punica Delum I LC S - + granatum 103 Rhizophoracea Carallia Dawata N NT T - + brachiata 104 Rubiaceae Coffea arabica Kopi I LC T - + 105 Rubiaceae Morinda Ahu N LC T - + citrifolia 106 Rubiaceae Ixora coccinea Rat Mal N LC S - + 107 Rubiaceae Mussaenda Mussenda N LC S - + frondosa 108 Rubiaceae Morinda Kiri Wel N LC C - + umbellata 109 Rutaceae Murraya Karapincha N LC T - + koenigii 110 Rutaceae Murraya Etteriya N LC T - + paniculata 111 Rutaceae Limonia Diul N LC T - + acidissima 112 Salicaceae Flacourtia Lovi I LC S - + inermis 113 Sapindaceae Schleichera Kon N LC T + + oleosa 114 Sapindaceae Filicium Pehimbiya N LC T + + decipiens 115 Sapotaceae Madhuca Mi N NT T + + longifolia 116 Verbanaceae Tectona grandis Thekka I LC T - +

Appendix 7.1 (c): Flora species found within the study area – B389 Road Conservation Status: NCS - National Conservation Status LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU - Vulnerable

Habit: H- Herb C – Creeper T- Tree S – Shrub G – Grass Taxonomic Status: E: Endemic N: Native I: Introduce In - Within the RoW of the road Out- Habitat located beside the RoW of the road +Present - Absent

Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 1 Anacardiaceae Spondias dulcis Amberella I LC T - + 2 Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Amba I LC T + + Polyalthia 3 Annonaceae O-wila / villo N LC T - + longifolia 4 Apocynaceae Plumeria obtusa Araliya I LC T - + Thevetia Kaha- 5 Apocynaceae I LC S - + peruviana kaneru Tabernaemontan 6 Apocynaceae Watu-sudda I LC S - + a divaricata 7 Apocynaceae Alstonia scholaris Ruk Attana N LC T - + Colocasia 8 Araceae Gahala I LC H + esculenta 9 Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol N LC T - + Sphagneticola 10 Asteraceae Wedelia I LC H + + trilobata 11 Calophyllaceae Mesua Ferrea Na N LC T - + 12 Caricaceae Carica papaya Gas-labu I LC S - + 13 Combretaceae Terminalia arjuna Kumbuk N LC T - + Terminalia 14 Combretaceae Kottan I LC T + + catappa Elaeocarpus 15 Elaeocarpacea Weralu N LC T - + serratus 16 Euphorbiaceae Croton sp. Croton I LC S - + Macaranga 17 Euphorbiaceae Kenda N LC T - + peltata Acacia 18 Fabaceae Acacia I LC T - + melanoxylon Desmodium Et 19 Fabaceae N LC H - + heterocarpon Undupiyali Desmodium Heen 20 Fabaceae N LC H - + triflorum Undupiyali 21 Fabaceae Gliricidia sepium Weta Mara I LC T + + Leucaena 22 Fabaceae Ipil Ipil I LC T + leucocephala Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name Tamarindus 23 Fabaceae Siyabala N LC T + + indica Thespesia 24 Malvaceae Gan Suriya N LC T - + populnea Muntingia 25 Malvaceae Jam I LC T - + calabura Sterculia 26 Malvaceae Nawa I LC T + - balanghas Swietenia 27 Meliaceae Mahogani I LC T - + macrophylla Azadirachta 28 Meliaceae Kohomba N LC T - + indica 29 Moraceae Ficus religiosa Bo N LC T - + Artocarpus 30 Moraceae Kos I LC T - + heterophyllus Musa x 31 Musaceae Kesel I LC S - + paradisiaca 32 Myrtaceae Psidium guajava Pera I LC T - + 33 Nyctaginaceae bougainvillea sp. Bogunvilla I LC C - + Nymphaea 34 Nymphaeacea Olu N LC H - + pubescens Jasminum Saman- 35 Oleaceae I LC S - + grandiflorum pittcha Phyllanthus 36 Phyllanthaceae Nelli N VU S - + emblica Phyllanthus 37 Phyllanthaceae Rata -nelli I LC S - + acidus Chrysopogon 38 Poaceae Tuttiri N LC H + + aciculatus Panicum 39 Poaceae Rata Tana I LC H + + maximum Mussaenda 40 Rubiaceae Mussenda N LC S - + frondosa 41 Sapindaceae Filicium decipiens Pehimbiya N LC T - + 42 Verbanaceae Tectona grandis Thekka I LC T - +

Appendix 7.1 (d): Flora species found within the study area – B240 Road Conservation Status: NCS - National Conservation Status LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU - Vulnerable

Habit: H- Herb C – Creeper T- Tree S – Shrub G – Grass Taxonomic Status: E: Endemic N: Native I: Introduce In - Within the RoW of the road Out- Habitat located beside the RoW of the road +Present - Absent

Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 1 Acanthaceae Justicia Agal-adara N LC S - + adhathoda 2 Amaranthaceae Alternanthera Mukunuwe N LC H + + sessilis nna 3 Amaranthaceae Aerva lanata Pol-pala N LC H + + 4 Anacardiaceae Spondias dulcis Amberella I LC T - + 5 Anacardiaceae Lannea Hik N LC T - + coromandelica 6 Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Amba I LC T + + 7 Annonaceae Annona glabra Wel Attha I LC T - + 8 Annonaceae Polyalthia O-wila / N LC T - + longifolia villo 9 Apocynaceae Pagiantha Divi N LC T - + dichotoma Kaduru 10 Apocynaceae Plumeria obtusa Araliya I LC T - + 11 Apocynaceae Thevetia Kaha- I LC S - + peruviana kaneru 12 Apocynaceae Tabernaemonta Watu- I LC S - + na divaricata sudda 13 Apocynaceae Alstonia Ruk Attana N LC T - + scholaris 14 Apocynaceae Calotropis Wara N LC S - + gigantea 15 Apocynaceae Alstonia Havari I LC T - + macrophylla Nuga 16 Apocynaceae Cerbera odollam Gon N LC T - + Kaduru 17 Araceae Lasia spinosa Kohila N LC H - + 18 Araceae Colocasia Gahala I LC H + + esculenta 19 Arecaceae Caryota urens Kitul N LC T - + 20 Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol N LC T + + 21 Arecaceae Dypsis sp. Cane palm I LC S - + 22 Arecaceae Roystonea regia Royal palm I LC T - + Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 23 Arecaceae Corypha Tal N LC T - + umbraculifera 24 Arecaceae Areca catechu Puwak N LC T - + 25 Asparagaceae Asparagus Hatawariya N LC C - + racemosus 26 Asteraceae Eclipta prostrate Kikirindi N LC H - + 27 Asteraceae Vernonia cinerea Monara N LC H + + Kudumbiya 28 Asteraceae Sphagneticola Wedelia I LC H + + trilobata 29 Asteraceae Ageratum Hulan Tala I LC H + + conyzoides 30 Asteraceae Mikania cordata Wathu I LC C + + Palu 31 Calophyllaceae Mesua ferrea Na N LC T + + 32 Calophyllaceae Calophyllum Domba N LC T - + inophyllum 33 Cannabaceae Trema orientalis Gadumba N LC T - + 34 Caricaceae Carica papaya Gas-labu I LC S - + 35 Clusiaceae Garcinia Rat Goraka E LC T - + quaesita 36 Combretaceae Terminalia Kumbuk N LC T - + arjuna 37 Combretaceae Terminalia Kottan I LC T + + catappa 38 Commelinaceae Commelina Gira Pala N LC H + + diffusa 39 Convolvulaceae Merremia Heen N LC C - + tridentata Madu 40 Convolvulaceae Cuscuta Aga Mula N LC C + + campestris Neti Wel 41 Convolvulaceae Ipomoea Kan Kun N LC C - + aquatica 42 Cyperaceae Cyperus Pothukola N LC H - + aromaticus Pan 43 Dilleniaceae Dillenia retusa Godapara N LC T - + 44 Dilleniaceae Dillenia Diya Para I LC T - + suffruticosa 45 Elaeocarpaceae Elaeocarpus Weralu N LC T - + serratus 46 Euphorbiaceae Croton sp. Croton I LC S - + 47 Euphorbiaceae Hevea Rubber I LC T - + brasiliensis 48 Euphorbiaceae Macaranga Kenda N LC T + + peltata 49 Euphorbiaceae Ricinus Beheth I LC S - + communis Endaru 50 Fabaceae Mimosa pudica Nidikumba N LC H + + 51 Fabaceae Samanea saman Para Mara I LC T - + 52 Fabaceae Cassia fistula Ehela N LC T - + Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 53 Fabaceae Pterocarpus Wal-ehala I LC T - + indicus 54 Fabaceae Bauhinia Koboleela I LC T - + variegata 55 Fabaceae Cassia alata Rata Tora I LC S - + 56 Fabaceae Peltophorum Kaha-mara I LC T - + pterocarpum 57 Fabaceae Sesbania Katuru N LC S - + grandiflora murunga 58 Fabaceae Cynometra Naminam N LC S - + cauliflora 59 Fabaceae Acacia Acacia I LC T + + melanoxylon 60 Fabaceae Adenanthera Madatiya N LC T - + pavonina 61 Fabaceae Delonix regia May Mara I LC T - + 62 Fabaceae Desmodium Et N LC H + + heterocarpon Undupiyali 63 Fabaceae Desmodium Heen N LC H + + triflorum Undupiyali 64 Fabaceae Gliricidia sepium Weta Mara I LC T - + 65 Fabaceae Leucaena Ipil Ipil I LC T + + leucocephala 66 Fabaceae Pongamia Magul N LC T - + pinnata Karanda 67 Fabaceae Tamarindus Siyabala N LC T - + indica 68 Lamiaceae Vitex negundo Nika N LC S - + 69 Lamiaceae Clerodendrum Pinna N LC S - + infortunatum 70 Lauraceae Litsea glutinosa Bomee N LC T - + 71 Lauraceae Persea Aligeta- I LC T - + americana pera 72 Malvaceae Urena sinuate Patta N LC H + + Epala 73 Malvaceae Pterospermum Welang N LC T - + suberifolium 74 Malvaceae Berrya cordifolia Halmilla N LC T + + 75 Malvaceae Grewia damine Daminiya N LC T - + 76 Malvaceae Hibiscus Na Pirittha N LC C - + furcatus 77 Malvaceae Hibiscus Beli Patta N LC T + + tiliaceus 78 Malvaceae Sida acuta Gas Bebila N LC H + + 79 Malvaceae Sida rhombifolia Kotikan N LC H + + Bevila 80 Malvaceae Thespesia Gan Suriya N LC T - + populnea 81 Malvaceae Urena lobata Patta N LC H + + Epala Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 82 Malvaceae Muntingia Jam I LC T + + calabura 83 Meliaceae Swietenia Mahogani I LC T - + macrophylla 84 Meliaceae Azadirachta Kohomba N LC T - + indica 85 Meliaceae Melia azedarach Lunu N LC T - + Midella 86 Moraceae Ficus racemosa Attikka N LC T - + 87 Moraceae Ficus religiosa Bo N LC T + + 88 Moraceae Artocarpus Del I LC T - + incisus 89 Moraceae Ficus benjamina Walu-nuga I LC T + + 90 Moraceae Artocarpus Kos I LC T - + heterophyllus 91 Moraceae Artocarpus Wal Del E LC T + nobilis 92 Moraceae Ficus Maha N LC T - + benghalensis Nuga 93 Musaceae Musa x Kesel I LC S - + paradisiaca 94 Myrtaceae Eucalyptus Sp. Eucalytus I LC T - + 95 Myrtaceae Psidium guajava Pera I LC T - + 96 Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Madan N LC T - + 97 Nyctaginaceae bougainvillea sp. Bogunvilla I LC C - + 98 Oleaceae Nyctanthes Sepalika I LC S - + arbor-tristis 99 Oleaceae Jasminum Saman- I LC S - + grandiflorum pittcha 100 Oxalidaceae Averrhoa Kamarang I LC S - + carambola a 101 Pandanaceae Pandanus kaida Wata N LC S - + Keyiya 102 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus Kaila N LC S - + reticulates 103 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus Nelli N VU S - + emblica 104 Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus Rata -nelli I LC S - + acidus 105 Phyllanthaceae Sauropus Mella Dum N LC S - + androgynus Kola 106 Poaceae Saccharum Ukgas I LC S - + officinarum 107 Poaceae Oryza sativa Wi N LC H - + 108 Poaceae Bambusa Kaha Una I LC T - + vulgaris 109 Poaceae Chrysopogon Tuttiri N LC H + + aciculatus 110 Poaceae Hygroryza Gojabba N NT H - + aristata Common No Family Species name TS NCS Habit In Out name 111 Poaceae Imperata Illuk N LC H + + cylindrica 112 Poaceae Panicum Rata Tana I LC H + + maximum 113 Poaceae Panicum repens Etora N LC H + + 114 Pteridaceae Acrostichum Golden N LC H - + aureum leather fern 115 Punicaceae Punica granatum Delum I LC S - + 116 Rubiaceae Coffea arabica Kopi I LC T - + 117 Rubiaceae Morinda citrifolia Ahu N LC T - + 118 Rubiaceae Nauclea Bakmi N LC T - + orientalis 119 Rubiaceae Ixora coccinea Rat Mal N LC S - + 120 Rubiaceae Mussaenda Mussenda N LC S - + frondosa 121 Rubiaceae Morinda Kiri Wel N LC C - + umbellata 122 Rutaceae Murraya koenigii Karapincha N LC T - + 123 Rutaceae Murraya Etteriya N LC T - + paniculata 124 Rutaceae Limonia Diul N LC T - + acidissima 125 Rutaceae Aegle marmelos. Bali N LC T - + 126 Salicaceae Flacourtia Lovi I LC S - + inermis 127 Sapindaceae Schleichera Kon N LC T - + oleosa 128 Sapindaceae Filicium Pehimbiya N LC T + + decipiens 129 Sapotaceae Madhuca Mi N NT T - + longifolia 130 Sapotaceae Chrysophyllum Kos Eta I LC T - + cainito Lawulu 131 Typhaceae Typha Hambu I LC H - + angustifolia Pan 132 Verbanaceae Tectona grandis Thekka I LC T + + 133 Verbenaceae Lantana camara Gandapan I LC S + + a 134 Verbenaceae Stachytarpheta Balu N LC H + + jamaicensis Nakuta

Appendix 7.2 (a): List of fauna species observed in the study area - A002 Road

Abbreviations: NCS: National Conservation Status. LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU – Vulnerable +: Present

Table 1.1 Land Snails species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status 01 Achatinidae Lissachatina fulica African Snail Exotic NE +

Table 1.2 Dragonfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status Brachythmis Asian 01 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + contaminata Groundling

Table 1.3 Butterfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status Hesperiida Potanthus 1 Tropic Dart Indigenous LC + e confuscius Tiny Grass 2 Lycaenidae Zizula hylax Indigenous LC + Blue Nymphalid Common 3 Euploea core Indigenous LC + ae crow Papilionida 4 Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly Indigenous LC + e Papilionida Common 5 Papilio polytes Indigenous LC + e Mormon

Table 1.4 Reptile species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status Green garden 1 Agamidae Calotes calotes Native LC + lizard Common 2 Agamidae Calotes versicolor Native LC + garden lizard Gekkonida Hemidactylus Common 3 Native LC + e frenatus house-gecko

Table 1.5 Amphibian species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS Name Status 1 Duttaphrynus Common 1 Bufonidae Native LC + melanostictus house toad Rhacophori Polypedates Spotted tree 2 Native LC + dae maculatus frog

Table 1.6 Birds species BrR = Breading resident, WV=Winter Visitor, Pro:endemic = Proposed Endemic

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status Accipitrida 1 Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite BrR LC + e Phalacroco Phalacrocorax Little 2 BrR LC + racidae niger Cormorant 3 Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret BrR LC + Mesophoyx Intermediate 4 Ardeidae BrR LC + intermedia Egret White- Alcedinida Halcyon 5 throated BrR LC + e smyrnensis Kingfisher Cypsiurus Asian Palm 6 Apodidae BrR LC + balasiensis Swift Columbida Streptopelia 7 Spotted Dove BrR LC + e chinensis Green Columbida 8 Ducula aenea Imperial BrR LC + e Pigeon Columbida 9 Columba livia Rock Pigeon BrR LC + e Porphyrio Purple 10 Rallidae BrR LC + porphyrio Swamphen Dicrurus White-bellied 11 Dicruidae BrR LC + caerulescens Drongo 12 Corvidae Corvus splendens House Crow BrR LC + Aegithinida 13 Aegithina tiphia Common Iora BrR LC + e Scaly- Lonchura 14 Estrididae breasted BrR LC + punctulata Munia Muscicapid Copsychus Oriental 15 BrR LC + ae saularis Magpie Robin Purple- Nectariniid Nectarina 16 rumped BrR LC + ae zeylonica Sunbird Passer House 17 Passeridae BrR LC + domesticus Sparrow Hirundinida 18 Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow WV NE + e Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status Pycnonotid Red-vented 19 Pycnonotus cafer BrR LC + ae Bulbul Brown- Ramphasti Megalaima 20 headed BrR LC + dae zeylanica Barbet Common 21 Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis BrR LC + Myna Orthotomus Common 22 Sylviidae BrR LC + sutorius Tailorbird Yellow-billed 23 Timalidae Turdoides affinis BrR LC + Babbler

Table 1.7 Mammal species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A002 Name Status Funambulus 1 Sciuridae Palm squirrel Indigenous LC + palmarum Bandicoot 2 Muridae Bandicota Spp. Indigenous LC + Spp. Common 3 Muridae Rattus ratus Indigenous LC + house rat 4 Canidae Canis familiaris Domestic dog Indigenous LC + 5 Felidae Felis catus Domestic cat Indigenous LC + Paradoxurus 6 Viverridae Palm civet Indigenous LC + hermaphoditus Appendix 7.2 (b): List of fauna species observed in the study area - A003 Road

Abbreviations: NCS: National Conservation Status. LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN – Endangered VU – Vulnerable +: Present Table 1.1 Land Snails species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status 1 Achatinidae Lissachatina fulica African Snail Exotic NE + Mariaella 2 Ariophantidae Exotic NE + dussumieri 3 Subulinidae Allopeas gracile Exotic NE + 4 Veronicellidae Laevicaulis altae Exotic LC + 5 Ampullariidae Pila Spp. + 6 Ampullariidae Pomacea diffusa Apple Snail Exotic NE +

Table 1.2 Dragonfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status Coenagrionid Pseudagrion 1 Blue Sprite Indigenous LC + ae microcephalum Coenagrionid Ischnura Common 2 Indigenous LC + ae senegalensis Bluetail Brachythmis Asian 3 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + contaminata Groundling Crimson 4 Libellulidae Trithemis aurora Indigenous LC + Dropping Green 5 Libellulidae Orthetrum Sabina Indigenous LC + Skimmer Crocothemis Oriental 6 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + servilia Scarlet Diplacodes 7 Libellulidae Blue Percher Indigenous LC + trivialis Rhyothemis Varigated 8 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + variegata Flutter Pantala Wandering 9 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + flavescens Glider

Table 1.3 Butterfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status 1 Hesperiidae Iambrix salsala Chestnut Bob Indigenous LC + Common 2 Lycaenidae Jamides celeno Indigenous LC + Cerulean Lesser Grass 3 Lycaenidae Zizina Otis Indigenous LC + Blue Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status 4 Nymphalidae Danaus genutia Common tiger Indigenous LC + Danaus 5 Nymphalidae Plain tiger Indigenous LC + chrysippus Elymnias Common 6 Nymphalidae Indigenous LC + hypermnestra palm fly 7 Nymphalidae Junonia lemonias Lemon pansy Indigenous LC + Mycalesis Common 8 Nymphalidae Indigenous LC + perseus bush brown 9 Nymphalidae Parantica aglea Glassy tiger Indigenous LC + 10 Papilionidae Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly Indigenous LC + Common 11 Papilionidae Papilio polytes Indigenous LC + Mormon Common 12 Pieridae Eurema hecabe Indigenous LC + grass yellow 13 Pieridae Leptosia nina Psyche Indigenous LC +

Table 1.4 Reptile species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status Green garden 1 Agamidae Calotes calotes Native LC + lizard Common 2 Agamidae Calotes versicolor Native LC + garden lizard Green vine 3 Colubridae Ahaetulla nasuta Native LC + snake Dendrelaphis Common 4 Colubridae Native LC + tristis bronze-back 5 Colubridae Lycodon aulicus House snake Native LC + Shaw’s wolf 6 Colubridae Lycodon striatus Native LC + snake 7 Colubridae Ptyas mucosa Rat snake Native LC + Crocodylus Estuarine 8 Crocodylidae Native EN + porosus crocodile 9 Elapidae Naja naja Indian cobra Native LC + Four-claw 10 Gekkonidae Gehyra mutilata Native LC + gecko Hemidactylus Common 11 Gekkonidae Native LC + frenatus house-gecko 12 Pythonidae Python molurus Indian python Native LC + Common 13 Scincidae Eutropis carinata Native LC + skink Varanus 14 Varanidae Land monitor Native LC + bengalensis 15 Varanidae Varanus salvator Water monitor Native LC + Russell’s 16 Viperidae Daboia russelii Native LC + viper

Table 1.5 Amphibian species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status Duttaphrynus Common 1 Bufonidae Native LC + melanostictus house toad Dicroglossida Hoplobatrachus Indian 2 Native DD + e tigerinus Bullfrog Kaloula Common bull 3 Microhylidae Native LC + taprobanica frog Ornate narrow 4 Ranidae Microhyla ornate Native LC + mouth frog Rhacophorida Polypedates Spotted tree 5 Native LC + e maculatus frog

Table 1.6 Birds species BrR = Breading resident, WV=Winter Visitor, Pro:endemic = Proposed Endemic

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status 1 Accipitridae Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite BrR LC + Crested 2 Accipitridae Spilornis cheela BrR LC + Serpent Eagle 3 Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra BrR LC + Anhinga Oriental 4 Anhingidae BrR LC + melanogaster Darter Phalacrocora Phalacrocorax Little 5 BrR LC + cidae niger Cormorant 6 Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret BrR LC + 7 Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret BrR LC + Mesophoyx Intermediate 8 Ardeidae BrR LC + intermedia Egret White- Halcyon 9 Alcedinidae throated BrR LC + smyrnensis Kingfisher Common 10 Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis BrR LC + Kingfisher 11 Cisticolidae Prinia inornata Plain Prinia BrR LC + Streptopelia 12 Columbidae Spotted Dove BrR LC + chinensis 13 Columbidae Columba livia Rock Pigeon BrR LC + White- Amaurornis 14 Rallidae breasted BrR LC + phoenicurus Waterhen Eudynamys 15 Cuculidae Asian Koel BrR LC + scolopacea Dicrurus White-bellied 16 Dicruidae BrR LC + caerulescens Drongo 17 Corvidae Corvus splendens House Crow BrR LC + White-rumped 18 Estrididae Lonchura striata BrR LC + Munia Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS A003 Name Status Copsychus Oriental 19 Muscicapidae BrR LC + saularis Magpie Robin Purple- Nectarina 20 Nectariniidae rumped BrR LC + zeylonica Sunbird Oriolus Black-hooded 21 Oriolidae BrR LC + xanthornus Oriole Passer House 22 Passeridae BrR LC + domesticus Sparrow Rose-ringed 23 Psittacidae Psittacula krameri BrR LC + Parakeet 24 Hirundinidae Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow WV NE + Red-vented 25 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer BrR LC + Bulbul Lesser Dendrocygna 26 Anatidae Whistling- BrR LC + javanica duck Brown- Ramphastida Megalaima 27 headed BrR LC + e zeylanica Barbet Acridotheres Common 28 Sturnidae BrR LC + tristis Myna Orthotomus Common 29 Sylviidae BrR LC + sutorius Tailorbird Yellow-billed 30 Timalidae Turdoides affinis BrR LC + Babbler

Table 1.7 Mammal species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS Name Status Funambulus 01 Sciuridae Palm squirrel Indigenous LC + palmarum 02 Soricidae Suncus Spp. Indigenous LC + Pteropus Giant flying 03 Pteropodidae Indigenous LC + giganteus fox Rousettus Dog faced 04 Pteropodidae Indigenous LC + leschenaultii fruit bat Short nosed 05 Pteropodidae Cynoptrrus sphinx Indigenous LC + fruit bat Bandicoot 06 Muridae Bandicota Spp. Indigenous LC + Spp. Common 07 Muridae Rattus ratus Indigenous LC + house rat Cercopithecid Semnopithecus Purple-faced 08 Endemic EN + ae vetulus leaf monkey 09 Canidae Canis familiaris Domestic dog Indigenous LC + 10 Felidae Felis catus Domestic cat Indigenous LC + Herpestes Brown 11 Herpestidae Indigenous LC + brachyurus mongoose Paradoxurus 12 Viverridae Palm civet Indigenous LC + hermaphoditus Ring-tailed 13 Viverridae Viverricula indica Indigenous LC + civet 14 Hystricidae Hystrix indica Porcupine Indigenous LC +

Appendix 7.2 (c): Fauna species found within the study area – B389 Road

Abbreviations: NCS: National Conservation Status. LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU – Vulnerable +: Present

Table 1.1 Land Snails species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status 1 Achatinidae Lissachatina fulica African Snail Exotic NE + 2 Ampullariidae Pomacea diffusa Apple Snail Exotic NE +

Table 1.2 Dragonfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Coenagrionid Ceriagrion Yellow 1 Indigenous LC + ae coromandelianum Waxtail Brachythmis Asian 2 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + contaminata Groundling 3 Libellulidae Neurothemis tullia Pied Parasol Indigenous LC + Wandering 4 Libellulidae Pantala flavescens Indigenous LC + Glider

Table 1.3 Butterfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Chestnut 1 Hesperiidae Iambrix salsala Indigenous LC + Bob Dark 2 Lycaenidae Jamides bochus Indigenous LC + Cerulean Common 3 Nymphalidae Euploea core Indigenous LC + crow 4 Papilionidae Pachliopta hector Crimson rose Indigenous LC + Common 5 Papilionidae Papilio polytes Indigenous LC + Mormon

Table 1.4 Reptile species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Green 01 Agamidae Calotes calotes Native LC + garden lizard Common 02 Agamidae Calotes versicolor Native LC + garden lizard 3 Colubridae Ptyas mucosa Rat snake Native LC + Four-claw 4 Gekkonidae Gehyra mutilata Native LC + gecko Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Hemidactylus Common 5 Gekkonidae Native LC + frenatus house-gecko

Table 1.5 Amphibian species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Duttaphrynus Common 1 Bufonidae Native LC + melanostictus house toad Kaloula Common bull 2 Microhylidae Native LC + taprobanica frog

Table 1.6 Birds species BrR = Breading resident, WV=Winter Visitor, Pro:endemic = Proposed Endemic

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Brahminy 1 Accipitridae Haliastur indus BrR LC + Kite Indian Pond 2 Ardeidae Ardeola grayii BrR LC + Heron 3 Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret BrR LC + 4 Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret BrR LC + Streptopelia Spotted 5 Columbidae BrR LC + chinensis Dove Eudynamys 6 Cuculidae Asian Koel BrR LC + scolopacea Common 7 Aegithinidae Aegithina tiphia BrR LC + Iora White- 8 Estrididae Lonchura striata rumped BrR LC + Munia Oriental 9 Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis Magpie BrR LC + Robin Purple- 10 Nectariniidae Nectarina zeylonica rumped BrR LC + Sunbird Red-vented 11 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer BrR LC + Bulbul Brown- Ramphastida Megalaima 12 headed BrR LC + e zeylanica Barbet Common 13 Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis BrR LC + Myna Orthotomus Common 14 Sylviidae BrR LC + sutorius Tailorbird Yellow-billed 15 Timalidae Turdoides affinis BrR LC + Babbler Table 1.7 Mammal species

Common Taxonomic No. Family Scientific Name NCS B389 Name Status Funambulus 1 Sciuridae Palm squirrel Indigenous LC + palmarum Bandicoot 2 Muridae Bandicota Spp. Indigenous LC + Spp. Common 3 Muridae Rattus ratus Indigenous LC + house rat Domestic 4 Canidae Canis familiaris Indigenous LC + dog 5 Felidae Felis catus Domestic cat Indigenous LC + Paradoxurus 6 Viverridae Palm civet Indigenous LC + hermaphoditus

Appendix 7.2 (d): List of fauna species observed in the study area - B240 Road

Abbreviations: NCS: National Conservation Status. LC - Least Concern NT - Near Threatened NE - Not evaluated CR - Critically Endangered EN - Endangered VU – Vulnerable +: Present

Table 1.1 Land Snails species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status 01 Achatinidae Lissachatina fulica African Snail Exotic NE + Mariaella 02 Ariophantidae - Exotic NE + dussumieri 03 Subulinidae Allopeas gracile - Exotic NE + 04 Veronicellidae Laevicaulis altae - Exotic LC + 05 Ampullariidae Pomacea diffusa Apple Snail Exotic NE +

Table 1.2 Dragonfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status Coenagrionid Agriocnemis Wandering 1 Indigenous LC + ae pygmaea Wisp Coenagrionid Ischnura Common 2 Indigenous LC + ae senegalensis Bluetail Coenagrionid Ceriagrion Yellow 3 Indigenous LC + ae coromandelianum Waxtail Brachythmis Asian 4 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + contaminata Groundling Green 5 Libellulidae Orthetrum Sabina Indigenous LC + Skimmer Crocothemis Oriental 6 Libellulidae Indigenous LC + servilia Scarlet 7 Libellulidae Diplacodes trivialis Blue Percher Indigenous LC + Wandering 8 Libellulidae Pantala flavescens Indigenous LC + Glider

Table 1.3 Butterfly species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status 1 Hesperiidae Iambrix salsala Chestnut Bob Indigenous LC + Potanthus 2 Hesperiidae Tropic Dart Indigenous LC + confuscius Dark 3 Lycaenidae Jamides bochus Indigenous LC + Cerulean Lesser Grass 4 Lycaenidae Zizina Otis Indigenous LC + Blue Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status Tiny Grass 5 Lycaenidae Zizula hylax Indigenous LC + Blue Common 6 Nymphalidae Euploea core Indigenous LC + crow 7 Nymphalidae Junonia lemonias Lemon pansy Indigenous LC + 8 Nymphalidae Parantica aglea Glassy tiger Indigenous LC + 8 Nymphalidae Tirumala limniace Blue tiger Indigenous LC + 9 Papilionidae Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly Indigenous LC + 10 Pieridae Delias eucharis Jezebel Indigenous LC +

Table 1.4 Reptile species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status Green garden 1 Agamidae Calotes calotes Native LC + lizard Common 2 Agamidae Calotes versicolor Native LC + garden lizard Green vine 3 Colubridae Ahaetulla nasuta Native LC + snake Amphiesma Buff striped 4 Colubridae Native LC + stolatum keelback Rhabdophis The green 5 Colubridae Native NT + plumbicolor keelback Dendrelaphis Boulenger’s 6 Colubridae Endemic LC + bifrenalis bronze-back 7 Colubridae Lycodon aulicus House snake Native LC + Shaw’s wolf 8 Colubridae Lycodon striatus Native LC + snake Common 9 Colubridae Oligodon arnensis Native LC + kukri snake 10 Colubridae Ptyas mucosa Rat snake Native LC + Sibynophis Jerdon’s 11 Colubridae Native NT + subpunctatus polyodent 12 Elapidae Naja naja Indian cobra Native LC + Four-claw 13 Gekkonidae Gehyra mutilata Native LC + gecko Hemidactylus Common 14 Gekkonidae Native LC + frenatus house-gecko 15 Pythonidae Python molurus Indian python Native LC + Common 16 Ristellidae Lankascincus fallax Endemic LC + Lanka skink Common 17 Scincidae Eutropis carinata Native LC + skink Varanus 18 Varanidae Land monitor Native LC + bengalensis 19 Varanidae Varanus salvator Water monitor Native LC + Russell’s 20 Viperidae Daboia russelii Native LC + viper

Table 1.5 Amphibian species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status Duttaphrynus Common 1 Bufonidae Native LC + melanostictus house toad Duttaphrynus Ferguson’s 2 Bufonidae Native VU + scaber Toad Dicroglossida Euphlyctis 3 Skipper frog Native LC + e cyanophlyctis Dicroglossida Euphlyctis Six toe green 4 Native LC + e hexadactylus frog Dicroglossida Hoplobatrachus Indian 5 Native DD + e tigerinus Bullfrog Common Dicroglossida Zakerana 6 paddy field Native LC + e shyadrensis frog Kaloula Common bull 7 Microhylidae Native LC + taprobanica frog Ornate narrow 8 Ranidae Microhyla ornate Native LC + mouth frog Hylarana Common 9 Ranidae Native NT + temporalis wood frog Common Rhacophorida Polypedates 10 hour‐glass Native LC + e cruciger tree frog Rhacophorida Polypedates Spotted tree 11 Native LC + e maculatus frog

Table 1.6 Birds species BrR = Breading resident, WV=Winter Visitor, Pro:endemic = Proposed Endemic

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status 01 Accipitridae Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite BrR LC + 03 Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra BrR LC + Tachybaptus 04 Podicipedidae Little Grebe BrR LC + ruficollis Anhinga Oriental 05 Anhingidae BrR LC + melanogaster Darter Phalacrocora Phalacrocorax Little 06 BrR LC + cidae niger Cormorant Phalacrocora Phalacrocorax Indian 07 BrR LC + cidae fuscicollis Cormorant Indian Pond 08 Ardeidae Ardeola grayii BrR LC + Heron 09 Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret BrR LC + 10 Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret BrR LC + Mesophoyx Intermediate 11 Ardeidae BrR LC + intermedia Egret 12 Ardeidae Ardea cinereal Grey Heron BrR LC + 13 Ardeidae Ardea purpurea Purple Heron BrR LC + Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status Threskiornithi Threskiornis Black-headed 14 BrR LC + dae melanocephalus Ibis Anastomus Asian 15 Ciconiidae BrR LC + oscitans Openbill White- Halcyon 16 Alcedinidae throated BrR LC + smyrnensis Kingfisher Pied 17 Alcedinidae Ceryle rudis BrR LC + Kingfisher Common 18 Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis BrR LC + Kingfisher Cypsiurus Asian Palm 19 Apodidae BrR LC balasiensis Swift Red-wattled 20 Charadriidae Vanellus ndicus BrR LC + Lapwing 21 Laridae Tern Spp. + Streptopelia 23 Columbidae Spotted Dove BrR LC + chinensis Green 24 Columbidae Ducula aenea Imperial BrR LC + Pigeon White- Amaurornis 26 Rallidae breasted BrR LC + phoenicurus Waterhen Purple 27 Rallidae Porphyrio porphyrio BrR LC + Swamphen Hydrophasianus Pheasant- 28 Jacanidae BrR LC + chirurgus tailed Jacana Greater 29 Cuculidae Centropus sinensis BrR LC + Coucal Eudynamys 30 Cuculidae Asian Koel BrR LC + scolopacea 31 Cuculidae Clamator jacobinus Pied Cuckoo BrR LC + Dicrurus White-bellied 32 Dicruidae BrR LC + caerulescens Drongo 33 Corvidae Corvus splendens House Crow BrR LC + 34 Aegithinidae Aegithina tiphia Common Iora BrR LC + Scaly- Lonchura 35 Estrididae breasted BrR LC + punctulata Munia White-rumped 36 Estrididae Lonchura striata BrR LC + Munia Green Bee- 37 Meropidae Merops orientalis BrR LC + eater Oriental 38 Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis BrR LC + Magpie Robin Purple- 39 Nectariniidae Nectarina zeylonica rumped BrR LC + Sunbird Black-hooded 40 Oriolidae Oriolus xanthornus BrR LC + Oriole Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status House 41 Passeridae Passer domesticus BrR LC + Sparrow Rose-ringed 42 Psittacidae Psittacula krameri BrR LC + Parakeet Red-vented 44 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer BrR LC + Bulbul Lesser Dendrocygna 45 Anatidae Whistling- BrR LC + javanica duck Dinopium Black-rumped 46 Picidae BrR LC + benghalense Flameback Brown- Ramphastida Megalaima 47 headed BrR LC + e zeylanica Barbet Common 48 Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis BrR LC + Myna Orthotomus Common 49 Sylviidae BrR LC + sutorius Tailorbird Yellow-billed 50 Timalidae Turdoides affinis BrR LC + Babbler

Table 1.7 Mammal species

Common Taxonomic No Family Scientific Name NCS B240 Name Status Funambulus 1 Sciuridae Palm squirrel Indigenous LC + palmarum 2 Soricidae Suncus Spp. Indigenous LC + Giant flying 3 Pteropodidae Pteropus giganteus Indigenous LC + fox Rousettus Dog faced 4 Pteropodidae Indigenous LC + leschenaultii fruit bat Short nosed 5 Pteropodidae Cynoptrrus sphinx Indigenous LC + fruit bat Bandicoot 6 Muridae Bandicota Spp. Indigenous LC + Spp. Common 7 Muridae Rattus ratus Indigenous LC + house rat 8 Canidae Canis familiaris Domestic dog Indigenous LC + 9 Felidae Felis catus Domestic cat Indigenous LC + Herpestes Brown 10 Herpestidae Indigenous LC + brachyurus mongoose Paradoxurus 11 Viverridae Palm civet Indigenous LC + hermaphoditus 12 Hystricidae Hystrix indica Porcupine Indigenous LC +

Appendix 8.1: Environmental Management Plan: Design and Pre-construction Stage Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency 1 Poor • Designate a full-time environment specialist (one of Mobilization of PIC Contractor PIU Part of environmental the PIC) who will be in-charge of coordination with PIU and PIU staff with construction management for updating this IEE and implementing the EMP and suitable experience cost by the EMoP, including conduct of all surveys, monitoring and expertise Contractor actions etc. One-off during • Environmental specialist shall be in place from the day mobilization, and of mobilization of contractor (throughout design and continuously construction, and intermittent during operations) throughout the contract period • Coordinate with the PIU on confirmatory surveys to be conducted during design phase and complete as required with support of external experts (if needed) 2 Climate • Climate change vulnerability checks in compliance Throughout the project PIU, Design PIU and Cost Change with the provisions provided in the IEE Report. and flood prone areas consultant of the PIC included in Consideration Adopting proper mitigation measures as may be in all the four road contractor the Designs and required stretches and other Vulnerability possible areas of tree • Cross drainage structures to be designed and located planting Screening based on recommendations of hydrological studies to be conducted during detailed design phase. Alteration of rainfall intensities due to climate change therefore change of peak flows of waterways and land use changes should be clearly studied under hydrological assessments and appropriate mitigation measures should be incorporated to final designs. • Efforts shall be made to plant additional trees for increasing the carbon sink. The trees may be selected with help of Forest Department and space for additional planting (if the remaining space within ROW is not adequate) will be secured with the help of Forest Department, Divisional Secretary (DS) and

1

Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency Community-based Organizations (CBOs).

3(a) Site selection • Conduct a confirmatory survey by an Ecologist to Protected plants Contractor (if PIU Lump sum and preparation identify and mark, if any, protected plant species on survey map & needed, through supported costs for site and also on the site survey maps. markings on site maps a pre-approved by an quarrying, • Integrate identified protected plants (if any) in the of quarries, borrow party) independent borrow location maps to avoid the need to remove/cut these areas, and other areas consultant operations, plants. cleared for yards, etc. (Ecologist) clearing land One-off after survey for stockpiling, Tree Translocation, Contractor (if PIU Lump sum labour huts, • If removal of trees is unavoidable, translocate Cutting & Re- needed, through supported costs machinery protected species in the nearby areas; prepare Tree plantation Plan (shall a pre-approved by an yards, asphalt Translocation, Cutting & Re-plantation Plan. If include justification, party) independent plants, batching translocation is not possible, and if it is necessary to minimization & consultant plants, etc. remove/cut protected plants, prepare a justification to establish that it is not feasible to avoid or translocate approvals) (Ecologist) a) Loss of trees. One-off during site scrub land, location finalization trees and other • Obtain approval of relevant authority for flora, and cutting/removal and plant 3-5 trees of same species protected flora for each tree that is removed species • Adopt minimal tree cutting as a general principle in planning & design; minimize tree cutting – either of protected species or otherwise • In general, follow avoidance and compensatory approach for cutting of tree species; plant 3-5 trees for each tree removed.

• Site Operation manual shall include clear provisions Operation plan for site Contractor PIU No on protection and conservation of environment & operations, including additional wildlife, including prohibition on cutting of trees, quarries, borrow sites, costs removal of shrubs and bushes, hunting / harming wild plans and yards. animals etc.; do’s and don’ts to be followed by all

2

Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency concerned with the Contractors

3(b) Site selection • Conduct field surveys by an ecologist (at least one Confirmation survey Contractor (if PIU Lump sum and preparation season prior to start of work) to confirm if there are any output & mitigation needed, through supported costs for quarrying, birds of protected species, and identify if any trees with measures a pre-approved by an borrow nests / breeding places: One-off prior to survey party) independent operations, consultant • If there are birds any of these species on trees within One-off after survey clearing land the site, but no nests, ensure that the birds are not (Ecologist) for stockpiling, harmed, and allowed to move away freely labour huts, machinery • If there are any trees with nests / breeding birds, work yards, asphalt shall not commence until nesting cycle is complete plants, batching and the birds leave the nest plants, etc. • If there are no protected birds or any other protected (b) Impacts on species, immediately initiate work on boundary protected fencing; the work related disturbance will ensure the species of birds move away from the site, and do not prefer the avifauna site for further roosting/nesting 3(c) Site selection • Conduct confirmatory surveys by experts to rule out Confirmatory survey Contractor (if PIU Lump sum and preparation fauna breeding areas in the proposed sites and results & suggested needed, through supported costs for quarrying, reconfirm that their extent & nature of inhabitation is mitigation measures a pre-approved by an borrow limited to occasional visits One-off after survey party) independent operations, • Review the following suggested measures & develop consultant clearing land further based on confirmatory survey: (Ecologist) for stockpiling, o labour huts, Providing workers or posting in public places for the machinery workers, illustrations or pictures of protected, yards, asphalt endangered, threatened, and/or near-threatened plants, batching species, which can be found in the work area or its plants, etc. immediate surroundings. o (c) Impacts on Instructing workers to stop work immediately and protected report if any such species are spotted on the site

3

Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency species of o Creating awareness and conducting training; fauna prohibiting killing or harming of any animals by site personnel 4 Demolition of • Prepare a solid waste management plan for disposal Quantity and quality of Contractor PIU No temporary of spoil, dredged material and construction debris waste and disposal additional structures and • Waste shall be disposed in existing approved disposal methods costs site preparation sites; any new sites shall be developed considering One off during for quarrying, siting guidelines, maintained and operated accordingly finalization site borrow sites, selection clearing land

for labour huts, machinery yards, asphalt, batching plants 5 Disturbance to • Identify & demarcate drainage paths on the sites & Site drainage plans Contractor PIU No natural approach roads One-off during the site additional drainage due to • Integrate these channels in the layout plans so that preparation work Costs site preparation natural drainage is not disturbed for quarrying, borrow sites, • Provide cross drainage structures wherever necessary clearing land along the new approach roads, yards, and plants for stockpiling, labour huts, machinery yards, asphalt batching plants

4

Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency 6 Sites for • Except disposal sites, all the work sites (camps, Plan for site selection Contractor PIU No construction storage, stockpiles etc.) will be located within the additional work camps, selected section of the road. costs One-off prior to start of areas for • No construction camp shall be located close to water construction stockpile, bodies (at least 500 m away) storage and disposal • Construction material shall be brought to site as and when required, and temporary storage of material shall be made near the work site along the road itself outside the RoW. • No temporary storage shall be located near water ways or areas prone for flooding or locations where there are natural drainage paths 7 Delays in • Finalize construction programs duly considering Work schedule Contractor PIU No mobilisation provisions for work schedule Respective plans additional and timely costs • Following plans be developed for implementation: One-off prior to start of implementation o construction of work Construction Waste Management Plan program & o Transportation Plan for construction material, plans equipment and waste conveyance o Health & Safety Plan; Construction Camp Development & Management Plan o Material Procurement Plans and EMPs o Area Construction Work Plan o Erosion control plan near the water bodies for earth works (if any) 8 Consents, • Obtain all necessary consents, permits, clearance, Clearances and PIU facilitated PIU No permits, NOCs, prior to start of civil works (PAA/CEA; EPL; approvals by the EA additional clearances, no permits from LAs, etc.) One-off prior to start of and/or IA costs objection • Include in project implementation all conditions and construction Contractor certificate provisions where necessary facilitated by the

5

Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency (NOC), etc. IA and PIU

9 Shifting of • Identify and include locations and operators of these Maps/locations Contractor PIU Costs of Utilities utilities in the detailed design to prevent unnecessary showing utilities & facilitated by the facilitated shifting and disruption of services during the construction phase. likely disruptions IA and PIU by EA re- • Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be Emergency plans in and/or IA installation done in case of unintentional interruption of services. case of any likely CEB, SLT, of utilities and disruption NWS&DB, • Identify the list of affected utilities and operators and common One-off during design LAs and coordinate closely with relevant government property to & prior to start of CBO for departments. be included construction Community • If relocations are necessary, coordinate with the in project based water providers to relocate the utility. costs supply 10 Finalizing the • Obtain construction materials for this project from the Permits issued to Contractor PIU No Sources of existing quarries permitted / licensed by government quarries/sources of additional construction (Geological Survey and Mines Bureau, GSMB) only materials costs materials • For new borrow-pits, prior permission must be One-off prior to start of obtained from the PIU, landowner, GSMB, and the work Central Environment Authority, and the environmental impacts of the operation should properly examined and mitigated as necessary • Make efforts to minimize the overall material requirement for the project by adopting various approaches – balanced cut and fill, re-use as much excavated material from this project as possible • Submit documentation on a monthly basis (materials quantities with source). 11 Planning of • Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do Transportation Plan Contractor PIU No access routes not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate One-off prior to start of additional

6

Location/ Project Action/ Parameter/ Implementation Monitoring Estimated Environmental Mitigation Measures Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency to sites vicinity of delivery sites. construction work costs • Schedule transport and hauling activities during non- peak hours. • Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion. • Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions. • Drive vehicles in a considerate manner. • Coordinate with the Traffic Police for temporary road diversions and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours. • Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards with information about the nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints • Road works and road signage must be illuminated at night. • Ensure access to households along the four roads during the construction phase.

7

Appendix 8.2: Environmental Management Plan: Construction Stage Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency 1(a) Air quality • As far as possible, plan site clearance and earthwork Schedule of works Contractor PIU Part of impacts: Site activities towards the end of the southwest monsoon construction works (December - February), when the soils will be damp cost Dust suppression naturally, without being subject to the downpours of measures - Visual site the previous two months. observations • To suppress dust, Contractor should water exposed sand, soil and stockpiled material on site sufficiently frequently (several times per day) Ambient air quality monitoring as per EMP • Provide a compound wall or wind breaking structure around the plant site to minimize the wind; this will minimize dust generation, and also drifting of sand Weekly into excavated trenches • If dust generation is significant, provide a dust screen of appropriate height • Conduct work in stages to reduce dust impacts; clearing and then conducting construction in only a portion of the site at a time. • Control access to work area, prevent unnecessary movement of vehicles, workers, public trespassing into work areas; limiting soil disturbance will minimize dust generation • Contractor’s environmental manager should monitor these activities and take action to apply the mitigation if dust production becomes significant. 1(b) Air quality • Use tarpaulins to cover loose material (soil, sand, Transportation Plan Contractor PIU Part of impacts: aggregate) when transported by trucks construction material cost • Clean wheels and undercarriage of haul trucks prior to Dust suppression haulage, vehicle leaving construction site/quarry measures - Visual site and equipment observations use • Control dust generation while unloading the loose material (particularly aggregate, soil) at the site by Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency sprinkling water • Stabilize surface soils where loaders, support Ambient air quality equipment and vehicles will operate by using water monitoring as per EMP and maintain surface soils in a stabilized condition • Ensure that all the construction equipment, machinery Weekly are fitted with pollution control devises, which are operating correctly, • Ensure that only those vehicles and equipment in good condition, and are in good maintenance are used for project construction • Vehicles/equipment should have a valid Vehicle Emission Certificate (VEC) showcasing emissions below the specified limits • Maintain VEC records of all vehicles all times for ready inspection at the work sites 2 Construction • Do not conduct any high noise generating activities One-off Contractor PIU Part of noise & vibration near sensitive receptors; conduct regular monitoring Work program construction of noise levels as per the monitoring plan cost

• Limit construction activities to day time only Continuous site auditory • Noise level at the boundary of site shall not exceed 70 observations dB(A) during day and 50 dB(A) during night • Minimize noise from construction equipment by using Continuous vibration vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise- monitoring by ‘feeling reducing mufflers, and use portable street barriers to state’ monitoring minimize sound impact to surrounding sensitive

receptor Weekly noise monitoring • Avoid loud random noise from sirens, air data using mobile compression, etc. measuring device • Avoid using multiple high noise generating equipment / activities simultaneously Vibration measurements Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency • Install temporary or portable acoustic barriers around using a measuring stationary construction noise sources equipment, if needed • Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity (for pipeline works) • Horns should not be used unless it is necessary • Consult local communities in advance of the work to identify and address key issues, and avoid working at sensitive times, such as religious and cultural festivals (for road construction works) • Conduct noise and vibration monitoring as per the EMoP 3 Impacts on soil • Retention the ground cover and vegetation (to the Throughout the project Contractor PIU, PIC & To be and geology extent as possible) is the most natural and effective area with special RDA included Loss of way of protecting soil from erosion by wind and rain; attention to yards, under productive soil the feasibility of phasing site clearance in this way in vehicle parking and contractor’s due to erosion order to reduce these impacts should be investigated servicing areas and costs when the construction work is planned in detail by the construction activities Slope stability Contractor. near paddy and other Soil agricultural lands contamination • Top soil removed from productive land shall be reused at other land or for re-plantation purposes. Such soil Near quarry and borrow shall also be used as top cover of embankment sites, camps slopes, and other areas for growing vegetation to sites, storage yards, protect soil erosion. vehicle parks, yards and • Exposed areas and areas of loose soil shall be turfed temporary offices or planted with shrubs. Follow up watering and Along embankments maintenance of the turf must be carried out to ensure the survival of the plants and success of the slope stabilization. • Land used for yards, labor camps and offices, temporary access road, borrow and quarry sites shall be rehabilitated and restored back to its original use Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency as practical as possible • Fresh and unstable slopes, loose rock and boulders shall be appropriately protected. Embankment surfaces shall be compacted and turfed. Proper drainage improvement works shall be done along toes areas of embankments and slopes. • Movement of construction vehicles shall be restricted to access roads, haulage routes and yards to prevent soil compaction in other land, especially agricultural lands. In case this is not prevented, such disturbed land should be tilled/harrowed. • Chemicals such as bituminous products, fuel, lubricants, paints, solvents and other chemicals shall be stored at designated laces, well-sheltered and impervious floors (preferable paved). The paving area of the storage yards be provided with gentle slope and shall be made so that any leaks/spills can be collected into a chamber for safe disposal. Such chemicals shall be well-managed and efforts shall be made to minimize the waste generation. 4 Impacts on • Contractor’s activities shall not lead to flooding Throughout project area Contractor PIU, PIC & To be hydrology and conditions as a result of blocked drainage paths and with special attention to RDA /Local included flooding drains or any other modifications to drainage paths. the locations of cross authority under • The contractor shall take all measures necessary and drainage, Major contractor’s as directed by the PIU to keep all drainage paths and culverts/bridges, costs drains clear of blockage at all times. Identified flood prone areas with Visual • If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by inspection contractor’s activities, contractors shall provide

suitable means to (a) prevent loss of access to any land or property and (b) prevent damage to land and Locations of flooding (if property. any), Flood depth, Flood duration, Flood • Contractor’s activities shall not lead to aggravate frequency, Causes of Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency floods when working in flood prone areas. flooding (debris/ • Further, any recommendations laid down by the sediment level) hydrological studies, should be adopted at flood prone areas. Continuous monitoring • Contractor shall not select land within flood prone during rainy season and areas for the purpose of disposing excavated and especially during major unsuitable material, locations for material stock piles, storm events yards and other locations where chemicals and other construction material are stored 5 Deterioration of • Prepare a method statement following accepted One-off Work program Contractor PIU Part of Water quality construction procedures for works located close to PIC construction water bodies and close to water bodies. cost Visual site observations • Avoid earthworks during rainy days and monsoon season to prevent soil run-off and schedule works during dry season when the water levels are low Water quality monitoring data • Avoid stockpiling of earth fill during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets • Dispose spoils in designated disposal areas • Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along drainage leading to water bodies • Place storage areas for chemicals, fuels & lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies; Store fuel, construction chemicals etc., under shelter and on an impervious floor, also avoid spillage • Pump out the water collected in the pits/excavations to a temporary sedimentation basin dispose off only clarified water into drainage channels/streams • Consider safety aspects related to trench/pit collapse due to accumulation of water • No spillage of oil, grease, chemicals etc., into the paddy fields and water bodies, flood plains and Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency reservations • Dispose any residuals at identified disposal site, and stock pile construction material away from paddy fields and water bodies, flood plains and reservations • Do not conduct any cleaning, washing, rinsing of machinery and equipment near the water bodies; prevent any waste/water from discharging into water bodies. • Inspect all vehicles daily for fluid leaks before leaving the vehicle staging area, and repair any leaks before the vehicle resumes operation • Ensure that no silt laden runoff from nearby construction area enter the water bodies; • Excess water sprinkling on soil, material to control dust may also generate runoff which may enter the water bodies; this should be avoided by controlled water sprinkling • Conduct surface quality inspection according to the EMoP 6 Pollution from • Ensure that batching plant is installed with in-built air Establishment of Contractor PIU asphalt and pollution and dust control system; for fugitive batching plant PIC batching plant emissions/dust from loading area, provide dust screen One-off for preparation CEA Part of operation around the components and establishment of the LAs construction • Ensure that plant is well operated & maintained at all Operations Manual cost times according to O&M manuals provided by the equipment manufacturer; Operations manual • The asphalt loading area is equipped with a leak-proof should include waste concrete floor, from which all drainage is collected and management plan treated as necessary prior to discharge • Asphalt trucks and especially drums are washed out Visual site observation only in a designated area, which should also be by weekly inspection of Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency equipped with a leak-proof floor, from which drainage waste storage area is collected and treated as necessary • All chemicals used in asphalt preparation are properly Monthly Waste audits stored, whether dry, in powder or granular form, or as

liquids. Storage facilities should be as specified in the appropriate international standard, and should include equipment to extract dust and completely contain any spillage from leaks • Conduct waste audits and inspections according to the EMoP 7 Hazardous • Any hazardous waste shall be stored at the One-off for preparation Contractor PIU to waste designated place prior to disposal. and establishment of the monitor and management • To avoid water and soil contamination at batching Operations Manual that report to the plants, storage areas and wash-down areas, leak and should include waste CEA and LA spill prevention plans shall be established. Any management plan accidental leaks/spills shall be arrested and cleaned appropriately and such procedures shall be Visual site observation established. Workers shall be trained and made aware of proper management of such procedures. practices by weekly • Oil interceptors shall be provided at appropriate inspection of waste locations (e.g., vehicle service areas). storage area • Residual and hazardous wastes such as asphalt and bituminous waste, solvents, oils, fuels, and lubricants Monthly Waste audits shall be disposed of in approved disposal sites approved by the CEA • Hazardous material, including oil and grease to be collected in leak-proof, properly-labeled containers and stored appropriately. Proper signs should be displayed for hazardous waste) and should be handed over to authorized third parties who has CEA licenses 8 Debris / waste • Implement a Construction Waste Management Plan Implementation of Contractor PIU to Part of Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency disposal (CWMP); include the following measures in the plan CWMP monitor and construction • Reuse as much waste sand in this project as possible report to the cost CEA and LA • Find alternative beneficial uses for any unused sand, Weekly visual site e.g., fills in other construction works observations • stripping out the trunks and larger branches from trees Monthly Waste audits and shrubs and providing these to the local community free of charge for building or fuel • No vegetation should be burnt on site to avoid release of greenhouse gases • All waste/waste sand and vegetation should be covered by secure tarpaulins whenever transported offsite, to prevent material being blown from trucks • Avoid stockpiling any excess spoils at the site for long time. Excess excavated soils should be disposed off to approved designated areas immediately • If disposal is required, the site shall be selected from barren, infertile lands, no/least vegetated areas; site should located away from residential areas, forests, coast, water bodies and any other sensitive land uses • Domestic solid wastes should be properly segregated for collection & disposal to designated disposal site; create a compost pit at workers camp sites for disposal of biodegradable waste; non-biodegradable / recyclable material shall be collected separately and sold in the local recycling material market • Prohibit burning of construction and domestic waste; Ensure that wastes are not haphazardly thrown in and around the project site; provide proper collection bins, and create awareness to use the dust bins • Conduct site clearance and restoration to original condition after the completion of construction work Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency especially along the conveyance pipeline route, beach area, and around the RODP; ensure that site is properly restored prior to issuing of completion certificate 9 Traffic and • Temporary access will be provided to properties that Properties along the four Contractor PIU to Part of access related are located adjacent to the roads under construction roads, especially access monitor and construction impacts • Temporary parking areas for urban areas will be to residents, business report to cost identified. Proper management of work zone will be premises and by-roads LAs carried out in urban areas. • Construction scheduling will be done to allow Urban areas where accessibility from alternative routes disturbances to vehicle parking would occur. • Temporary traffic management schemes will be used at the commencement of the project Locations where access to businesses premises • Traffic diversion planning and implementation will be are disturbed in urban done. Adequate signboards shall be placed much areas ahead of diversion site to caution the road users. The road signs should comply with the Road Safety Manual of RDA Continuous throughout • Reinstatement of road sections be carried out as per the construction period specifications and method statement will be given at the commencement of the project. • Road furniture including footpaths, railings, storm water drains, crash barrier, traffic signs, speed zone signs, pavement markers and any other such items will be provided to enhance the road safety where necessary at the completion of the project • Night time illumination should be in place at every location where the road is narrow, diverted and structures are repaired and any other places where PIC recommends to do so. • Monitor and record road crashes during construction Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency and maintenance stages and take appropriate remedial actions

Ecological Impacts

10 Loss / damage • Ensure that all construction activities are conducted One-off prior to start of Contractor PIU with the Part of to flora and strictly within the site footprints (including offices, work: Construction Labour sub- assistance construction fauna vehicle parking and other activities that might normally camp/yard contractors of specialist cost establishment & monitoring be located in an exterior contractor’s area); no clearance of vegetation/trees outside footprint is management plan agency

permitted • Prohibit any deliberate killing or harming of animals on Weekly or off-site; any hunting or fishing or in nearby areas by Visual observations site personnel; preventive actions shall be put in place by contractor for hunting/killing of wild animals • Ensure that all construction work or other activities Monthly Interviews with near the site perimeter are conducted with particular workers and local people care and include measures to reduce noise and dust to minimum possible Accident and medical • Conduct the site clearance and earthworks in a records phased manner, gradually advancing noise & visual disturbance, which will encourage animals to leave before their habitat is affected

• Create awareness in all site staff & workers on the

importance of the animals and plants on site and in the surrounding area, and their vulnerability • To protect site personnel, training should also be provided to enable them to recognize & deal safely & humanely wilt all venomous animals that may be encountered (e.g., snakes and scorpions) • Conduct site preparation activities, including vegetation removals, outside of the breeding season Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency for wildlife, including migratory birds • Prevent access to areas located beyond the construction zone; fence and barricade the plant area with controlled entry and exit 11 Impacts on • Prepare a method statement following accepted Monthly Contractor PIU with the Part of protected construction procedures in paddy/wetlands. This Awareness & training Labour sub- assistance construction species of flora interalia include pollution control (water, air, noise), programs contractors of specialist cost and fauna limiting disturbance, unharming wildlife etc. monitoring

agency • Create awareness among workers and site staff on Consulting an ecologist wildlife and protected species during the construction • Provide to workers or post in work area for the work workers, illustrations or pictures of protected/ endangered species, which can be found in the work area or its immediate surroundings

• Instruct workers to stop work immediately and report to supervisor/contractor’s environment specialist on any on-site presence of protected/endangered species • Conduct construction works under the continuous monitoring of an Ecologist (as far as the same expert who conducted confirmatory survey) • Conduct work in areas close to water bodies when the water level is very low

Health & Safety

12 Community Work along public roads Work methods and Contractor PIU to Part of safety & health • Adopt standard and safe practices for road implementation of Labour sub- monitor and construction construction measures contractors report to PHI cost of the LAs

• Ensure access to houses and business along the and MOH alignment; provide wooden planks, metal sheet with Weekly visual site observations, interviews Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency protective barricades/rails to allow access to the with workers and PIU to properties community coordinate • Provide temporary traffic control (e.g. flagmen) & with the signs where necessary to improve safety and provide Police directions Department • Restrict public access to all areas where construction works are on-going through the use of barricading and security personnel • Ensure that all material, equipment, workers and all activities are conducted within the demarcated / barricaded strip of land along the road; there should be no spillage of any activity outside this zone • Clearly separate work area with traffic/pedestrian flow; provide public information boards to easily identify the work area • Warning signs, blinkers will be attached to the barricading to caution the public about the hazards associated with the works such as presence of trenches / deep excavation • Plan carefully using section-by-section approach, so that open trenches are quickly closed and road restored • Control dust pollution – implement dust control measures as suggested under air quality • Organize public awareness campaigns. Safety risk due to construction vehicle/equipment Implementation of Contractor PIU to Part of movement on public roads Transportation Plan and and labour monitor and construction • Prepare a Transportation Plan for material, waste and Monthly monitoring sub- report to PHI cost contractors of the LAs equipment; consult highways agencies, police and Part of and MOH other relevant authorities during both planning & Weekly Visual site construction implementation observations, interviews cost Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency • Plan transportation routes to avoid heavily populated with workers and PIU to areas community coordinate • Schedule deliveries to avoid town centers and other with the congested areas during morning and evening peak Police traffic periods Department

• Astute coordination to combine deliveries where possible, to avoid under-utilization of vehicles and reduce the number of journeys • Source materials in the close proximity (within WP) and other local outlets wherever possible, to reduce the length of delivery journeys • Conduct awareness programs and information campaigns in habitations along the roads about the movement of heavy vehicles and traffic safety measures • Provide safety, information and caution boards where necessary • There are schools along the roads, construction vehicle movement shall be restricted during the school opening and closing hours; if unavoidable, place traffic guards at school and other sensitive places, like hospitals, religious place etc. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards with information about the nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints • Provide continuous training to drivers to drive vehicles in safe & considerate manner • Coordinate with the Traffic Police for temporary road diversions and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours. Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency 13 Occupational • Comply with IFC EHS Guidelines on Occupational Health & Safety Plan contractor PIU Part of health & safety Health and Safety construction cost • Prepare a comprehensive & site-specific Health and Implementation of Safety Plan (H&SP) describing in detail how the measures health and safety of all site personnel (workers, staff and visitors) will be maintained at all times. It is to provide guidance on establishing a management Weekly visual strategy and applying practices that are intended to observations eliminate, or reduce, fatalities, injuries and illnesses for workers performing activities and tasks associated Weekly interviews with with the project. workers • Provide compulsory H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of H&S Plan including rules of work, PPE, preventing injury to fellow workers, etc. • Conduct regular toolbox safety briefings; leanings, causes, risks & safe procedures • Conduct periodic safety audit, identify and remove potential hazard • Ensure that qualified first-aid is provided at all times; equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the work sites and camps. • Provide medical insurance coverage to workers. • Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks. • Provide supplies of potable drinking water • Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances. • Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present; visitors not to enter Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency hazard areas unescorted • Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas • Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms • Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate. • Disallow worker exposure to high noise level for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively. 14 Labour camps • Avoid / minimize the requirement to establish camps Construction Camp contractor PIU Part of by hiring gangs by employing local workers as far as Management Plan construction possible; presence of workers throughout the day and cost

night during the construction work will disturb the Monthly visual environment observations, interviews • If necessary, contractor to identify a barren, vacant with workers and local land (preferably private unused land) to establish the people camp nearby; ensure that such camp is at least 500 m away from habitation, water bodies, scrub lands etc., and 1 km from forest reserves • Prepare & implement Construction Camp Management plan (CCMP). Plan should include: o Layout plan showing all the proposed facilities, offices, material storage area (separately for hazardous waste, fuel, chemicals etc.), amenities, Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency repair and washing areas, and circulation areas/roads o Integrate drainage, water pollution, air pollution, and noise control measures o Drinking water, sanitation, washing, eating and resting places for workers o Proper liquid waste and solid waste collection, treatment and disposal system o Fire safety, medical facilities • Separate the workers living areas and material storage areas, work sites clearly with a fencing and separate entry and exit • Ensure conditions of habitability at work camps are maintained at the highest standards possible at all times; living quarters and construction camps shall be provided with standard materials with proper ventilation); thatched huts, and facilities constructed with materials like GI sheets, tarpaulins, etc., shall not be allowed as accommodation for workers • Camp shall be provided with proper drainage, there shall not be any water accumulation • Provide drinking water, water for other uses, & sanitation facilities (separate toilets for men and women) • Prohibit employees from cutting of trees for firewood; contractor should provide cooking fuel (oil or gas; fire wood not allowed) • Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; provide a compost pit for biodegradable waste, and non-biodegradable / recyclable waste shall be collected and sold in local Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency market

Socio-economic Impacts

15 Impacts on • Providing information related to construction Entire stretch of each , Contractors PIU, Design Costs are Livelihood schedules of each road to business persons, public road but especially the and affected and inbuilt to the activities of the institutions and also the householders. sections fallen within community construction budgets of project area • Providing supports through contractors to the town ships, Leaflets members, supervision PIU, Design operators of small movable business structures to including project and its consultants consultants shift their temporary structures to another location in implementation schedule and the same area if required. to be distributed ,The contractors number of temporary • Providing supports to establish temporary access to business structures business ventures located adjacent to the road edges available vs. number • Action to complete the construction activities in moved can be used as sensitive locations within the planned time periods. monitoring parameter, Similarly number of households/business establishments had access difficulties vs. number helped by the project will be used as monitoring parameter, Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Environmental Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Impact Monitoring Frequency The planned period for construction vs. the actual time period taken to complete construction can be used as monitoring parameter.

Appendix 8.3: Environmental Management Plan: Post-construction and Operational Stage Project Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Action/ Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Environment Monitoring Frequency Impact

General

Site • All the areas used during construction, such as material All locations of Contractor PIC, PIU Part of Rehabilitation and machinery yards, camps, offices are to be restored construction camps/ (during and RDA construction and to its original conditions or as per the Agreements. temporary office/ maintenance cost restoration • Quarry sites and borrow areas shall be rehabilitated per material storage, and period and RDA after the conditions laid down in GSMB approval. borrow areas afterwards) construction work is over Poor operation • Establish a routine and regular inspection programme Appointment of well Contractor PIU Part of O&M & for any defects along the road, which shall include the qualified contractor, RDA costs maintenance road surfaces, drainage canals, culverts, shoulders, preparation and PRDA practices of road-side furniture, etc. implementation of LAs the roads • Ensure timely repair work be carried out as and when maintenance activities leading to required. following SOPs in O&M adverse Continuously during the • Ensuring that well-qualified and experienced impacts operational period contractors are engaged through proper bidding conditions and process: for construction and regular maintenance work • Ensuring that all of the mitigation measures discussed in this Chapter, and described along with implementation activities and schedules in Environmental Monitoring Plan are implemented in full, in the manner described.

Physical Impacts Project Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Action/ Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Environment Monitoring Frequency Impact Spoil disposal • Prepare a waste management plan to be used during Waste Management Contractor PIU Part of O&M Disposal of operations Plan preparation and costs tree branches, • Identify areas for spoil disposal implementation shrubs and Throughout the • Tree branches shall be used as firewood bushes operation phase • Hazardous waste such as asphalt, bituminous Solid waste products, paints, solvents, etc. used for road disposal maintenance work shall be collected and disposed off as per CEA accepted practices Air and Noise • Proper signage, and road-side furniture shall be Quarterly Monitoring Contractor PIU Part of O&M Quality affixed, and maintained, especially placing sign boards report Police costs for speed limits. Corrective Action Plan Department • Noise restrictions to be enforced near sensitive Throughout the locations. operation phase • Removal of soil, debris, dust and mud collected on road surfaces and drainage canals to avoid dust generation. Such material shall be taken away for proper disposal. • Noise and dust barriers shall be installed wherever those are needed, especially when the noise and particulate levels exceed levels stipulated in the Standards. Noise barriers such as lines of trees along sensitive noise receptors are effective in providing attenuation of both noise and particulate matter reaching sensitive receptors. • Noise monitoring shall be carried out to confirm the compliance with set values

Ecological Impacts Project Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Action/ Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Environment Monitoring Frequency Impact Tree Contractor to undertake survivability assessment and Site observations and Contractor PIU Part of O&M replanting report to PIC the status of compensatory tree plantation. discussions with local costs people Throughout the operation phase

Health and Safety

Accidents & • Ensure that Emergency Response Plans are in place Quarterly Monitoring Contractor PIU Part of O&M emergences prior to start of operation report costs • Conduct awareness programs & mock drills Corrective Action Plan • Implement emergency response plans Throughout the operation phase • Undertake corrective actions where required Occupational • The requisite PPE (helmet, mask, boot, hand gloves, Throughout the project Contractor PIC, PIU Part of O&M Health and earplugs) shall be provided to the maintenance workers roads and camp sites, if (during and RDA costs Safety and it should be ensured that labourers use PPE during any maintenance working hours. During maintenance period and RDA • First aid facility should be readily available at the work afterwards) construction site • Septic tank or mobile toilets fitted with anaerobic treatment facility shall be provided at construction camp/temporary office/storage areas. • Domestic solid waste at construction camp shall be properly collected and handed over to the solid waste collecting system of LA. • Records on health and safety related accidents measures taken to address must be maintained

Socio-economic Impacts Project Mitigation Measures Location/ Implementing Monitoring Estimated Action/ Parameter/ Agency Agency cost Environment Monitoring Frequency Impact Possible • Monitoring of the vehicles running on the improved Entire stretch of each Traffic Police, RDA, Traffic No accidents roads road but especial RDA police additional attention to the cost, routine sensitive locations in roles of terms of accidents traffic police in the area Appendix 9: Environmental Monitoring Plan Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision Confirmatory Quarry sites, sites Presence of protected plant species One off during pre- Contractor via pre- Lump sum: survey: selected for borrow construction stage prior approved Rs. 100,000 presence of operations, land to be to finalization of layout Consultant any cleared for material plans PIU protected stockpiling, labour flora species huts, machinery yards, in the asphalt plants, project- batching plants, etc. related sites Field Presence of bird species Three months prior to Contractor via pre- Lump sum: surveys to start of construction, approved Rs. 50,000 detect and just before start of Consultant presence of construction work PIU protected bird species Confirmatory Presence of fauna species One off during pre- Contractor via pre- Lump sum: survey: construction stage approved Rs. 50,000 presence of phase Consultant protected PIU fauna species Surface Surface water bodies Temp., pH, Turbidity, Conductivity, One-off: Contractor through Lump sum: water quality at 6 locations DO, TDS, BOD, COD, Nitrates (NO3- Baseline monitoring an Accredited Rs. 20,000 per • Three locations on N), Total Phosphate (PO4-P), Oil & prior to start of Laboratory location per B240 Grease, Total Coliform, Fecal construction work PIU sampling Coliform • Three location on One-off:

A003 Updated baseline after Visual observations for turbidity completion of all variation patterns in water bodies and construction works for any sediment runoff Regular Monitoring: Monthly during Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision construction Visual Observations: Continuous during construction Water bodies near Visual observations: Turbidity Continuous during rainy Contractor - each construction site variation in nearby water bodies and season during PIU and at least 2 points sediment runoff construction work (50 m & 100 m from work site) Water bodies near Visual observations: Turbidity and Continuous during rainy Contractor/Material each material sediment runoff days during suppliers stockpiles and at least construction work PIU 2 points (50 m & 100 m from material stock piles) At least 2 points near Visual observation of oil slicks and Continuous, especially Contractor/Asphalt - asphalt (50 m from chemical traces in water surfaces during rainy days during plant operator work site & 100 m from operations of the PIU asphalt plant) asphalt plant At least 2 points near Visual observation of any wastewater Continuous during the Contractor/Labour - each labour camp (50 flowing into water bodies occupation of the labour sub-contractors m from work site & 100 camps PIU m from camp site) Prior to setting the Total Coliform, Fecal Coliform Rs. 5,000 per labour camps and sampling per Fortnightly during the location occupation of the labour camp Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision

Ambient air The same locations at • PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, CO, HC One-off: Contractor through Lump sum: quality & which baseline • Equivalent sound levels (Leq A) Baseline monitoring an Accredited Air Quality: Rs. noise and measurements were and vibration level in terms of ppv prior to start of Laboratory 40,000 per location vibration taken (Mitigation measures should conform construction work PIU Noise (See Table of the IEE to CEA Regulations on National Air One-off: measurements: Report for Noise Quality Standards, ambient noise Updated baseline after Rs. 10,000 per Levels) levels and permissible ground completion of all location vibration levels) construction works Vibration levels: Rs. 10,000 per At any location along • PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, CO, HC Once complaints are Contractor through location the four roads, access • Equivalent sound levels (Leq A) received: an Accredited roads to yards, borrow and vibration level in terms of ppv Measurements compare Laboratory sites and along with baseline monitoring PIU haulage routes (Mitigation measures should conform to CEA Regulations on National Air values Quality Standards, ambient noise All the sensitive levels and permissible ground receptors (as outlined vibration levels) in Table) of the IEE Auditory levels of noise, Visual Continuous visual Contractor observations of dust levels and dust observations PIU collected on window sills and vegetation cover

At the boundary of the • PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, CO, HC During rock blasting, Quarry operator Lump sum: Quarry and Borrow Equivalent sound levels (Leq A) and grinding and and Transport Air Quality: Rs. sites vibration level in terms of ppv V transporting contractor 40,000 per location (Mitigation measures should conform PIU Noise to CEA Regulations on National Air During borrow material Borrow site measurements: Quality Standards, ambient noise excavation and operator and Rs. 10,000 per levels and permissible ground transportation Transport location vibration levels) contractor Vibration levels: PIU Rs. 10,000 per location Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision Erosion of At locations that are Visual observations Continuous monitoring Contractor - soil during like to cause soil Suspended sediments and elevated during rainy season excavation, erosion, including turbidity in surface runoff Borrow site storage of borrow sites, material operator and material and stock piles, exposed Transport transport surfaces, cuts and fill contractor operations areas - Flow paths, streams, toe areas of PIU slopes and embankments. Sedimentation and siltation of drainage canals and water bodies Slope Toe of slopes, Measurement of Displacements Daily or Continuous Contractor Additional costs stability and Important buildings/ (Vertical/ horizontal) monitoring are needed for pre- settlement structures/other Visual observation for settlements construction crack control predetermined critical and cracks of buildings and survey. The cost measures locations structures depends on the Cracking of number of structures buildings/structures included for the survey Work zone All roads where Check compliance with the work Daily (for the four and Authority A detailed cost management rehabilitation is zone management plan submitted by other roads, to be responsible for the calculation has to and safety proposed the contractor: decided in consultation relevant road be done for work Safety hazards for pedestrians with Traffic Police) (RDA/ PRDA zone management during construction /Local Authorities) schemes as part of Access and haulage Safety hazards for motorists period Police Department the contractor’s routes Availability of all the devices such as 2-3 times during the main task signs, barricades, cones etc. as construction period for obligation. specified in the work zone local roads However, regular management plan monitoring is During construction Availability of traffic control officers needed to make Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision (as required for the location) period sure contractor (Mitigation measures should conform implements the schemes properly. to Road safety manual of RDA) When complaints are Payments need to received be disbursed only after compliance checks are satisfactory. Accessibility All roads where Effectiveness of temporary access Daily (for the four roads Authority Included in the restrictions rehabilitation is provided as property access and and other roads, to be responsible for the Contractors’ to properties proposed diversion of traffic decided in consultation relevant road estimates Access and haulage Traffic congestion with Traffic Police) (RDA/ PRDA during construction /Local Authorities) Detour and routes Complaints received from individual period diversion of occupants, business establishments, Police Department traffic etc. 2-3 times during the Local Authorities construction period for Complaints received from the public local roads (Mitigation measures should conform During construction to Road safety manual of RDA) period When complaints are received Occupation All the labour camps Number of labourers occupied in the Monthly summary report Labour sub- Included in the health and project during construction and contractors Contractors’ Safety List of PPE supplied to labourers and during maintenance PIU to coordinate estimates their effective use, appointment of a period with the PHI and H&S officer Continuous monitoring Labour Records from supervisors on use of of H&S of all the Department PPE workers Record of accidents and detailed statement of occurrence Use of appropriate signs, labelling, warning signals ant safety procedures, etc. Frequency of conducting health and Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision safety awareness programmes, drills and compliance Method of supplying sanitary facilities, drinking water and waste disposal system (Mitigation measures should conform to EHS Standards of the IFC) Flooding and All culvert and bridge Locations of flooding (upstream/ Continuous monitoring Contractor/Sub- Included in the hydrology locations and other downstream/floodplain, etc.) during rainy season and contractors Contractors’ during identified flood prone Flood depth/water level especially during major estimates construction areas located close to storm events during Flood extent and duration low-lying areas and construction period canals Flood frequency Causes of flooding (debris/sediment level) Flooding and All major culvert and Locations of flooding (if any) Continuous monitoring RDA/Local Additional costs hydrology bridge locations and Flood depth during rainy season and authority should be allocated during other identified flood especially during major under regular Flood duration operations prone areas located storm events monitoring and close to low-lying Flood frequency maintenance areas and canals Causes of flooding (debris/sediment programs level) Social Townships and Complaints of road users, business Monthly Design and Included in the Impacts sections falling in front community, officers of institutions on construction budget of PIU and during of sensitive locations in dust, noise, mud, traffic related supervision the design construction 4 roads issues and access related issues to consultants, PIU preparation and houses, business ventures and and interested construction institutions parties of supervision stakeholders consultants Social Sensitive locations Observations of the traffic police and Monthly for about one- Traffic police of the No separate cost is Impacts identified as accidents also the complaints by the year special program area, RDA required (as part of during prone sections of the neighbourhood community members after improvements to routine duties of operations rehabilitated 4 roads on the likelihood danger of driving four roads the traffic police) Monitoring Responsibility/ Monitoring location Monitoring parameters Frequency Estimated Cost field Supervision behaviour of some drivers.

Appendix 9.2: Sample Environmental Monitoring Checklists: Design and Pre-construction Stage

District: Road Name: Road ID: Total length: Date of site visit:

Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied) 1 Poor • Designate a full-time environment specialist (one of the Mobilization of PIC and environmental PIC) who will be in-charge of coordination with PIU for PIU staff with suitable management by updating this IEE and implementing the EMP and experience and the Contractor EMoP, including conduct of all surveys, monitoring expertise actions etc. One-off during • Environmental specialist shall be in place from the day mobilization, and of mobilization of contractor (throughout design and continuously throughout construction, and intermittent during operations) the contract period • Coordinate with the PIU on confirmatory surveys to be conducted during design phase and complete as required with support of external experts (if needed) 2 Climate Change • Climate change vulnerability checks in compliance with Throughout the project Consideration the provisions provided in the IEE Report. Adopting and flood prone areas in and proper mitigation measures as may be required all the four road stretches and other Vulnerability • Cross drainage structures to be designed and located Screening possible areas of tree based on recommendations of hydrological studies to planting be conducted during detailed design phase. Alteration of rainfall intensities due to climate change therefore change of peak flows of waterways and land use 1

Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied) changes should be clearly studied under hydrological assessments and appropriate mitigation measures should be incorporated to final designs. • Efforts shall be made to plant additional trees for increasing the carbon sink. The trees may be selected with help of Forest Department and space for additional planting (if the remaining space within ROW is not adequate) will be secured with the help of Forest Department, Divisional Secretary (DS) and Community-based Organizations (CBOs).

3(a) Site selection • Conduct a confirmatory survey by an Ecologist to Protected plants survey and preparation identify and mark, if any, protected plant species on map & markings on site for site and also on the site survey maps. maps of quarries, borrow quarrying, • Integrate identified protected plants (if any) in the areas, and other areas borrow location maps to avoid the need to remove/cut these cleared for yards, etc. operations, plants. One-off after survey clearing land for stockpiling, • If removal of trees is unavoidable, translocate protected Tree Translocation, labour huts, species in the nearby areas; prepare Tree Cutting & Re-plantation machinery yards, Translocation, Cutting & Re-plantation Plan. If Plan (shall include asphalt plants, translocation is not possible, and if it is necessary to justification, minimization batching plants, remove/cut protected plants, prepare a justification to & approvals) etc. establish that it is not feasible to avoid or translocate One-off during site trees. a) Loss of scrub location finalization land, trees and • Obtain approval of relevant authority for other flora, and cutting/removal and plant 3-5 trees of same species for protected flora each tree that is removed species • Adopt minimal tree cutting as a general principle in planning & design; minimize tree cutting – either of protected species or otherwise

2 Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied)

• In general, follow avoidance and compensatory approach for cutting of tree species; plant 3-5 trees for each tree removed. • Site Operation manual shall include clear provisions on Operation plan for site protection and conservation of environment & wildlife, operations, including including prohibition on cutting of trees, removal of quarries, borrow sites, shrubs and bushes, hunting / harming wild animals plans and yards. etc.; do’s and don’ts to be followed by all concerned with the Contractors 3(b) Site selection • Conduct field surveys by an ecologist (at least one Confirmation survey and preparation season prior to start of work) to confirm if there are any output & mitigation for quarrying, birds of protected species, and identify if any trees with measures borrow nests / breeding places: One-off prior to survey operations, • If there are birds any of these species on trees within One-off after survey clearing land for the site, but no nests, ensure that the birds are not stockpiling, harmed, and allowed to move away freely labour huts, machinery yards, • If there are any trees with nests / breeding birds, work asphalt plants, shall not commence until nesting cycle is complete and batching plants, the birds leave the nest etc. • If there are no protected birds or any other protected (b) Impacts on species, immediately initiate work on boundary fencing; protected the work related disturbance will ensure the birds move species of away from the site, and do not prefer the site for further avifauna roosting/nesting 3(c) Site selection • Conduct confirmatory surveys by experts to rule out Confirmatory survey and preparation fauna breeding areas in the proposed sites and results & suggested for quarrying, reconfirm that their extent & nature of inhabitation is mitigation measures borrow limited to occasional visits One-off after survey operations, • Review the following suggested measures & develop clearing land for 3 Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied) stockpiling, further based on confirmatory survey: labour huts, o Providing workers or posting in public places for the machinery yards, workers, illustrations or pictures of protected, asphalt plants, endangered, threatened, and/or near-threatened batching plants, species, which can be found in the work area or its etc. immediate surroundings. (c) Impacts on o Instructing workers to stop work immediately and protected report if any such species are spotted on the site species of fauna o Creating awareness and conducting training; prohibiting killing or harming of any animals by site personnel 4 Demolition of • Prepare a solid waste management plan for disposal of Quantity and quality of temporary spoil, dredged material and construction debris waste and disposal structures and • Waste shall be disposed in existing approved disposal methods site preparation sites; any new sites shall be developed considering One off during for quarrying, siting guidelines, maintained and operated accordingly finalization site selection borrow sites, clearing land for labour huts, machinery yards, asphalt, batching plants 5 Disturbance to • Identify & demarcate drainage paths on the sites & Site drainage plans natural drainage approach roads One-off during the site due to site • Integrate these channels in the layout plans so that preparation work preparation for natural drainage is not disturbed quarrying, borrow sites, • Provide cross drainage structures wherever necessary clearing land for along the new approach roads, yards, and plants stockpiling, labour huts, machinery yards, 4 Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied) asphalt batching plants 6 Sites for • Except disposal sites, all the work sites (camps, Plan for site selection construction storage, stockpiles etc.) will be located within the work camps, selected section of the road. One-off prior to start of areas for • No construction camp shall be located close to water construction stockpile, bodies (at least 500 m away) storage and disposal • Construction material shall be brought to site as and when required, and temporary storage of material shall be made near the work site along the road itself outside the RoW. • No temporary storage shall be located near water ways or areas prone for flooding or locations where there are natural drainage paths 7 Delays in • Finalize construction programs duly considering Work schedule mobilisation and provisions for work schedule Respective plans timely • Following plans be developed for implementation: One-off prior to start of implementation o construction of work program Construction Waste Management Plan & plans o Transportation Plan for construction material, equipment and waste conveyance o Health & Safety Plan; Construction Camp Development & Management Plan o Material Procurement Plans and EMPs o Area Construction Work Plan o Erosion control plan near the water bodies for earth works (if any) 8 Consents, • Obtain all necessary consents, permits, clearance, Clearances and permits, NOCs, prior to start of civil works (PAA/CEA; EPL; approvals clearances, no permits from LAs, etc.) One-off prior to start of objection 5

Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied) certificate (NOC), • Include in project implementation all conditions and construction etc. provisions where necessary

9 Shifting of • Identify and include locations and operators of these Maps/locations showing Utilities utilities in the detailed design to prevent unnecessary utilities & likely disruption of services during the construction phase. disruptions • Prepare a contingency plan to include actions to be Emergency plans in done in case of unintentional interruption of services. case of any likely • Identify the list of affected utilities and operators and disruption coordinate closely with relevant government One-off during design & departments. prior to start of construction • If relocations are necessary, coordinate with the providers to relocate the utility. 10 Finalizing the • Obtain construction materials for this project from the Permits issued to Sources of existing quarries permitted / licensed by government quarries/sources of construction (Geological Survey and Mines Bureau, GSMB) only materials materials • For new borrow-pits, prior permission must be obtained One-off prior to start of from the PIU, landowner, GSMB, and the Central work Environment Authority, and the environmental impacts of the operation should properly examined and mitigated as necessary • Make efforts to minimize the overall material requirement for the project by adopting various approaches – balanced cut and fill, re-use as much excavated material from this project as possible • Submit documentation on a monthly basis (materials quantities with source). 11 Planning of • Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do Transportation Plan access routes to not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate One-off prior to start of sites vicinity of delivery sites. construction work

6

Compliance Location/ Project status Corrective Action/ Parameter/ action Mitigation Measures (Complied, proposed if Environmental Monitoring partly complied, any Impact Frequency not complied)

• Schedule transport and hauling activities during non- peak hours. • Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion. • Keep the site free from all unnecessary obstructions. • Drive vehicles in a considerate manner. • Coordinate with the Traffic Police for temporary road diversions and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours. • Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards with information about the nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints • Road works and road signage must be illuminated at night. • Ensure access to households along the four roads during the construction phase.

• This checklist must be prepared based on site visits to the respective road • Each report must enclose photographs to demonstrate the mitigation measures implemented

Prepared and submitted by: Reviewed and approved by:

Date of submission to PIU: Date of approval:

7

Appendix 9.3: Sample Environmental Monitoring Checklists: Construction Stage

District: Road Name: Road ID: Total length: Date of site visit:

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) 1(a) Air quality • As far as possible, plan site clearance and earthwork Schedule of works impacts: Site activities towards the end of the southwest monsoon works (December - February), when the soils will be damp Dust suppression naturally, without being subject to the downpours of measures - Visual site the previous two months. observations • To suppress dust, Contractor should water exposed sand, soil and stockpiled material on site sufficiently frequently (several times per day) Ambient air quality monitoring as per EMP • Provide a compound wall or wind breaking structure around the plant site to minimize the wind; this will minimize dust generation, and also drifting of sand Weekly into excavated trenches • If dust generation is significant, provide a dust screen of appropriate height • Conduct work in stages to reduce dust impacts clearing and then conducting construction in only a portion of the site at a time. • Control access to work area, prevent unnecessary movement of vehicles, workers, public trespassing into work areas, limiting soil disturbance • Contractor’s environmental manager should monitor these activities and take action to apply the mitigation 1

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) if dust production becomes significant.

1(b) Air quality • Use tarpaulins to cover loose material (soil, sand, Transportation Plan impacts: aggregate) when transported by trucks material • Clean wheels and undercarriage of haul trucks prior to Dust suppression haulage, vehicle leaving construction site/quarry measures - Visual site and equipment observations use • Control dust generation while unloading the loose material (particularly aggregate, soil) at the site by sprinkling water Ambient air quality • Stabilize surface soils where loaders, support monitoring as per EMP equipment and vehicles will operate by using water and maintain surface soils in a stabilized condition Weekly • Ensure that all the construction equipment, machinery are fitted with pollution control devises, which are operating correctly, • Ensure that only those vehicles and equipment in good condition, and are in good maintenance are used for project construction • Vehicles/equipment should have a valid Vehicle Emission Certificate (VEC) showcasing emissions below the specified limits • Maintain VEC records of all vehicles all times for ready inspection at the work sites 2 Construction • Do not conduct any high noise generating activities One-off noise & vibration near sensitive receptors; conduct regular monitoring Work program of noise levels as per the monitoring plan

• Limit construction activities to daytime only Continuous site auditory • Noise level at the boundary of site shall not exceed 70 observations dB(A) during day and 50 dB(A) during night • Minimize noise from construction equipment by using Continuous vibration vehicle silencers, fitting jackhammers with noise- monitoring by ‘feeling reducing mufflers, and use portable street barriers to state’ monitoring minimize sound impact to surrounding sensitive 2

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) receptor Weekly noise monitoring • Avoid loud random noise from sirens, air data using mobile compression, etc. measuring device • Avoid using multiple high noise generating equipment / activities simultaneously Vibration measurements using a measuring • Install temporary or portable acoustic barriers around equipment, if needed stationary construction noise sources

• Identify any buildings at risk from vibration damage and avoiding any use of pneumatic drills or heavy vehicles in the vicinity (for pipeline works) • Horns should not be used unless it is necessary • Consult local communities in advance of the work to identify and address key issues, and avoid working at sensitive times, such as religious and cultural festivals (for road construction works) • Conduct noise and vibration monitoring as per the EMoP 3 Impacts on soil • Retention the ground cover and vegetation (to the Throughout the project and geology extent as possible) is the most natural and effective area with special Loss of way of protecting soil from erosion by wind and rain; attention to yards, productive soil the feasibility of phasing site clearance in this way in vehicle parking and due to erosion order to reduce these impacts should be investigated servicing areas and when the construction work is planned in detail by the construction activities Slope stability Contractor. near paddy and other Soil agricultural lands contamination • Topsoil removed from productive land shall be reused at other land or for re-plantation purposes. Such soil

shall also be used as top cover of embankment Near quarry and borrow slopes, and other areas for growing vegetation to sites, camps protect soil erosion. sites, storage yards, • Exposed areas and areas of loose soil shall be turfed vehicle parks, yards and or planted with shrubs. Follow up watering and temporary offices maintenance of the turf must be carried out to ensure 3

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) the survival of the plants and success of the slope stabilization. Along embankments

• Land used for yards, labor camps and offices, temporary access road, borrow and quarry sites shall be rehabilitated and restored back to its original use as practical as possible • Fresh and unstable slopes, loose rock and boulders shall be appropriately protected. Embankment surfaces shall be compacted and turfed. Proper drainage improvement works shall be done along toes areas of embankments and slopes. • Movement of construction vehicles shall be restricted to access roads, haulage routes and yards to prevent soil compaction in other land, especially agricultural lands. In case this is not prevented, such disturbed land should be tilled/harrowed. • Chemicals such as bituminous products, fuel, lubricants, paints, solvents and other chemicals shall be stored at designated laces, well-sheltered and impervious floors (preferable paved). The paving area of the storage yards be provided with gentle slope and shall be made so that any leaks/spills can be collected into a chamber for safe disposal. Such chemicals shall be well-managed, and efforts shall be made to minimize the waste generation. 4 Impacts on • Contractor’s activities shall not lead to flooding Throughout project area hydrology and conditions as a result of blocked drainage paths and with special attention to flooding drains or any other modifications to drainage paths. the locations of cross • The contractor shall take all measures necessary and drainage, Major as directed by the PIU to keep all drainage paths and culverts/bridges, drains clear of blockage at all times. Identified flood prone areas with Visual • If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by inspection contractor’s activities, contractors shall provide 4

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) suitable means to (a) prevent loss of access to any land or property and (b) prevent damage to land and Locations of flooding (if property. any), Flood depth, Flood duration, Flood • Contractor’s activities shall not lead to aggravate frequency, Causes of floods when working in flood prone areas. flooding (debris/ sediment level) • Further, any recommendations laid down by the hydrological studies, should be adopted at flood prone areas. Continuous monitoring during rainy season and • Contractor shall not select land within flood prone especially during major areas for the purpose of disposing excavated and unsuitable material, locations for material stockpiles, storm events yards and other locations where chemicals and other construction material are stored 5 Deterioration of • Prepare a method statement following accepted One-off Work program Water quality construction procedures for works located close to water bodies and close to water bodies. Visual site observations • Avoid earthworks during rainy days and monsoon season to prevent soil run-off and schedule works during dry season when the water levels are low Water quality monitoring data • Avoid stockpiling of earth fill during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets • Dispose spoils in designated disposal areas • Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along drainage leading to water bodies • Place storage areas for chemicals, fuels & lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies; Store fuel, construction chemicals etc., under shelter and on an impervious floor, also avoid spillage • Pump out the water collected in the pits/excavations to a temporary sedimentation basin dispose off only clarified water into drainage channels/streams

5

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) • Consider safety aspects related to trench/pit collapse due to accumulation of water • No spillage of oil, grease, chemicals etc., into the paddy fields and water bodies, flood plains and reservations

• Dispose any residuals at identified disposal site, and stockpile construction material away from paddy fields and water bodies, flood plains and reservations • Do not conduct any cleaning, washing, rinsing of machinery and equipment near the water bodies; prevent any waste/water from discharging into water bodies. • Inspect all vehicles daily for fluid leaks before leaving the vehicle staging area, and repair any leaks before the vehicle resumes operation • Ensure that no silt laden runoff from nearby construction area enter the water bodies • Excess water sprinkling on soil, material to control dust may also generate runoff which may enter the water bodies; this should be avoided by controlled water sprinkling • Conduct surface quality inspection according to the EMoP 6 Pollution from • Ensure that batching plant is installed with in-built air Establishment of asphalt and pollution and dust control system; for fugitive batching plant batching plant emissions/dust from loading area, provide dust screen One-off for preparation operation around the components and establishment of the • Ensure that plant is well operated & maintained at all Operations Manual times according to O&M manuals provided by the equipment manufacturer Operations manual • The asphalt loading area is equipped with a leak-proof should include waste concrete floor, from which all drainage is collected and 6

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) treated as necessary prior to discharge management plan • Asphalt trucks and especially drums are washed out only in a designated area, which should also be Visual site observation equipped with a leak-proof floor, from which drainage by weekly inspection of is collected and treated as necessary waste storage area

Monthly Waste audits • All chemicals used in alphalt preparation are properly stored, whether dry, in powder or granular form, or as liquids. Storage facilities should be as specified in the appropriate international standard, and should include equipment to extract dust and completely contain any spillage from leaks • Conduct waste audits and inspections according to the EMoP 7 Hazardous • Any hazardous waste shall be stored at the One-off for preparation waste designated place prior to disposal. and establishment of the management • To avoid water and soil contamination at batching Operations Manual that plants, storage areas and wash-down areas, leak and should include waste spill prevention plans shall be established. Any management plan accidental leaks/spills shall be arrested and cleaned appropriately, and such procedures shall be Visual site observation established. Workers shall be trained and made aware of proper management of such procedures. practices by weekly • Oil interceptors shall be provided at appropriate inspection of waste locations (e.g., vehicle service areas). storage area • Residual and hazardous wastes such as asphalt and bituminous waste, solvents, oils, fuels, and lubricants Monthly Waste audits shall be disposed of in approved disposal sites approved by the CEA • Hazardous material, including oil and grease to be collected in leak-proof, properly-labeled containers and stored appropriately. Proper signs should be 7

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) displayed for hazardous waste) and should be handed over to authorized third parties who has CEA licenses 8 Debris / waste • Implement a Construction Waste Management Plan Implementation of disposal (CWMP); include the following measures in the plan CWMP • Reuse as much waste sand in this project as possible • Find alternative beneficial uses for any unused sand, Weekly visual site e.g., fills in other construction works observations Monthly Waste audits • stripping out the trunks and larger branches from trees and shrubs and providing these to the local community free of charge for building or fuel • No vegetation should be burnt on site to avoid release of greenhouse gases • All waste/waste sand and vegetation should be covered by secure tarpaulins whenever transported offsite, to prevent material being blown from trucks • Avoid stockpiling any excess spoils at the site for long time. Excess excavated soils should be disposed off to approved designated areas immediately • If disposal is required, the site shall be selected from barren, infertile lands, no/least vegetated areas; site should be located away from residential areas, forests, coast, water bodies and any other sensitive land uses • Domestic solid wastes should be properly segregated for collection & disposal to designated disposal site; create a compost pit at workers camp sites for disposal of biodegradable waste; non-biodegradable / recyclable material shall be collected separately and sold in the local recycling material market • Prohibit burning of construction and domestic waste; Ensure that wastes are not haphazardly thrown in and around the project site; provide proper collection bins, 8

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) and create awareness to use the dust bins • Conduct site clearance and restoration to original condition after completion of construction work especially along the conveyance pipeline route, beach area, and around the RODP; ensure that site is properly restored prior to issuing of completion certificate 9 Traffic and • Temporary access will be provided to properties that Properties along the four access related are located adjacent to the roads under construction roads, especially access impacts • Temporary parking areas for urban areas will be to residents, business identified. Proper management of work zone will be premises and by-roads carried out in urban areas. • Construction scheduling will be done to allow Urban areas where accessibility from alternative routes disturbances to vehicle parking would occur. • Temporary traffic management schemes will be used at the commencement of the project Locations where access to businesses premises • Traffic diversion planning and implementation will be are disturbed in urban done. Adequate signboards shall be placed much areas ahead of diversion site to caution the road users. The road signs should comply with the Road Safety Manual of RDA Continuous throughout • Reinstatement of road sections be carried out as per the construction period specifications and method statement will be given at the commencement of the project. • Road furniture including footpaths, railings, storm water drains, crash barrier, traffic signs, speed zone signs, pavement markers and any other such items will be provided to enhance the road safety where necessary at the completion of the project • Nighttime illumination should be in place at every location where the road is narrow, diverted and structures are repaired and any other places where PIC recommends doing so.

9

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) • Monitor and record road crashes during construction and maintenance stages and take appropriate remedial actions

Ecological Impacts

10 Loss / damage • Ensure that all construction activities are conducted One-off prior to start of to flora and strictly within the site footprints (including offices, work: Construction fauna vehicle parking and other activities that might normally camp/yard be located in an exterior contractor’s area); no establishment & clearance of vegetation outside footprint is permitted management plan • Prohibit any deliberate killing or harming of animals on or off-site; any hunting or fishing or in nearby areas by Weekly site personnel; preventive actions shall be put in place Visual observations by contractor for hunting/killing of wild animals

• Ensure that all construction work or other activities near the site perimeter are conducted with particular Monthly Interviews with care and include measures to reduce noise and dust workers and local people

• Conduct the site clearance and earthworks in a phased manner, gradually advancing noise & visual Accident and medical disturbance, which will encourage animals to leave records before their habitat is affected • Create awareness in all site staff & workers on the importance of the animals and plants on site and in the surrounding area, and their vulnerability

• To protect site personnel, training should also be

provided to enable them to recognize & deal safely & humanely wilt all venomous animals that may be encountered (e.g., snakes and scorpions) • Conduct site preparation activities, including vegetation removals, outside of the breeding season for wildlife, including migratory birds • Prevent access to areas located beyond the construction zone; fence and barricade the plant area 10

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) with controlled entry and exit 11 Impacts on • Prepare a method statement following accepted Monthly protected construction procedures in paddy/wetlands. This Awareness & training species of flora interalia include pollution control (water, air, noise), programs and fauna limiting disturbance, unharming wildlife etc.

• Create awareness among workers and site staff on Consulting an ecologist wildlife and protected species during the construction • Provide to workers or post in work area for the work workers, illustrations or pictures of protected/ endangered species, which can be found in the work area or its immediate surroundings

• Instruct workers to stop work immediately and report to supervisor/contractor’s environment specialist on any on-site presence of protected/endangered species • Conduct construction works under the continuous monitoring of an Ecologist (as far as the same expert who conducted confirmatory survey) • Conduct work in areas close to water bodies when the water level is very low

Health & Safety

12 Community Work along public roads Work methods and safety & health • Adopt standard and safe practices for road implementation of construction measures • Ensure access to houses and business along the alignment; provide wooden planks, metal sheet with Weekly visual site protective barricades/rails to allow access to the observations, interviews properties with workers and community • Provide temporary traffic control (e.g. flagmen) & signs where necessary to improve safety and provide directions

11

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) • Restrict public access to all areas where construction works are on-going through the use of barricading and security personnel • Ensure that all material, equipment, workers and all activities are conducted within the demarcated / barricaded strip of land along the road; there should be no spillage of any activity outside this zone • Clearly separate work area with traffic/pedestrian flow; provide public information boards to easily identify the work area • Warning signs, blinkers will be attached to the barricading to caution the public about the hazards associated with the works such as presence of trenches / deep excavation • Plan carefully using section-by-section approach, so that open trenches are quickly be closed and road restored • Control dust pollution – implement dust control measures as suggested under air quality • Organize public awareness campaigns.

12

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) Safety risk due to construction vehicle/equipment Implementation of movement on public roads Transportation Plan and • Prepare a Transportation Plan for material, waste and Monthly monitoring equipment; consult highways agencies, police and other relevant authorities during both planning & Weekly Visual site implementation observations, interviews • Plan transportation routes to avoid heavily populated with workers and areas community • Schedule deliveries to avoid town centers and other congested areas during morning and evening peak traffic periods • Astute coordination to combine deliveries where possible, to avoid under-utilization of vehicles and reduce the number of journeys • Source materials in the close proximity (within WP) and other local outlets wherever possible, to reduce the length of delivery journeys • Conduct awareness programs and information campaigns in habitations along the roads about the movement of heavy vehicles and traffic safety measures • Provide safety, information and caution boards where necessary • There are schools along the roads, construction vehicle movement shall be restricted during the school opening and closing hours; if unavoidable, place traffic guards at school and other sensitive places, like hospitals, religious place etc. Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards with information about the nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints • Provide continuous training to drivers to drive vehicles in safe & considerate manner • Coordinate with the Traffic Police for temporary road diversions and for provision of traffic aids if 13 transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours. Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) 13 Occupational • Comply with IFC EHS Guidelines on Occupational Health & Safety Plan health & safety Health and Safety • Prepare a comprehensive & site-specific Health and Implementation of Safety Plan (H&SP) describing in detail how the measures health and safety of all site personnel (workers, staff and visitors) will be maintained at all times. It is to provide guidance on establishing a management Weekly visual strategy and applying practices that are intended to observations eliminate, or reduce, fatalities, injuries and illnesses for workers performing activities and tasks associated Weekly interviews with with the project. workers • Provide compulsory H&S orientation training to all new workers to ensure that they are apprised of H&S Plan including rules of work, PPE, preventing injury to fellow workers, etc. • Conduct regular toolbox safety briefings; leanings, causes, risks & safe procedures • Conduct periodic safety audit, identify and remove potential hazard • Ensure that qualified first-aid is provided at all times; equipped first-aid stations shall be easily accessible throughout the work sites and camps. • Provide medical insurance coverage to workers. • Secure all installations from unauthorized intrusion and accident risks. • Provide supplies of potable drinking water • Provide clean eating areas where workers are not exposed to hazardous or noxious substances. • Provide visitor orientation if visitors to the site can gain access to areas where hazardous conditions or substances may be present; visitors not to enter hazard areas unescorted • Ensure the visibility of workers through their use of 14

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) high visibility vests when working in or walking through heavy equipment operating areas • Ensure moving equipment is outfitted with audible back-up alarms • Mark and provide sign boards for hazardous areas such as energized electrical devices and lines, service rooms housing high voltage equipment, and areas for storage and disposal. Signage shall be in accordance with international standards and be well known to, and easily understood by workers, visitors, and the general public as appropriate. • Disallow worker exposure to high noise level for a duration of more than 8 hours per day without hearing protection. The use of hearing protection shall be enforced actively. 14 Labor camps • Avoid / minimize the requirement to establish camps Construction Camp by hiring gangs by employing local workers as far as Management Plan possible; presence of workers throughout the day and night during the construction work will disturb the Monthly visual environment observations, interviews • If necessary, contractor to identify a barren, vacant with workers and local land (preferably private unused land) to establish the people camp nearby; ensure that such camp is at least 500 m away from habitation, water bodies, scrub lands etc., and 1 km from forest reserves • Prepare & implement Construction Camp Management plan (CCMP). Plan should include: o Layout plan showing all the proposed facilities, offices, material storage area (separately for hazardous waste, fuel, chemicals etc.), amenities, repair and washing areas, and circulation areas/roads o Integrate drainage, water pollution, air pollution,

15

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) and noise control measures o Drinking water, sanitation, washing, eating and resting places for workers o Proper liquid waste and solid waste collection, treatment and disposal system o Fire safety, medical facilities • Separate the workers living areas and material storage areas, work sites clearly with a fencing and separate entry and exit • Ensure conditions of habitability at work camps are maintained at the highest standards possible at all times; living quarters and construction camps shall be provided with standard materials with proper ventilation); thatched huts, and facilities constructed with materials like GI sheets, tarpaulins, etc., shall not be allowed as accommodation for workers • Camp shall be provided with proper drainage, there shall not be any water accumulation • Provide drinking water, water for other uses, & sanitation facilities (separate toilets for men and women) • Prohibit employees from cutting of trees for firewood; contractor should provide cooking fuel (oil or gas; firewood not allowed) • Manage solid waste according to the following preference hierarchy: reuse, recycling and disposal to designated areas; provide a compost pit for biodegradable waste, and non-biodegradable / recyclable waste shall be collected and sold in local market

16

Project Action/ Mitigation Measures Location/ Compliance status Corrective action proposed if any Environmental Parameter/ (Complied, partly complied, not Impact Monitoring Frequency complied)

Socio-economic Impacts

15 Impacts on • Providing information related to construction Entire stretch of each Livelihood schedules of each road to business personnel, public road but especially the activities of the institutions and also the householders. sections fallen within project area • Providing supports through contractors to the town ships, Leaflets operators of small movable business structures to including project and its shift their temporary structures to another location in implementation schedule the same area if required. to be distributed ,The number of temporary • Providing supports to establish temporary access to business structures business ventures located adjacent to the road edges available vs. number • Action to complete the construction activities in moved can be used as sensitive locations within the planned time periods. monitoring parameter, Similarly number of households/business establishments had access difficulties vs. number helped by the project will be used as monitoring parameter, The planned period for construction vs. the actual time period taken to complete construction can be used as monitoring parameter.

• This checklist must be prepared based on site visits to the respective road • Each report must enclose photographs to demonstrate the mitigation measures implemented

17

Prepared and submitted by: Reviewed and approved by:

Date of submission to PIU: Date of approval:

18

Appendix 9.4: Sample Environmental Monitoring Checklists: Operational Stage

District: Road Name: Road ID: Total length: Date of site visit: Compliance status Project Action/ Location/ (Complied, partly Corrective action Mitigation Measures Parameter/ Environment complied, not proposed if any Impact Monitoring Frequency complied)

General

Site • All the areas used during construction, such as All locations of Rehabilitation material and machinery yards, camps, offices are to construction camps/ and restoration be restored to its original conditions or as per the temporary office/ after Agreements. material storage, and construction • Quarry sites and borrow areas shall be rehabilitated borrow areas work is over per the conditions laid down in GSMB approval. • Establish a routine and regular inspection programme for any defects along the road, which shall include the road surfaces, drainage canals, culverts, shoulders, road-side furniture, etc. Appointment of well • Ensure timely repair work be carried out as and when qualified contractor, Poor operation & required. preparation and maintenance implementation of • Ensuring that well-qualified and experienced practices of the maintenance activities contractors are engaged through proper bidding roads leading to following SOPs in O&M adverse impacts conditions and process: for construction and regular maintenance work Continuously during the operational period • Ensuring that all of the mitigation measures discussed in this Chapter, and described along with implementation activities and schedules in Environmental Monitoring Plan are implemented in 1

Compliance status Project Action/ Location/ (Complied, partly Corrective action Mitigation Measures Parameter/ Environment complied, not proposed if any Impact Monitoring Frequency complied) full, in the manner described.

Physical Impacts

• Prepare a waste management plan to be used during Spoil disposal operations Waste Management Disposal of tree • Identify areas for spoil disposal branches, Plan preparation and shrubs and • Tree branches shall be used as firewood implementation bushes • Hazardous waste such as asphalt, bituminous Throughout the Solid waste products, paints, solvents, etc. used for road operation phase disposal maintenance work shall be collected and disposed off as per CEA accepted practices • Proper signage, and road-side furniture shall be affixed, and maintained, especially placing sign boards for speed limits. • Noise restrictions to be enforced near sensitive locations. • Removal of soil, debris, dust and mud collected on road surfaces and drainage canals to avoid dust generation. Such material shall be taken away for proper disposal. Quarterly Monitoring • Noise and dust barriers shall be installed wherever report Air and Noise those are needed, especially when the noise and Corrective Action Plan Quality particulate levels exceed levels stipulated in the Throughout the Standards. Noise barriers such as lines of trees operation phase along sensitive noise receptors are effective in providing attenuation of both noise and particulate matter reaching sensitive receptors. • Noise monitoring shall be carried out to confirm the compliance with set values

2

Compliance status Project Action/ Location/ (Complied, partly Corrective action Mitigation Measures Parameter/ Environment complied, not proposed if any Impact Monitoring Frequency complied)

Ecological Impacts

Site observations and discussions with local Contractor to undertake survivability assessment and Tree replanting people report to PIC the status of compensatory tree plantation. Throughout the operation phase

Health and Safety

• Ensure that Emergency Response Plans are in place Quarterly Monitoring prior to start of operation report Accidents & • Conduct awareness programs & mock drills Corrective Action Plan emergences • Implement emergency response plans Throughout the • Undertake corrective actions where required operation phase • The requisite PPE (helmet, mask, boot, hand gloves, earplugs) shall be provided to the maintenance workers and it should be ensured that laborer use PPE during working hours. • First aid facility should be readily available at the construction site Throughout the project Occupational • Septic tank or mobile toilets fitted with anaerobic roads and camp sites, if Health and treatment facility shall be provided at construction any Safety camp/temporary office/storage areas. During maintenance

• Domestic solid waste at construction camp shall be work properly collected and handed over to the solid waste collecting system of LA. • Records on health and safety related accidents measures taken to address must be maintained

3

Compliance status Project Action/ Location/ (Complied, partly Corrective action Mitigation Measures Parameter/ Environment complied, not proposed if any Impact Monitoring Frequency complied)

Socio-economic Impacts

Entire stretch of each road but especial Possible • Monitoring of the vehicles running on the improved attention to the accidents roads sensitive locations in terms of accidents

• This checklist must be prepared based on site visits to the respective road • Each report must enclose photographs to demonstrate the mitigation measures implemented

Prepared and submitted by: Reviewed and approved by:

Date of submission to PIU: Date of approval:

4

Appendix 10.1 List of Temporary Structures that need shifting

Owner/ Renter Dis. from No GPS Coordinates LHS / Nature of Type of Name and Address the Road Photo # RHS Property Impact address Edge N E

A002 Road

Business Parially 1 6.85724 79.89512 Anura Gomaes 77/A Galle Road Dehiwala LHS 0.9m Structure Affected

Moveable Parially 2 6.85145 79.866609 Keshan 41/1/Oman Place,Dehiwala LHS 0.3m Structure Affected

Moveable Parially 3 6.85142 79.86581 Chandana 77/10 B /481 Nawapuran Road Paliyagoda RHS 0.5m Structure Affected

Owner/ Renter Dis. from No GPS Coordinates LHS / Nature of Type of Name and Address the Road Photo # RHS Property Impact address Edge N E

Moveable Fully 4 6.85148 79.86582 Niroshan 24/24 Mithotamulla RHS 0.4m Structure Affected

Business Parially 5 6.8517 79.86589 Nandana 60/31/11/Paniya Mawatha/Dehiwala RHS 0.7m Structure Affected

A003 Road

Chandana 234/ D Siyabalagaha Waththa , Ambalammulla , Moveable Parially 1 7.11083 79.88218 LHS 1m Kumara Seeduwa Structure Affected

Owner/ Renter Dis. from No GPS Coordinates LHS / Nature of Type of Name and Address the Road Photo # RHS Property Impact address Edge N E

Moveable Parially 2 7.16046 79.86995 H.M Niroshi Bingiriya LHS 0.7m Structure Affected

Moveable Parially 3 7.16073 79.86983 N.M Silawathi Nuga Gaha Road, Katunayaka LHS 0.2m Structure Affected

Moveable Parially 4 7.25189 79.85281 N.M.R.Fernando 10/9 Nimalariya Mawatha,Thaladawa LHS 0.1m Structure Affected

Owner/ Renter Dis. from No GPS Coordinates LHS / Nature of Type of Name and Address the Road Photo # RHS Property Impact address Edge N E

B389 Road

Fully 1 6.82673 79.88521 L.N.P Rangana 718/ Attadiya Roadratmalana LHS Stall 0.1m Affected

S.S Fully 2 6.878357 79.884882 419, Bekariya Juntion Peltiwala RHS Stall 1m Wikramasinga Affected

Owner/ Renter Dis. from No GPS Coordinates LHS / Nature of Type of Name and Address the Road Photo # RHS Property Impact address Edge N E

B240 Road

H.A.D.A.Priyadar Fully 1 6.894028 79.962242 27/3/A4/1 Wijesinha Mawatha,Thunmulla LHS Stall 1m shana Affected

Business Parially 2 6.88716 79.967557 Thushara indunil 76/1/A Main road,Athurugiriya LHS 1m Structure Affected

Buddika Moveable Parially 3 6.86579 80.019152 241/B Pansala road,Hanwalla RHS 1m Ranasinha Structure Affected

Owner/ Renter Dis. from No GPS Coordinates LHS / Nature of Type of Name and Address the Road Photo # RHS Property Impact address Edge N E

Business Fully 4 6.87128 79.997858 P.K.Thushara Walauwaththa,Homagama RHS 1m Structure Affected

Appendix 10.2 (a) Social institutions along the road A002

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

1 6.861432,79.86403 Dehiwala Municipal Council LHS 100 1

2 6.8598776,79.86438 St. Mary’s Church LHS 300 2

3 6.853793,79.86561 Filling Station LHS 1000 3

4 6.8484,79.86595 Church RHS 1400 4 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

5 6.846076,79.86605 Filling Station RHS 1900 5

6 6.844949,79.86616 Cemetery – Mount Lavinia RHS 2000 6

7 6.842357,79.86667 Filling Station LHS 2300 7

8 6.8401136,79.86726 Filling Station RHS 2500 8 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

9 6.839105,79.86741 Magistrate’s Court – Mount Lavinia RHS 2600 9

10 6.838263,79.867386 Temple RHS 2700 10

11 6.832845,79.867226 Anarva Siddhalepa Hotel & Spa RHS 3300 11

12 6.829868,79.86791 BCAS Campus RHS 3600 12

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

13 6.8281145,79.868675 Vehicle Emission Test RHS 3900 13

14 6.82673,79.8692 Municipal Council – Mount Lavinia LHS 4100 14

15 6.82673,79.8692 SLTB Rathmalana RHS 4100 15

16 6.824667,79.86996 Mount Lavinia Police Station LHS 4300 16

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

17 6.822919,79.87107 Filling Station RHS 4700 17

18 6.820313,79.87295 Maliban LHS 5000 18

Appendix 10.2 (b) Social institutions along the road A003

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

1 7.11308333, 79.88194444 Buddha Statue RHS 500 1

2 7.11413889, 79.88166667 Temple RHS 600 2

3 7.11736111, 79.88027778 School LHS 1000 3

Wijaya Kumaratunge Memorial 4 7.12605556, 79.8775 RHS 2000 4 Hospital # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

5 7.12841667, 79.87694444 Police Station RHS 2300 5

6 7.13994444, 79.87472222 Suvi Sudarmarama Maha Viharaya RHS 3600 6

7 7.14338889, 79.87416667 Statue RHS 4000 7

8 7.16141667, 79.86972222 Airport RHS 6100 8 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

9 7.17605556, 79.86277778 Statue RHS 7800 9

10 7.17630556, 79.86277778 Church RHS 7900 10

11 7.17777778, 79.86222222 Christian School RHS 8100 11

12 7.18083333, 79.86138889 Statue RHS 8400 12 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

13 7.18213889, 79.86083333 Statue LHS 8600 13

14 7.20852778, 79.84972222 St. Philip Neri’s Church RHS 11800 14

15 7.20919444, 79.84944444 Nawaloka Hospital RHS 11900 15

16 7.21086111, 79.84888889 Asiri Laboratories RHS 12100 16 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

17 7.21233333, 79.84805556 District General Hospital RHS 12300 17

18 7.21272222, 79.84777778 School RHS 12350 18

19 7.21352778, 79.8475 School Ground RHS 12400 19

20 7.22647222, 79.85083333 Filling Station RHS 14100 20 # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

21 Statue 21

22 7.23455556, 79.84916667 St. Francis de sales Church RHS 15100 22

23 7.23825000, 79.84805556 Filling Station LHS 15500 23

Daluwakotuwa St Ana Primary 24 7.24630556, 79.8500 RHS 16500 24 School # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

25 7.25247222, 79.85333333 Statue LHS 17300 25

26 7.25358333, 79.85472222 Filling Station RHS 17500 26

27 7.26133333, 79.85694444 Play Ground RHS 18400 27

28 7.26575000, 79.85972222 Durdans Laboratory RHS 19000 28

Appendix 10.2 (c) Social institutions along the road B389

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

1 6.820664,79.8757 Temple RHS 200 1

2 6.820664,79.8757 Sri Rathnaramaya RHS 300 2

3 6.82081,79.87592 Maliban Factory LHS 400 3

4 6.82081,79.87592 Sellist Smart Store RHS 400 4

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

5 6.823116, 79.88003 DCSL (Showroom) RHS 900 5

6 6.825534, 79.88363 Electricity Engineer Office LHS 1000 6

7 6.825534, 79.88363 Air Force RHS 1300 7

8 6.831851,79.885414 Municipal Council RHS 1900 8

# Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number Photo

9 6.832117,79.88575 Filling Station LHS 2150 9

10 6.832122,79.88569 Public Fair - Attidiya LHS 2200 10

Appendix 10.2 (d) Social institutions along the road B240

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

1 6.8980713, 79.95851 Temple LHS 800 1

2 6.8957906, 79.9601 LHD (Lanka hospital diagnostics) RHS 1100 2

3 6.8923435, 79.96326 Filling station RHS 1700 3

4 6.8863854, 79.96848 Temple LHS 2500 4

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

5 6.8826103, 79.97983 Filling station RHS 3900 5

6 6.881871, 79.98144 Temple LHS 4200 6

7 6.8810806, 79.983826 Vehicle Emission Test Place LHS 4400 7

8 6.878182, 79.98871 Filling station RHS 5100 8

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

9 6.877558, 79.989555 Bus stand RHS 5200 9

10 6.875822. 79.99191 Medical Centre LHS 5500 10

11 6.874659, 79.99348 School RHS 5800 11

12 6.872755, 79.99593 Police station RHS 6100 12

Photo # Coordinates Description LHS/RHS Chainage (m) Photo Number

13 6.867073, 80.00331 Filling station LHS 7100 13

Appendix 11: Flood Locations identified in candidate roads

Road Length Height Road Name Chainage Years Duration Description Photos Number (km) (m)

Galle Road from William A002 5.03 No Flood Locations were recorded in recent times Junction to Maliban Junction

Peliyagoda Puttalam Road from Peliyagoda Roundabout to 10 Years A003 Nawaloka Roundabout & 19.2 19+000 - 19+300 0.3 1 days Due to change in path of the River ago, Dandugama to Kochchikade Bridge

Rainy 0+000 - 0+100 0.3 1 hour Seasons

B389 Rathmalana Mirihana Road 2.2

Rainy 0+780 - 1+120 0.5 3 hours Seasons

Kotte Bope Road from Malabe Rainy B240 11 8+000 - 8+500 0.2 to Godagama Seasons Road Length Height Road Name Chainage Years Duration Description Photos Number (km) (m)

Rainy 8+800 - 8+950 0.2 Seasons

Rainy 12+200 - 12+500 Seasons

Rainy 13+700 - 13+850 Raised after Seasonal Flooding Seasons

Appendix 12: Recording and monitoring the procedures adopted by the contractors to ensure health and safety to prevent spreading of COVID-19 1. What activities were considered when the site work commences? Commencement of site works and mobilizing the workers Awareness creation, routine, and regular health/ hygienic practices Emergency preparedness 2. What precautions have been taken so that workers are not at a risk to expose/infect the virus Note: workers at a site near a hospital are more vulnerable to be infected 3. List out the activities that will be carried out at sites and (practical) measures that shall be adopted to contain any infection or spread of disease. 4. List out the measures that will be adopted at site to record the health condition of workers upon reporting to work and their whereabouts and specific activities they had got involved during the previous 2–3-week period. 5. List out the measures that would be adopted to monitor the health condition of the worker force. Note that workers/ staff with following conditions should not be allowed to the site. Those having fever, with or without acute onset respiratory symptoms such as cough, runny nose, sore throat and/or shortness of breath. Those who have had contact with suspected or confirmed case of COVID-19 for the last 14 days. Those who are quarantined for COVID-19 If sick person reports for work, he/she is sent back home immediately. 6. Include the procedure/s that will be followed with respect to managing visitors and other deliveries to site. 7. Include measures that will be taken to provide required PPE to workers, measures taken to enforce them to wear them at site and measures used to dispose the used items such as face masks. 8. List out the routine and regular measures that would be adopted at sites to maintain the health, hygiene and safety of the workforce including office staff (including social distancing where possible). 9. How awareness programmes shall be conducted for the workforce on spread and containment of COVID 19, and on good health and hygienic practices and for workers who return home, and the precautionary measures they should be taking. 10. Provide information on how accommodations, kitchens, meal rooms, labour billets shall be improved to restrain any possibility of contamination. 11. Include procedures that would be adopted in case an infected persons/ suspected case is found at site. The Contractor or site supervisor may consult the PHI of the sub-project area before mobilization, and obtain his/her opinion/advice. Contact the PHI and record his/her opinion on site organization and health & safety plans to prevent COVID-19, and safeguard general health of the workers.